-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, DVhztL5s78HszVqaEZCv14GLtz/i3ttCNT0koYkNsjYRVJ5HtBx3Ar3DKtTaSMmS tWaZatirAxzLnAAqXFO1uA== 0000950123-04-014265.txt : 20041130 0000950123-04-014265.hdr.sgml : 20041130 20041130170536 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950123-04-014265 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: S-4 PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 12 FILED AS OF DATE: 20041130 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20041130 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: FISHER SCIENTIFIC INTERNATIONAL INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000880430 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: WHOLESALE-PROFESSIONAL & COMMERCIAL EQUIPMENT & SUPPLIES [5040] IRS NUMBER: 020451017 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: S-4 SEC ACT: 1933 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-120864 FILM NUMBER: 041175184 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: LIBERTY LANE CITY: HAMPTON STATE: NH ZIP: 03842 BUSINESS PHONE: 6039265911 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: LIBERTY LANE CITY: LIBEHAMPTON STATE: NH ZIP: 03842 S-4 1 y10712sv4.htm FORM S-4 FORM S-4
Table of Contents



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Fisher Scientific International Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
         
Delaware   5049   02-0451017
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary standard industrial
classification code number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

One Liberty Lane

Hampton, New Hampshire 03842
(603) 926-5911
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Todd M. DuChene, Esq.

Fisher Scientific International Inc.
One Liberty Lane
Hampton, New Hampshire 03842
(603) 926-5911
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)

With a copy to:

Richard B. Aftanas, Esq.

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036-6522
(212) 735-3000

     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:     As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

     If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.     o

     If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                 


Proposed Maximum Proposed Maximum Amount of
Title of Each Class of Amount to Offering Aggregate Registration
Securities to Be Registered Be Registered Price Per Note(1) Offering Price(1) Fee

6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014
  $300,000,000   100%   $300,000,000   $38,010


(1)  Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(f) under the Securities Act.

     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.




Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 30, 2004

PROSPECTUS

Offer to Exchange

$300 million aggregate principal amount of 6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2014 (CUSIPs 338032 AY1 and U33778 AG3)
for
$300 million aggregate principal amount of 6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2014 (CUSIP 338032 AZ8)
That Have Been Registered Under the Securities Act of 1933, as Amended
of

Fisher Scientific International Inc.

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 P.M.,

New York City time, on                     , 2004, unless extended.


Terms of the exchange offer:

     •  The exchange notes are being registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are being offered in exchange for the original notes that were previously issued in an offering exempt from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s registration requirements. The terms of the exchange offer are summarized below and more fully described in this prospectus.
 
     •  We will exchange all original notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
     •  You may withdraw tenders of original notes at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
     •  The exchange of original notes for exchange notes will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See the discussion under the heading “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences” for more information.
 
     •  We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.
 
     •  The terms of the exchange notes are substantially identical to the original notes, except that the exchange notes are registered under the Securities Act and the transfer restrictions and registration rights applicable to the original notes do not apply to the exchange notes.
 
     •  The exchange notes will not be listed on any national securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market.

      See “Risk factors” beginning on page 11 for a discussion of certain risks that should be considered by holders prior to tendering their original notes.

     Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2004.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
    1  
    11  
    17  
    17  
    18  
    19  
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
    21  
    24  
    32  
    39  
    70  
    72  
    73  
    76  
    77  
EXPERTS
    77  
    77  
 EX-4.15 INDENTURE
 EX-4.16 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 EX-5.01 OPINION OF SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP
 EX-12.01 STATEMENT RE COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 EX-23.01 CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
 EX-23.02 CONSENT OF KPMG LLP
 EX-25.01 STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY ON FORM T-1
 EX-99.01 FORM OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
 EX-99.02 FORM OF NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY
 EX-99.03 FORM OF LETTER TO CLIENTS
 EX-99.04 FORM OF LETTER TO BROKERS, DEALERS


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

      This summary highlights important information about our business and the exchange offer. It does not include all information you should consider before exchanging your original notes for exchange notes. Please review this registration statement in its entirety, including the risk factors and the summary historical selected financial statements included herein and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes incorporated by reference herein, before you decide to exchange your original notes for exchange notes. Unless the context otherwise requires, “we,” “us,” “Fisher” and “the Company” refer to Fisher Scientific International Inc., and “Apogent” refers to Apogent Technologies Inc.

Our Business

      Fisher Scientific International Inc. is a leading provider of products and services to the global scientific research and U.S. clinical laboratory markets. Our customers include pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, colleges and universities, medical research institutions, hospitals and reference laboratories, and quality control, process control and research and development laboratories.

      We have approximately 18,300 employees worldwide, of which approximately 12,600 are located in the United States. We offer more than 600,000 products and services to over 350,000 customers located in approximately 145 countries. We offer both proprietary products and products that we source from more than 6,000 vendors. Our proprietary products consist of Fisher branded products and products for which we serve as an exclusive distributor. Currently, approximately 50% of our revenues are generated from the sale of higher margin proprietary products. Currently, we generate approximately 80% of our revenues from the sale of consumable products. We deliver our goods and provide our services to our customers through an integrated, global logistics network.

      We are organized into three reportable segments: scientific products and services, healthcare products and services and laboratory workstations. Our scientific products and services segment, which represents approximately 70% of our total sales, manufactures, distributes and provides products and services to scientific research institutions, including pharmaceutical and bioresearch companies, colleges and universities and medical research institutions. Our healthcare products and services segment, which accounts for approximately 25% of our total sales, manufactures and distributes, among other things, a wide array of products primarily to hospitals, laboratories and physician’s offices. Our laboratory workstations segment accounts for approximately 5% of our total sales and primarily manufactures and sells laboratory workstations and fume hoods primarily to the scientific research market.

Our Competitive Strengths and Strategy

      We believe that our key competitive strengths include our:

  •  premier global brand;
 
  •  extensive global network;
 
  •  broad product and service offering;
 
  •  technology leadership;
 
  •  diverse customer base; and
 
  •  experienced management team.

      Our objective is to leverage our position as a world leader in serving science. The key elements of our strategy are to:

  •  expand manufacturing and service offerings to increase our margins and provide additional growth opportunities;
 
  •  broaden our market position to expand our global customer base and leverage our fixed cost structure;

1


Table of Contents

  •  maintain our technology leadership to continue to drive costs out of the supply chain; and
 
  •  capitalize on the operating leverage in our business to generate continued earnings growth.

 
Corporate Information

      Our principal executive offices are located at One Liberty Lane, Hampton, New Hampshire 03842, and our telephone number is (603) 926-5911. Our website is located at www.fisherscientific.com. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus. In this document, we “incorporate by reference” certain information that we and Apogent file with the SEC. See “Where You Can Find More Information” for information regarding the documents incorporated by reference herein.

Summary of the Exchange Offer

      On August 3, 2004, we completed the private offering of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2014. As part of that offering, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, the initial purchasers of the original notes, in which we agreed, among other things, to deliver this prospectus to you and to complete an exchange offer for the original notes. Below is a summary of the exchange offer.

 
Securities Offered Up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of new 6 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act. The form and terms of these exchange notes are identical in all material respects to those of the original notes. The exchange notes, however, will not contain transfer restrictions and registration rights applicable to the original notes.
 
The Exchange Offer We are offering to exchange new $1,000 principal amount of our 6 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2014 that have been registered under the Securities Act for $1,000 principal amount of our outstanding 6 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2014.
 
In order to be exchanged, an original note must be properly tendered and accepted. All original notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn will be exchanged. As of the date of this prospectus, there are $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of original notes outstanding. We will issue exchange notes promptly after the expiration of the exchange offer.
 
The $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our original 6 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2014 were offered under an indenture dated August 3, 2004.
 
Expiration Date; Tenders The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2004, unless we extended the expiration date in our sole and absolute discretion. By tendering your original notes, you represent that:
 
• you are not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act;
 
• any exchange notes you receive in the exchange offer are being acquired by you in the ordinary course of your business;
 
• at the time of commencement of the exchange offer, neither you nor, to your knowledge, anyone receiving exchange notes from

2


Table of Contents

you, has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the original notes or the exchange notes in violation of the Securities Act;
 
• if you are not a participating broker-dealer, you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, the distribution, as defined in the Securities Act, of the original notes or the exchange notes; and
 
• if you are a broker-dealer, you will receive the exchange notes for your own account in exchange for the original notes that you acquired as a result of your market-making or other trading activities and you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes you receive. For further information regarding resales of the exchange notes by participating broker-dealers, see the discussion under the caption “Plan of Distribution.”
 
Accrued Interest on the Exchange Notes and Original Notes The exchange notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the original notes. If your original notes are accepted for exchange, then you will receive interest on the exchange notes and not on the original notes. Any original notes not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest according to their terms.
 
Conditions to the Exchange Offer The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions. We may assert or waive these conditions in our sole discretion. If we materially change the terms of the exchange offer, we will resolicit tenders of the original notes. See “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer” for more information regarding conditions to the exchange offer.
 
Procedures for Tendering Original Notes Except as described in the section titled “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures,” a tendering holder must, on or prior to the expiration date:
 
• transmit a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, including all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to The Bank of New York at the address listed in this prospectus; or
 
• if original notes are tendered in accordance with the book-entry procedures described in this prospectus, the tendering holder must transmit an agent’s message to the exchange agent at the address listed in this prospectus. See “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering.”
 
Special Procedures for Beneficial Holders If you are the beneficial holder of original notes that are registered in the name of your broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender in the exchange offer, you should promptly contact the person in whose name your original notes are registered and instruct that person to tender on

3


Table of Contents

your behalf. See “The Exchange Offer — Procedures for Tendering.”
 
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures If you wish to tender your original notes and you cannot deliver your original notes, the letter of transmittal or any other required documents to the exchange agent before the expiration date, you may tender your original notes by following the guaranteed delivery procedures under the heading “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”
 
Withdrawal Rights Tenders may be withdrawn at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.
 
Acceptance of Original Notes and Delivery of Exchange Notes Subject to the conditions stated in the section “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer” of this prospectus, we will accept for exchange any and all original notes which are properly tendered in the exchange offer before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. The exchange notes will be delivered promptly after the expiration date. See “The Exchange Offer — Terms of the Exchange Offer.”
 
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences Your exchange of original notes for exchange notes to be issued in the exchange offer will not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”
 
Regulatory Requirements Following the effectiveness of the registration statement covering the exchange offer with the Securities and Exchange Commission, no other material federal regulatory requirement must be complied with in connection with this exchange offer.
 
Exchange Agent The Bank of New York is serving as exchange agent in connection with the exchange offer. The address and telephone number of the exchange agent are listed under the heading “The Exchange Offer — Exchange Agent.”
 
Use of Proceeds We will not receive any proceeds from the issuance of exchange notes in the exchange offer. We will pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer.
 
Resales Based on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) as detailed in a series of no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the exchange notes issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act as long as:
 
• you are acquiring the exchange notes in the ordinary course of your business;
 
• you are not participating, do not intend to participate and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in a distribution of the exchange notes; and
 
• you are not an affiliate of ours.

4


Table of Contents

 
If you are an affiliate of ours, are engaged in or intend to engage in or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes:
 
• you cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC; and
 
• you must comply with the registration requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
 
Each broker or dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any offer to resell, resale, or other transfer of the exchange notes issued in the exchange offer, including the delivery of a prospectus that contains information with respect to any selling holder required by the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes.
 
Furthermore, any broker-dealer that acquired any of its original notes directly from us:
 
• may not rely on the applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC’s position contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter (April 13, 1988), Morgan, Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1993); and
 
• must also be named as a selling holder in connection with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act relating to any resale transaction.
 
As a condition to its participation in the exchange offer, each holder will be required to represent that it is not our affiliate or a broker-dealer that acquired the original notes directly from us.
 
Consequences of Not Exchanging Original Notes If you do not exchange your original notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer described in the legend on your original notes. In general, you may offer or sell your original notes only:
 
• if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws;
 
• if they are offered or sold under an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; or
 
• if they are offered or sold in a transaction not subject to the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.
 
We do not currently intend to register the original notes under the Securities Act. Under some circumstances, however, holders of the original notes, including holders who are not permitted to participate in the exchange offer or who may not freely sell exchange notes received in the exchange offer, may require us to file, and to cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement covering

5


Table of Contents

resales of the original notes by these holders. For more information regarding the consequences of not tendering your original notes and our obligations to file a shelf registration statement, see “The Exchange Offer — Consequences of Exchanging or Failing to Exchange the Original Notes” and “Registration Rights Agreement.”

Summary of Terms of the Notes

      The form and terms of the exchange notes and the original notes are substantially identical, except that the transfer restrictions and registration rights applicable to the original notes do not apply to the exchange notes. The exchange notes will evidence the same debt as the original notes and will be governed by the same indenture. When we refer to the terms of “note” or “notes” in this prospectus, we are referring to the original notes and the exchange notes.

 
Exchange Notes Offered $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2014.
 
Maturity Date August 15, 2014.
 
Interest Payment Dates Interest on the notes accrues at the rate of 6 3/4% per annum and is payable semiannually in cash on each February 15 and August 15, commencing on February 15, 2005, to the persons who are registered holders of the notes at the close of business on February 1 and August 1 immediately preceding the applicable interest payment date. Interest on the notes accrues from the most recent date to which interest has been paid.
 
Optional Redemption We will be able to redeem the notes at our option, in whole or in part on a pro rata basis at any time and from time to time, on and after August 15, 2009 at specified redemption prices. At any time prior to August 15, 2009, we may redeem the notes at a redemption price of 100% of their principal amount plus a specified make-whole premium. Also, on or prior to August 15, 2009, at our option, we may redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at a redemption price equal to 106.75% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, with the proceeds of one or more equity offerings.
 
Ranking The notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all our existing and future senior debt. They rank equally in right of payment with our existing and future senior subordinated debt and are effectively subordinated to any current or future secured indebtedness outstanding. As of September 30, 2004:
 
• we had approximately $2,640.6 million of total debt and approximately $1,390.1 million of senior debt outstanding; and
 
• we had the ability to borrow an additional aggregate amount of $683.9 million under our existing accounts receivable securitization facility and revolving credit facility.
 
Change of Control If a change of control triggering event occurs, each holder of the notes will have the right to require us to purchase such holder’s notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of

6


Table of Contents

the notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.
 
On and after August 15, 2009, we may exercise our optional redemption right to redeem all or a portion of the notes, at specified redemption prices, even if a change of control has occurred. After August 15, 2012, this redemption price will be lower than the price we have to pay if holders require us to purchase the notes upon the occurrence of a change of control.
 
If a change of control triggering event occurs prior to repurchasing the notes, we must first either repay our credit facility or get a waiver or consent from the lenders under our credit facility to repurchase the notes from the noteholders.
 
Certain Indenture Provisions The indenture restricts our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:
 
• incur additional indebtedness;
 
• pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of its capital stock;
 
• repurchase equity interests;
 
• create certain liens;
 
• enter into certain transactions with affiliates;
 
• consummate certain asset sales; and
 
• merge or consolidate.
 
If the notes are assigned an investment grade rating from either Standard & Poor’s (at least BBB-) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (at least Baa3), our obligation to comply with some of these covenants will be suspended, and if the notes are assigned an investment grade rating from both Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s, our obligation to comply with some of these covenants will “fall-away,” even if the notes are subsequently downgraded. See “Description of the Notes — Certain Covenants — Effectiveness of Covenants.”
 
These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications, which are described under the heading “Description of the Notes” in this prospectus.
 
Events of Default The indenture sets forth certain events the occurrence of which constitutes an event of default. An event of default occurs if, among other things, Fisher:
 
• fails to pay interest when due for 30 days,
 
• fails to pay principal when due,
 
• defaults in the performance of a covenant regarding the merger or sale of substantially all our assets,
 
• defaults in the observance or performance of other covenants for 30 days after written notice from the trustee or holders repre-

7


Table of Contents

  senting 25% or more of the outstanding principal amount of the notes,
 
• fails to pay or has accelerated certain other indebtedness aggregating $40 million or more,
 
• is subject to one or more unpaid judgments aggregating $40 million or more, or
 
• or one of its subsidiaries, files for or is otherwise subject to a declaration of bankruptcy.
 
Upon the happening of any event of default, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding notes may declare the principal of and accrued interest on all the notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to Fisher and the trustee specifying the respective event of default and that it is a “notice of acceleration,” and the notes shall become immediately due and payable. If an event of default with respect to bankruptcy proceedings of Fisher occurs and is continuing, all notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holder of notes.
 
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance See “Description of the Notes — Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance.”
 
Use of Proceeds We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

Risk Factors

      See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 for a discussion of certain risks you should carefully consider in evaluating the exchange offer and an investment in the exchange notes.

8


Table of Contents

Summary Historical Financial Data

      The summary historical financial data has been derived from our audited historical consolidated financial statements and related notes for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2003 and our unaudited historical consolidated financial statements and related notes for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and September 30, 2003. The historical data is only a summary, and you should read it in conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in our annual and quarterly reports which have been incorporated by reference into this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

                                                           
Nine Months Ended
Sept. 30, Year Ended December 31,


2004 2003 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999







($ In millions, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                       
Sales
  $ 3,331.6     $ 2,587.9     $ 3,564.4     $ 3,238.4     $ 2,880.0     $ 2,622.3     $ 2,514.5  
Income from operations(1)
    246.1       195.9       258.6       245.1       131.1       156.3       146.8  
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change
    90.1       59.8       78.4       96.7       16.4       22.7       23.4  
Net income(2)
    90.1       59.8       78.4       50.6       16.4       22.7       23.4  
Share Data:
                                                       
Net income per common share:
                                                       
 
Basic income per common share before cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ 1.19     $ 1.09     $ 1.38     $ 1.77     $ 0.33     $ 0.57     $ 0.59  
 
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax
                      (0.84 )                  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Basic net income per common share
  $ 1.19     $ 1.09     $ 1.38     $ 0.93     $ 0.33     $ 0.57     $ 0.59  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted income per common share before cumulative effect of accounting change
    1.11       1.02       1.29       1.67       0.31       0.51       0.55  
 
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax
                      (0.80 )                  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted net income per common share
  $ 1.11     $ 1.02     $ 1.29     $ 0.87     $ 0.31     $ 0.51     $ 0.55  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                                       
 
Basic
    75.7       54.9       56.9       54.5       49.4       40.1       40.0  
 
Diluted
    81.0       58.5       60.6       57.9       53.0       44.4       42.8  
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                                       
Working capital
  $ 854.4     $ 525.7     $ 362.3     $ 186.1     $ 120.1     $ 142.8     $ 115.3  
Total assets
    7,988.9       2,959.0       2,859.4       1,871.4       1,839.2       1,385.7       1,402.6  
Long-term debt
    2,602.5       1,574.8       1,386.1       921.8       956.1       991.1       1,011.1  


(1)  Income from operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 includes charges of $60.3 million ($38.8 million, net of tax) to step-up the fair value of inventory related to the Company’s acquisitions of

9


Table of Contents

Apogent, Perbio, Oxoid and Dharmacon; $9.7 million ($6.1 million, net of tax) for costs related to the Apogent transaction, and restructuring charges of $1.6 million ($1.0 million, net of tax) related to Apogent integration activity. Income from operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 includes charges of $4.5 million ($2.8 million, net of tax) to step-up the fair value of inventory related to the Company’s acquisition of Perbio. Income from operations included $18.1 million ($11.4 million, net of tax) to step-up the fair value of inventory from the Perbio acquisition in 2003, $2.2 million ($1.4 million, net of tax) of restructuring credits relating to a reduction in estimated severance costs in 2002, $61.2 million ($38.5 million, net of tax) of restructuring and other charges in 2001, $8.4 million ($5.2 million, net of tax) of restructuring credits and other charges in 2000, and $11.2 million ($8.6 million, net of tax) of restructuring and other charges in 1999.
 
(2)  Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 includes the charges described in (1) above and $29.7 million ($18.7 million, net of tax) for call premiums, $19.6 million ($12.3 million, net of tax) for the write-off of deferred financing fees, $5.5 million ($3.5 million, net of tax) of other debt related costs and $2.2 million ($1.4 million, net of tax) for the termination of a foreign currency contract. Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 includes the charges described in (1) above and $27.3 million ($18.0 million, net of tax) for call premiums and $19.1 million ($12.5 million, net of tax) for deferred financing fees, and $15.6 million ($10.3 million, net of tax) for financial instruments. Net income includes the charges described in (1) above and, in 2003, includes charges of $43.8 million ($27.6 million, net of tax) for call premiums, $22.1 million ($13.9 million, net of tax) for the write-off of deferred financing fees and $15.7 million ($9.9 million, net of tax) for the purchase of options to hedge foreign currency exposure and $2.8 million ($1.8 million, net of tax) for bridge financing fees, of which, $27.3 million ($17.2 million, net of tax) for call premiums, and $18.3 million ($11.5 million, net of tax) for the write-off of deferred financing fees were incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2003. Net income in 2002 includes the amounts described in (1) above and includes a charge of $11.2 million ($7.1 million, net of tax) consisting of $7.1 million of fixed-swap unwind costs and $4.1 million of deferred financing and other costs associated with the refinancing of our term debt. Net income in 2000 includes the amounts in (1) above and a $23.6 million ($14.9 million, net of tax) write-down of investments in certain Internet-related ventures. Net income in 1999 includes the amounts in (1) above.

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      You should carefully consider the following risk factors in addition to the other information in this prospectus in evaluating the exchange offer and an investment in the exchange notes.

Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer

 
You may have difficulty selling the original notes that you do not exchange.

      If you do not exchange your original notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer, the original notes you hold will continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions. The original notes may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred, except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act, pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act or in a transaction not subject to the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in compliance with applicable state securities laws. We do not anticipate that we will register original notes under the Securities Act. After the exchange offer is consummated, the trading market for the remaining untendered original notes may be small and inactive. Consequently, you may find it difficult to sell any original notes you continue to hold because there will be fewer original notes of such series outstanding.

 
Some holders who exchange their original notes may be deemed to be underwriters and these holders will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements in connection with any resale transaction.

      If you exchange your original notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the exchange notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

Risks Relating to the Notes

 
You may find it difficult to sell your notes because there is no existing trading market for the exchange notes.

      You may find it difficult to sell your notes because an active trading market for the notes may not develop. We do not intend to apply for listing or quotation of the exchange notes on any exchange, and so we do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market might be. Although the initial purchasers of the original notes have informed us that they intend to make a market in the exchange notes, they are not obligated to do so, and any market-making may be discontinued at any time without notice. As a result, the market price of the exchange notes, as well as your ability to sell the exchange notes, could be adversely affected. The liquidity of, and trading market for, the notes may also be impacted by the declines in the market for high yield securities generally. Such a decline may materially and adversely affect any liquidity and trading of the notes independent of our financial performance and prospects.

 
The notes rank below our current and future senior debt, and we may be unable to repay our obligations under the notes.

      The notes are unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to all of our current and future senior debt. Because the notes are subordinated to our senior debt, if we experience:

  •  a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization,
 
  •  an acceleration of the maturity of the notes due to an event of default under the indenture, or
 
  •  other specified events,

we will be permitted to make payments on the notes only after we have satisfied all of our senior debt obligations. Therefore, we may not have sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all of the

11


Table of Contents

notes. In addition, the notes are also effectively subordinated to all of our secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness, and to all existing and future obligations and liabilities of our subsidiaries (including that portion of our credit facility for which our material subsidiaries are obligors). Our obligations and those of the subsidiary borrowers, if any, under our credit facility are secured by substantially all of our assets and all of the assets of our material domestic subsidiaries, a pledge of the stock of each such subsidiary, and a pledge of 65% of the stock of our material foreign subsidiaries which are our direct subsidiaries or direct subsidiaries of one of our material domestic subsidiaries. Our obligations and those of the subsidiary borrowers, if any, are further guaranteed by us and each of our material domestic subsidiaries. In addition, our right to receive assets of any subsidiaries upon their liquidation or reorganization, and the rights of holders of the notes to share in those assets, would be subordinated to the claims of the creditors of those subsidiaries.

      As of September 30, 2004:

  •  we had approximately $2,640.6 million of total debt and approximately $1,390.1 million of senior debt outstanding; and
 
  •  we had the ability to borrow an additional aggregate amount of $683.9 million under our existing accounts receivable securitization facility and revolving credit facility.

      If a default under the indenture relating to the notes or our credit facility should occur, the lenders under the credit facility could elect to declare all or part of the amounts borrowed (and all accrued interest and fees and other obligations) pursuant thereto to be immediately due and payable. Such a declaration could cause, or result in, all amounts borrowed under other instruments, including the indenture relating to the notes, that contain cross-acceleration or cross-default provisions to also be, or be declared, immediately due and payable. In the event of such declaration, we would have to repay all of our senior debt, including our obligations under our credit facility, before making any payment on the notes. In addition, the lenders under our credit facility could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness (which includes our material assets and the stock of our subsidiaries), and any proceeds received upon a realization of the collateral would be applied first to amounts due under the credit facility before any proceeds would be available to make payments on the notes.

 
The notes are effectively subordinated to the liabilities of our subsidiaries.

      We conduct all of our operations through various direct and indirect subsidiaries. We are dependent on our ability to receive cash from our subsidiaries to meet our debt service and other obligations, including obligations under the notes. Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities and will have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay any amounts due pursuant to the notes. Our rights, and the rights of our creditors, including holders of the notes, to participate in the distribution of the assets of any subsidiary upon that subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization will be subject to the prior claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors. Accordingly, the notes are effectively subordinated to the liabilities of these subsidiaries.

 
We may be unable to repurchase the notes upon the occurrence of a change of control.

      Upon the occurrence of a change of control, we may be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes. We may not have sufficient funds or may be unable to arrange for additional financing to pay the repurchase price. If a change of control were to occur, our ability to repurchase the notes with cash will depend on the availability of sufficient funds and compliance with the terms of any debt ranking senior to the notes. In addition, the terms of our credit facility require us to obtain the consent of our lenders before repurchasing notes following any change of control. Our failure to repurchase tendered notes upon a change in control would constitute an event of default under the indenture, which could result in the acceleration of the maturity of the notes and all of our other outstanding debt. As a result, the subordination provisions of the indenture would, absent a waiver from the lenders of our senior debt, prohibit any repurchase of the notes until we pay the senior debt in full. We note that under the indenture, we are allowed to enter into transactions that

12


Table of Contents

could increase our leverage without constituting a “change of control” requiring us to offer to repurchase the notes.

Risks Related to Our Business

 
Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our financial obligations, including making payments on the notes.

      We both have now and will continue to have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of September 30, 2004, we had total long-term debt of $2,602.5 million. In addition, as of September 30, 2004, we had the ability to incur an additional aggregate amount of $683.9 million under our existing accounts receivable securitization facility and revolving credit facility. Further borrowing under those facilities or incurring any other additional indebtedness would likely increase our leverage and the risks therefrom. Our debt agreements permit us to incur or guarantee additional indebtedness, subject to limitations set forth in those agreements.

      Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

  •  make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the notes;
 
  •  increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  •  reduce the availability of cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, research and development efforts, program investment efforts, and other general corporate needs;
 
  •  limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in their business and the industry in which we operate;
 
  •  place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors with less debt;
 
  •  expose us to the risk of increased interest rates because some of our debt has variable interest rates; and
 
  •  limit our ability to borrow additional funds.

      Any default under the agreements governing our credit facility or our other outstanding indebtedness and the remedies sought by the holders of such indebtedness could make us unable to pay principal and interest on the notes and, as a result, substantially decrease the market value of the notes.

      Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

 
Our compliance with restrictions and covenants in our debt agreements may harm our business by limiting our ability to take corporate actions.

      Our debt agreements contain a number of covenants that significantly restrict our operations, our ability to issue additional debt and our ability to pay dividends. Under our new credit facility we are also required to comply with specific financial ratios and tests, including maximum leverage ratios and minimum EBITDA to cash interest expense ratios. We may not be able to comply in the future with these covenants or restrictions as a result of events beyond our control, such as prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. If we default in the performance of the covenants in our debt agreements, our lenders could declare all the principal and interest amounts outstanding due and payable and terminate their commitments to extend credit to us in the future. If we are unable to secure credit in the future, we may be unable to pursue business opportunities or strategic investments that we need to undertake. If we or any restricted subsidiary are not in compliance with certain of the indenture’s financial covenants, our ability to consummate our acquisition and investment strategy will be impaired and will require prior approval or waiver by the holders of notes.

      For a discussion of the financial ratios and tests required by our new credit facility, see “Description of Certain of our Indebtedness and Securitization Facility.”

13


Table of Contents

 
Our results of operations depend on our customers’ research and development efforts; these efforts and the spending on them are beyond our control, and our results of operations may be harmed if our customers do not expend sufficient resources on these activities.

      A significant number of our customers include entities active in scientific or technological research in the life science, clinical laboratory and industrial safety supply markets in the United States and internationally. Research and development budgets and activities have a large effect on the demand for our products and services. Our customers determine their research and development budgets based on several factors, including the need to develop new products, competition and the general availability of resources. In addition, as we continue to expand our international operations, the research and development spending levels in other global markets will become increasingly important to us. We expect continued increase in scientific and technology-related research and development spending in the United States and worldwide, although we cannot give any assurances, and such spending may decrease or become subject to cyclical swings.

 
Our growth strategy to acquire new businesses may not be successful and the integration of future acquisitions may be difficult and disruptive to our ongoing business.

      Acquisitions are an important part of our growth strategy. Since 1991, we have acquired 37 businesses and we routinely review additional potential acquisition opportunities. Despite our successful record in integrating the companies we have acquired, we have encountered a number of risks, including:

  •  our management’s attention has been diverted to the integration of the operations of the acquired businesses;
 
  •  we have had difficulties in integrating the operations and systems of the acquired businesses and in realizing the potential operating synergies; and
 
  •  we have had difficulty in assimilating and retaining personnel and customers of the acquired companies.

      In addition, we compete with other companies to acquire suitable targets, and in the past have not been able to acquire certain targets that we sought. Also, certain of the businesses we acquired have not generated the cash flow and earnings, or yielded other benefits, that we anticipated at the time of their acquisition. Furthermore, we have at times encountered substantial unanticipated costs or other problems associated with the acquired businesses. For example, we generally need to ensure that all quality standards and internal control procedures are quickly implemented at the acquired businesses. If we are unable to successfully complete and integrate strategic acquisitions in a timely manner, the acquisition may adversely affect our profitability.

      Recently, we acquired Oxoid and Dharmacon and consummated the Apogent merger. We believe that we will be able to realize important strategic and commercial benefits by combining each of these businesses with our existing business, however, the risks discussed above could impede our ability to realize these benefits.

 
Because we rely heavily on third party package delivery services, any unanticipated disruptions in these services or significant increases in prices may disrupt our ability to ship products and increase our costs and lower our profitability.

      We ship a significant portion of our products to our customers through independent package delivery companies, such as UPS. We also maintain a small fleet of transportation vehicles dedicated to the delivery of our products. In 2003, we shipped approximately 65% of our products in the United States via UPS. Our agreement with UPS expires in January 2005. We also ship our products through other carriers, including national and regional trucking firms, overnight carrier services and the U.S. Postal Service. If UPS or another third party package delivery provider experiences a major work stoppage, as UPS did in 1997, such that either our products would not be delivered in a timely fashion or we would incur additional shipping costs which we could not pass on to our customers, our costs may increase and our relationships with certain of our customers may be strained. In addition, if UPS or our other third party package delivery providers increase prices and we

14


Table of Contents

are not able to find comparable alternatives or make adjustments to our delivery network, our profitability would be harmed.
 
We may incur unexpected costs associated with compliance with environmental regulations.

      A number of our domestic and international operations involve and have involved the handling, manufacture or use or sale of substances that are or could be classified as toxic or hazardous substances. Some risk of environmental damage is inherent in our operations and the products we manufacture, sell or distribute. We have been named as a potentially responsible party for environmental contamination associated with various sites. We are currently implementing remedial measures at some of our facilities, including two of our facilities in New Jersey. We have established reserves in the amount of $31.6 million as of September 30, 2004 for the potential costs of this remediation based on estimates of our management and environmental specialists. However, our actual costs may exceed those reflected in our reserves. In addition, future environmental damage resulting from our operations may occur, the costs of which may harm our business. We may also be liable for third party infringement claims in addition to primary liability. Future events, including changes in existing laws and regulations, identification of unknown conditions and the development of new remediation techniques, may also give rise to additional costs which could harm our business.

 
If we lose our key personnel, our business may be harmed.

      We depend heavily on the services of our senior management, including Paul M. Montrone, our chairman of the board and chief executive officer, and Paul M. Meister, our vice chairman of the board, both of whom are important to the implementation of our acquisition strategy and cost-control efforts. We believe that our future success will depend upon the continued services of our senior management. Our business may be harmed by the loss of any member of our senior management, including Mr. Montrone or Mr. Meister. We do not maintain key-man life insurance with respect to Mr. Montrone or Mr. Meister.

 
We are subject to economic, political and other risks associated with our significant international sales and operations.

      We conduct international operations through a variety of wholly owned subsidiaries, majority-owned subsidiaries, joint ventures, equity investments and agents located in North and South America, Europe, the Far East, the Middle East and Africa. A significant portion of the revenues of our international operations are generated in Europe. Expansion of these activities could increase the risks associated with our international operations. We derived approximately 20% of our total revenue from sales to customers located outside the United States in 2003 and approximately 18% in 2002. We anticipate that revenue from international operations will continue to represent a growing portion of our revenues. In addition, many of our manufacturing facilities, employees and suppliers are located outside the United States, including areas in Europe that are undergoing slow, if any, economic growth. In the past our sales and earnings have been harmed by a variety of factors resulting from our international operations, including:

  •  changes in the political or economic conditions in a country or region, particularly in developing or emerging markets;
 
  •  longer payment cycles of foreign customers and difficulty of collecting receivables in foreign jurisdictions;
 
  •  trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements;
 
  •  differing tax laws and changes in those laws;
 
  •  difficulty in staffing and managing widespread operations;
 
  •  differing labor laws and changes in those laws;
 
  •  differing protection of intellectual property and changes in that protection; and
 
  •  differing regulatory requirements and changes in those requirements.

15


Table of Contents

 
Our international operations expose us to exchange rate fluctuations.

      Approximately 20% of our revenues and expenses for 2003 were denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. We own properties and conduct operations in Australia, Belgium, Canada, China, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Singapore, Switzerland, Sweden and the United Kingdom. In 2003, fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and other currencies increased our net sales by approximately $76.6 million. Future fluctuations in exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar could continue to adversely affect our revenues.

 
Our failure to maintain satisfactory compliance with the Food and Drug Administration’s regulations and those of other governmental agencies may force us to recall products and cease their manufacture and distribution.

      Some of our operations are subject to regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration and similar international agencies. These regulations govern a wide variety of product activities, from design and development to labeling, manufacturing, promotion, sales and distribution. If we fail to comply with the Food and Drug Administration’s regulations or those of similar international agencies, we may have to recall products and cease their manufacture and distribution, which would increase our costs and reduce our revenues.

 
We may be unable to adjust to the rapid changes the healthcare industry is undergoing.

      In recent years, the healthcare industry has undergone significant changes in an effort to reduce costs. These changes include:

  •  the development of large and sophisticated purchasing groups of pharmaceuticals and medical and surgical supplies;
 
  •  wider implementation of managed care;
 
  •  legislative healthcare reform;
 
  •  consolidation of pharmaceutical and medical and surgical supply distributors; and
 
  •  cuts in Medicare spending.

      We expect the healthcare industry to continue to change significantly in the future. Some of these potential changes, such as a reduction in governmental support of healthcare services or adverse changes in legislation or regulations governing the delivery or pricing of healthcare services or mandated benefits, may cause healthcare industry participants to purchase fewer of our products and services or to reduce the price that they are willing to pay for our products or services.

16


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

      This prospectus includes or incorporates by reference forward-looking statements, including without limitation the statements under “Summary” and “Risk Factors” herein and under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and “Business” in the periodic filings with the SEC which are incorporated by reference herein. The words “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based our forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events. Although we believe that our assumptions made in connection with the forward-looking statements are reasonable, there can be no assurances that the assumptions and expectations will prove to have been correct. All forward-looking statements reflect our present expectations of future events and are subject to a number of important assumptions, factors, and risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include, among others:

  •  the effects of domestic and international economic and business conditions on our businesses;
 
  •  our outstanding indebtedness and leverage, and the restrictions imposed by their indebtedness;
 
  •  risks from rapid technological change and new product introductions;
 
  •  changes in customer purchasing patterns;
 
  •  competitive factors;
 
  •  transitional challenges associated with the proposed merger and other acquisitions;
 
  •  the cyclical nature of some of the industries and markets into which we sell our products;
 
  •  our dependence upon key distributors and manufacturers;
 
  •  possible disruption of our manufacturing operations from labor unrest, shortages of critical materials, or other causes;
 
  •  regulatory and litigation risks; and
 
  •  the other factors described under the caption “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

      All forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are based on information available to us on the date of this prospectus and forward-looking statements incorporated by reference to their past and future filings with the SEC are or will be based on information available to us on the dates of those filings. We undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. All subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements contained throughout this prospectus.

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. In consideration for issuing the exchange notes, we will receive in exchange the original notes of like principal amount, the terms of which are substantially identical to the exchange notes. The original notes surrendered in exchange for exchange notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly, the issuance of the exchange notes will not result in any net increase or decrease in our indebtedness. We have agreed to bear the expenses of the exchange offer. No underwriter is being used in connection with the exchange offer.

17


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

      The table below sets forth our ratio of earnings to fixed charges including our consolidated subsidiaries on a historical basis for each of the periods indicated:

                                             
Nine Months
Ended
September 30, Year Ended December 31,


2004 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999






  2.5x       2.1x       2.5x       1.4x       1.4x       1.5x  

      For the purpose of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income (loss) before provision for income taxes and before adjustment for losses from equity investments plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest charges, amortization of debt expense and discount or premium related to indebtedness, whether expensed or capitalized, and that portion of rental expense we believe to be representative of interest.

18


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

      The selected historical financial data has been derived from our audited historical consolidated financial statements and related notes for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2003 and our unaudited historical consolidated financial statements and related notes for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 and September 30, 2003. The historical data is only a summary, and you should read it in conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in our annual and quarterly reports which have been incorporated by reference into this prosectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

                                                           
Nine Months Ended
Sept. 30, Year Ended December 31,


2004 2003 2003 2002 2001 2000 1999







($ In millions, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                       
Sales
  $ 3,331.6     $ 2,587.9     $ 3,564.4     $ 3,238.4     $ 2,880.0     $ 2,622.3     $ 2,514.5  
Income from operations(1)
    246.1       195.9       258.6       245.1       131.1       156.3       146.8  
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change
    90.1       59.8       78.4       96.7       16.4       22.7       23.4  
Net income(2)
    90.1       59.8       78.4       50.6       16.4       22.7       23.4  
Share Data:
                                                       
Net income per common share:
                                                       
 
Basic income per common share before cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ 1.19     $ 1.09     $ 1.38     $ 1.77     $ 0.33     $ 0.57     $ 0.59  
 
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax
                      (0.84 )                  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Basic net income per common share
  $ 1.19     $ 1.09     $ 1.38     $ 0.93     $ 0.33     $ 0.57     $ 0.59  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted income per common share before cumulative effect of accounting change
  $ 1.11     $ 1.02       1.29       1.67       0.31       0.51       0.55  
 
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax
                      (0.80 )                  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted net income per common share
  $ 1.11     $ 1.02     $ 1.29     $ 0.87     $ 0.31     $ 0.51     $ 0.55  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                                                       
 
Basic
    75.7       54.9       56.9       54.5       49.4       40.1       40.0  
 
Diluted
    81.0       58.5       60.6       57.9       53.0       44.4       42.8  
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                                       
Working capital
  $ 854.4     $ 525.7     $ 362.3     $ 186.1     $ 120.1     $ 142.8     $ 115.3  
Total assets
    7,988.9       2,959.0       2,859.4       1,871.4       1,839.2       1,385.7       1,402.6  
Long-term debt
    2,602.5       1,574.8       1,386.1       921.8       956.1       991.1       1,011.1  


(1)  Income from operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 includes charges of $60.3 million ($38.8 million, net of tax) to step-up the fair value of inventory related to the Company’s acquisitions of

19


Table of Contents

Apogent, Perbio, Oxoid and Dharmacon; $9.7 million ($6.1 million, net of tax) for costs related to the Apogent transaction, and restructuring charges of $1.6 million ($1.0 million, net of tax) related to Apogent integration activity. Income from operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 includes charges of $4.5 million ($2.8 million, net of tax) to step-up the fair value of inventory related to the Company’s acquisition of Perbio. Income from operations included $18.1 million ($11.4 million, net of tax) to step-up the fair value of inventory from the Perbio acquisition in 2003, $2.2 million ($1.4 million, net of tax) of restructuring credits relating to a reduction in estimated severance costs in 2002, $61.2 million ($38.5 million, net of tax) of restructuring and other charges in 2001, $8.4 million ($5.2 million, net of tax) of restructuring credits and other charges in 2000, and $11.2 million ($8.6 million, net of tax) of restructuring and other charges in 1999.

(2)  Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 includes the charges described in (1) above and $29.7 million ($18.7 million, net of tax) for call premiums, $19.6 million ($12.3 million, net of tax) for the write-off of deferred financing fees, $5.5 million ($3.5 million, net of tax) of other debt related costs and $2.2 million ($1.4 million, net of tax) for the termination of a foreign currency contract. Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 includes the charges described in (1) above and $27.3 million ($18.0 million, net of tax) for call premiums and $19.1 million ($12.5 million, net of tax) for deferred financing fees, and $15.6 million ($10.3 million, net of tax) for financial instruments. Net income includes the charges described in (1) above and, in 2003, includes charges of $43.8 million ($27.6 million, net of tax) for call premiums, $22.1 million ($13.9 million, net of tax) for the write-off of deferred financing fees and $15.7 million ($9.9 million, net of tax) for the purchase of options to hedge foreign currency exposure and $2.8 million ($1.8 million, net of tax) for bridge financing fees, of which, $27.3 million ($17.2 million, net of tax) for call premiums, and $18.3 million ($11.5 million, net of tax) for the write-off of deferred financing fees were incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2003. Net income in 2002 includes the amounts described in (1) above and includes a charge of $11.2 million ($7.1 million, net of tax) consisting of $7.1 million of fixed-swap unwind costs and $4.1 million of deferred financing and other costs associated with the refinancing of our term debt. Net income in 2000 includes the amounts in (1) above and a $23.6 million ($14.9 million, net of tax) write-down of investments in certain Internet-related ventures. Net income in 1999 includes the amounts in (1) above.

20


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

      On August 2, 2004 we completed the Apogent transaction in an approximately $4.0 billion tax-free, stock-for-stock exchange. In the merger Apogent shareholders received .56 shares of our common stock for each share of Apogent common stock they owned. Upon completion of the merger, Apogent became our direct, wholly-owned subsidiary.

      The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2004 as set forth below gives effect to the Apogent transaction as if the transaction had occurred as of January 1, 2004. Potential cost savings from combining the operations have not been reflected in the unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations as there can be no assurance that any such cost savings will occur. Additionally, anticipated costs to integrate the operations and charges due to the estimated fair value increase to inventory have not been reflected in the unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations.

      The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations includes our reported results for as reported in our Form 10-Q for the nine months ended September 30, 2004. The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations also includes the reported results for Apogent as reported in its Form 10-Q for the nine months ended June 30, 2004, adjusted to exclude Apogent’s historical results for the three months ended December 31, 2003 and to include Apogent’s historical results for the period from July 1, 2004 to August 2, 2004.

      The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and upon certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The unaudited combined financial statement of operations is provided for informational purposes only and does not purport to be indicative of our results of operation that would actually have been achieved had the acquisition been completed for the period presented, or that may be obtained in the future. The pro forma combined financial statement of operations should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and related notes and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained in our annual and quarterly reports which have been incorporated by reference into this prospectus. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

21


Table of Contents

                                   
Historical (unaudited)

Apogent for the
Fisher Nine Months period from
ended January 1, 2004 to Pro Forma Pro Forma
September 30, 2004 August 2, 2004 Adjustments Combined




($ in millions, except per share data)
Sales
  $ 3,331.6     $ 706.0     $ (95.8 )(a)   $ 3,941.8  
Cost of sales
    2,385.0       372.8       (95.8 )(a)     2,662.0  
Selling, general and administrative expense
    698.9       198.3       6.4 (b)     903.6  
Restructuring expenses
    1.6                   1.6  
     
     
     
     
 
Income from operations
    246.1       134.9       (6.4 )     374.6  
Interest expense
    74.6       16.2             90.8  
Other expense, net
    54.5       4.0             58.5  
     
     
     
     
 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
    117.0       114.7       (6.4 )     225.3  
Income tax provision
    26.9       42.4       (2.2 )(c)     67.1  
     
     
     
     
 
Income from continuing operations
  $ 90.1     $ 72.3     $ (4.2 )   $ 158.2  
     
     
     
     
 
Income per common share from continuing operations:
                               
 
Basic
  $ 1.19                     $ 1.37  
     
                     
 
 
Diluted
  $ 1.11                     $ 1.28  
     
                     
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                               
 
Basic
    75.7                       115.1  
     
                     
 
 
Diluted
    81.0                       123.5  
     
                     
 


(a)  Represents the elimination of sales and cost of sales for transactions between Fisher and Apogent for the periods presented, and assumes all inventories have been sold by Fisher.
 
(b)  Represents an adjustment to amortize identifiable intangible assets with finite useful lives over a weighted-average period of 12 years. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives related to this transaction have been accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” which is referred to as SFAS 142. SFAS 142 provides for the nonamortization of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma adjustments do not include amortization of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets.
 
(c)  Represents an adjustment to tax effect the pro forma adjustments at an assumed tax rate of 35%.

Unaudited Pro Forma Income Per Share From Continuing Operations

      Unaudited pro forma income per common share from continuing operations is computed in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 128, “Earnings Per Share.” Unaudited pro forma basic income per share from continuing operations is computed by dividing pro forma income from continuing operations by the assumed weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding as if the merger occurred on the first day of the period presented. Unaudited pro forma diluted income per share from continuing operations is computed by dividing pro forma income from continuing operations by the assumed weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding as if the merger occurred on the first day of the period presented, including assumed potential common shares from conversion of stock options using the treasury stock method, if dilutive.

22


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth unaudited pro forma basic and diluted income per share from continuing operations computational data for the period presented (in millions, except per share amounts):

         
Pro Forma
Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2004

Unaudited pro forma income from continuing operations
  $ 225.3  
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in the computation of basic earnings per share
    115.1  
Common stock equivalents
    8.4  
Shares used in the computation of diluted earnings per share
    123.5  
Unaudited pro forma basic income per share from continuing operations
  $ 1.37  
Unaudited pro forma diluted income per share from continuing operations
  $ 1.28  

      The unaudited pro forma diluted net income per common share from continuing operations does not give effect to 11.3 million shares of our common stock, which would be issuable if Apogent’s convertible debt securities are converted.

      The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted income per share from continuing operations does not purport to be indicative of the combined company’s basic and diluted earnings per share that would have been achieved had the transaction been completed for the period presented, or that may be obtained in the future.

23


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

      When we sold the original notes on August 3, 2004, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of those original notes. Under the registration rights agreement, we agreed to file a registration statement regarding the exchange of the original notes for exchange notes which are registered under the Securities Act. We also agreed to use our best efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective with the SEC and to conduct this exchange offer after the registration statement is declared effective. The registration rights agreement provides that we will be required to pay liquidated damages to the holders of the original notes if:

  •  the registration statement is not filed by November 30, 2004;
 
  •  the registration statement is not declared effective within 210 days of its filings with the SEC; or
 
  •  the exchange offer has not been consummated within 45 days of being declared effective.

      The exchange offer is not being made to holders of original notes in any jurisdiction which the exchange would not comply with the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdiction. A copy of the registration rights agreement is being filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Terms of the Exchange Offer

      Upon the terms and conditions described in this prospectus and in the accompanying letter of transmittal, which together constitute the exchange offer, we will accept for exchange original notes that are properly tendered on or before the expiration date and not withdrawn as permitted below. As used in this prospectus, the term “expiration date” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2004. However, if we, in our sole discretion, have extended the period of time for which the exchange offer is open, the term “expiration date” means the latest time and date to which we extend the exchange offer.

      As of the date of this prospectus, $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the original notes is outstanding. The original notes were offered under an indenture dated August 3, 2004. This prospectus, together with the letter of transmittal, is first being sent on or about                     , 2004 to all holders of original notes known to us. Our obligation to accept original notes for exchange in the exchange offer is subject to the conditions described below under “Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” We reserve the right to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. We would then delay acceptance for exchange of any original notes by giving oral or written notice of an extension to the holders of original notes as described below. During any extension period, all original notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange by us. Any original notes not accepted for exchange will be returned to the tendering holder after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

      Original notes tendered in the exchange offer must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000.

      We reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any original notes not previously accepted for exchange, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified below under “Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” We will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non-acceptance or termination to the holders of the original notes as promptly as practicable. If we materially change the terms of the exchange offer, we will resolicit tenders of the original notes, file a post-effective amendment to the prospectus and provide notice to the noteholders. If the change is made less than five business days before the expiration of the exchange offer, we will extend the offer so that the noteholders have at least five business days to tender or withdraw. We will notify you of any extension by means of a press release or other public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time on that date.

      Our acceptance of the tender of original notes by a tendering holder will form a binding agreement upon the terms and subject to the conditions provided in this prospectus.

24


Table of Contents

Interest on the Exchange Notes

      The exchange notes will accrue interest at the rate of 6 3/4% per annum from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the original note surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on such original note, from the issue date of such original note, provided, that if an original note is surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an interest payment date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange and as to which interest will be paid, interest on the exchange note received in exchange therefor will accrue from the date of such interest payment date. Interest on the exchange notes is payable on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing February 15, 2005. No additional interest will be paid on original notes tendered and accepted for exchange.

      Any original notes not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest according to their terms.

Procedures for Tendering

      Except as described below, a tendering holder must, on or prior to the expiration date:

  •  transmit a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, including all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, to The Bank of New York at the address listed below under the heading “Exchange Agent;” or
 
  •  if original notes are tendered in accordance with the book-entry procedures listed below, the tendering holder must transmit an agent’s message to the exchange agent at the address listed below under the heading “Exchange Agent.”

      In addition:

  •  the exchange agent must receive, on or before the expiration date, certificates for the original notes, if any;
 
  •  a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of the original notes into the exchange agent’s account at the Depository Trust Company, the book-entry transfer facility, along with the letter of transmittal or an agent’s message; or
 
  •  the holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

      The Depository Trust Company will be referred to as DTC in this prospectus.

      The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted to DTC and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of a book-entry transfer, that states that DTC has received an express acknowledgment that the tendering holder agrees to be bound by the letter of transmittal and that we may enforce the letter of transmittal against this holder.

      The method of delivery of original notes, letters of transmittal and all other required documents is at your election and risk. If the delivery is by mail, we recommend that you use registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested. In all cases, you should allow sufficient time to assure timely delivery. You should not send letters of transmittal or original notes to us.

      If you are a beneficial owner whose original notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and wish to tender, you should promptly instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. Any registered holder that is a participant in DTC’s book-entry transfer facility system may make book-entry delivery of the original notes by causing DTC to transfer the original notes into the exchange agent’s account.

25


Table of Contents

      Signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal must be guaranteed unless the original notes surrendered for exchange are tendered:

  •  by a registered holder of the original notes who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on the letter of transmittal, or
 
  •  for the account of an “eligible institution.”

      If signatures on a letter of transmittal or a notice of withdrawal are required to be guaranteed, the guarantees must be by an “eligible institution.” An “eligible institution” is a financial institution, including most banks, savings and loan associations and brokerage houses, that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program.

      We will determine in our sole discretion all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility of original notes tendered for exchange. This discretion extends to the determination of all questions concerning the timing of receipts and acceptance of tenders. These determinations will be final and binding.

      We reserve the right to reject any particular original note not properly tendered, or any acceptance that might, in our judgment or our counsel’s judgment, be unlawful. We also reserve the right to waive any conditions of the exchange offer as applicable to all original notes prior to the expiration date. We also reserve the right to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular original note prior to the expiration date. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular original note either before or after the expiration date, including the letter of transmittal and the instructions to the letter of transmittal, shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of original notes must be cured within a reasonable period of time. Neither we, the exchange agent nor any other person will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity in any tender of original notes. Nor will we, the exchange agent or any other person incur any liability for failing to give notification of any defect or irregularity.

      If the letter of transmittal is signed by a person other than the registered holder of original notes, the letter of transmittal must be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer or exchange in satisfactory form duly executed by the registered holder with the signature guaranteed by an eligible institution. The original notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate powers of attorney. In either case, the original notes must be signed exactly as the name of any registered holder appears on the original notes.

      If the letter of transmittal or any original notes or powers of attorney are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, these persons should so indicate when signing. Unless waived by us, proper evidence satisfactory to us of their authority to so act must be submitted.

      By tendering, each holder will represent to us that, among other things:

  •  the exchange notes are being acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving the exchange notes, whether or not that person is the holder, and
 
  •  neither the holder nor the other person has any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the exchange notes.

      In the case of a holder that is not a broker-dealer, that holder, by tendering, will also represent to us that the holder is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the exchange notes.

      If any holder or other person is an “affiliate” of ours, as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or is engaged in, or intends to engage in, or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the exchange notes, that holder or other person can not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

26


Table of Contents

      Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in exchange for original notes, where the original notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. However, a broker-dealer may be a statutory underwriter. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Acceptance of Original Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes

      Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept, promptly after the expiration date, all original notes properly tendered, unless we terminate the exchange offer because of the non-satisfaction of conditions. We will issue the exchange notes promptly after acceptance of the original notes. See “Conditions to the Exchange Offer” below. For purposes of the Exchange Offer, we will be deemed to have accepted properly tendered original notes for exchange when, as and if we have given oral or written notice to the exchange agent, with prompt written confirmation of any oral notice.

      For each original note accepted for exchange, the holder of the original note will receive an exchange note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered original note. The exchange notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the original notes. Accordingly, registered holders of exchange notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the completion of the exchange offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid. Original notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of completion of the exchange offer. Holders of original notes whose original notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment for accrued interest on the original notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date, the record date for which occurs on or after completion of the exchange offer and will be deemed to have waived their rights to receive the accrued interest on the original notes.

      In all cases, issuance of exchange notes for original notes will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of:

  •  certificates for the original notes, or a timely book-entry confirmation of the original notes into the exchange agent’s account at the book-entry transfer facility;
 
  •  a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal; and
 
  •  all other required documents.

      Unaccepted or non-exchanged original notes will be returned without expense to the tendering holder of the original notes. In the case of original notes tendered by book-entry transfer in accordance with the book-entry procedures described below, the non-exchanged original notes will be returned or recredited promptly.

Book-Entry Transfer

      The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account for the original notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer within two business days after the date of this prospectus. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s systems must make book-entry delivery of original notes by causing DTC to transfer those original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedure for transfer. This participant should transmit its acceptance to DTC on or prior to the expiration date or comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below. DTC will verify this acceptance, execute a book-entry transfer of the tendered original notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC and then send to the exchange agent confirmation of this book-entry transfer. The confirmation of this book-entry transfer will include an agent’s message confirming that DTC has received an express acknowledgment from this participant that this participant has received and agrees to be bound by the letter of transmittal and that we may enforce the letter of transmittal against this participant. Delivery of exchange notes issued in the exchange offer may be effected through book-entry transfer at DTC. However, the letter of transmittal or

27


Table of Contents

facsimile of it or an agent’s message, with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, must:

  •  be transmitted to and received by the exchange agent at the address listed below under “— Exchange Agent” on or prior to the expiration date; or
 
  •  comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described below.

Exchanging Book-Entry Notes

      The exchange agent and the book-entry transfer facility have confirmed that any financial institution that is a participant in the book-entry transfer facility may utilize the book-entry transfer facility Automated Tender Offer Program, or ATOP, procedures to tender original notes. Any participant in the book-entry transfer facility may make book-entry delivery of original notes by causing the book-entry transfer facility to transfer such original notes into the exchange agent’s account in accordance with the book-entry transfer facility’s ATOP procedures for transfer. However, the exchange for the original notes so tendered will only be made after a book-entry confirmation of the book-entry transfer of original notes into the exchange agent’s account, and timely receipt by the exchange agent of an agent’s message and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal. The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted by the book-entry transfer facility and received by the exchange agent and forming part of a book-entry confirmation, which states that the book-entry transfer facility has received an express acknowledgment from a participant tendering original notes that are the subject of such book-entry confirmation that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the terms of the letter of transmittal, and that we may enforce such agreement against such participant.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

      If a registered holder of original notes desires to tender the original notes, and the original notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit the holder’s original notes or other required documents to reach the exchange agent before the expiration date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer described above cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may nonetheless be made if:

  •  the tender is made through an eligible institution;
 
  •  prior to the expiration date, the exchange agent received from an eligible institution a properly completed and duly executed letter of transmittal, or a facsimile of the letter of transmittal, and notice of guaranteed delivery, substantially in the form provided by us, by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery,

  (1)  stating the name and address of the holder of original notes and the amount of original notes tendered;
 
  (2)  stating that the tender is being made; and
 
  (3)  guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date, the certificates for all physically tendered original notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, and any other documents required by the letter of transmittal will be deposited by the eligible institution with the exchange agent; and

  •  the certificates for all physically tendered original notes, in proper form for transfer, or a book-entry confirmation, as the case may be, and all other documents required by the letter of transmittal, are received by the exchange agent within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the expiration date.

Withdrawal Rights

      Tenders of original notes may be withdrawn at any time before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

28


Table of Contents

      For a withdrawal to be effective, the exchange agent must receive a written notice of withdrawal at the address or, in the case of eligible institutions, at the facsimile number, indicated below under “Exchange Agent” before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date. Any notice of withdrawal must:

  •  specify the name of the person, referred to as the depositor, having tendered the original notes to be withdrawn;
 
  •  identify the original notes to be withdrawn, including the certificate number or numbers and principal amount of the original notes;
 
  •  in the case of original notes tendered by book-entry transfer, specify the number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility from which the original notes were tendered and specify the name and number of the account at the book-entry transfer facility to be credited with the withdrawn original notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility;
 
  •  contain a statement that the holder is withdrawing his election to have the original notes exchanged;
 
  •  be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the letter of transmittal by which the original notes were tendered, including any required signature guarantees, or be accompanied by documents of transfer to have the trustee with respect to the original notes register the transfer of the original notes in the name of the person withdrawing the tender; and
 
  •  specify the name in which the original notes are registered, if different from that of the depositor.

      If certificates for original notes have been delivered or otherwise identified to the exchange agent, then, prior to the release of these certificates, the withdrawing holder must also submit the serial numbers of the particular certificates to be withdrawn and signed notice of withdrawal with signatures guaranteed by an eligible institution unless this holder is an eligible institution. We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of notices of withdrawal. Any original notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange. No exchange notes will be issued unless the original notes so withdrawn are validly re-tendered. Any original notes that have been tendered for exchange, but which are not exchanged for any reason, will be returned to the tendering holder without cost to the holder. In the case of original notes tendered by book-entry transfer, the original notes will be credited to an account maintained with the book-entry transfer facility for the original notes. Properly withdrawn original notes may be re-tendered by following the procedures described under “Procedures for Tendering” above at any time on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

      Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, we shall not be required to accept for exchange, or to issue exchange notes in exchange for, any original notes, and may terminate or amend the exchange offer, if at any time prior to the expiration date any of the following events occurs:

  •  there is threatened, instituted or pending any action or proceeding before, or any injunction, order or decree issued by, any court or governmental agency or other governmental regulatory or administrative agency or commission:

  (1)  seeking to restrain or prohibit the making or completion of the exchange offer or any other transaction contemplated by the exchange offer, or assessing or seeking any damages as a result of this transaction;
 
  (2)  resulting in a material delay in our ability to accept for exchange or exchange some or all of the original notes in the exchange offer; or
 
  (3)  any statute, rule, regulation, order or injunction has been sought, proposed, introduced, enacted, promulgated or deemed applicable to the exchange offer or any of the transactions contemplated by the exchange offer by any governmental authority, domestic or foreign; or any action has been taken, proposed or threatened, by any governmental authority, domestic or foreign, that in our reasonable judgment might directly or indirectly result in any of the consequences

29


Table of Contents

  referred to in clause (1), (2) or (3) above or, in our reasonable judgment, might result in the holders of exchange notes having obligations with respect to resales and transfers of exchange notes which are greater than those described in the interpretation of the SEC referred to above, or would otherwise make it inadvisable to proceed with the exchange offer; or

  •  the following has occurred:

  (1)  any general suspension of or general limitation on prices for, or trading in, securities on any national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market; or
 
  (2)  any limitation by a governmental authority which may adversely affect our ability to complete the transactions contemplated by the exchange offer; or
 
  (3)  a declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United States or any limitation by any governmental agency or authority which adversely affects the extension of credit; or
 
  (4)  a commencement of a war, armed hostilities or other similar international calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, or, in the case of any of the preceding events existing at the time of the commencement of the exchange offer, a material acceleration or worsening of these calamities; or

  •  any change, or any development involving a prospective change, has occurred or been threatened in our business, financial condition, operations or prospects and those of our subsidiaries taken as a whole that is or may be adverse to us, or we have become aware of facts that have or may have an adverse impact on the value of the original notes or the exchange notes; which in our reasonable judgment in any case makes it inadvisable to proceed with the exchange offer and about which change or development we make a public announcement.

      All conditions will be deemed satisfied or waived prior to the expiration date, unless we assert them prior to the expiration date. The foregoing conditions to the exchange offer are for our sole benefit and we may prior to the expiration date assert them regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any of these conditions, or we may prior to the expiration date waive them in whole or in part in our reasonable discretion. If we do so, the exchange offer will remain open for at least 5 business days following any waiver of the preceding conditions. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights will not be deemed a waiver of any right.

      In addition, we will not accept for exchange any original notes tendered, and no exchange notes will be issued in exchange for any original notes, if at this time any stop order is threatened or in effect relating to the registration statement of which this prospectus constitutes a part or the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as amended. We are required to make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the earliest possible moment.

30


Table of Contents

Exchange Agent

      We have appointed The Bank of New York as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. You should direct all executed letters of transmittal to the exchange agent at the address indicated below. You should direct questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of the letter of transmittal and requests for notices of guaranteed delivery to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

Delivery To:

The Bank of New York

         
By Hand Before 4:30p.m
  By Registered or Certified Mail:

By Overnight Courier:

For Information Call:

By Facsimile Transmission

(for eligible Institutions only)

Confirm by Telephone

      All other questions should be addressed to Fisher Scientific International Inc., One Liberty Lane, Hampton, N.H. 03842, Attention: Todd M. DuChene. If you deliver the letter of transmittal to an address other than any address indicated above or transmit instructions via facsimile other than any facsimile number indicated, then your delivery or transmission will not constitute a valid delivery of the letter of transmittal.

Fees and Expenses

      We will not make any payment to brokers, dealers, or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer. The estimated cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the exchange offer will be paid by us. We estimate these expenses in the aggregate to be approximately $          .

Accounting Treatment

      We will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes upon the consummation of the exchange offer. We will amortize the expense of the exchange offer over the term of the exchange notes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Transfer Taxes

      Holders who tender their original notes for exchange will not be obligated to pay any related transfer taxes, except that holders who instruct us to register exchange notes in the name of, or request that original notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder, will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer taxes.

Consequences of Exchanging or Failing to Exchange the Original Notes

      Holders of original notes who do not exchange their original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will continue to be subject to the provisions in the indenture regarding transfer and exchange of the original notes and the restrictions on transfer of the original notes as described in the legend on the original notes as a consequence of the issuance of the original notes under exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, the original notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except under an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Original note holders that do not exchange original notes for exchange notes in the exchange offer will no longer have any registration rights with respect to such notes.

31


Table of Contents

      Under existing interpretations of the Securities Act by the SEC’s staff contained in several no-action letters to third parties, and subject to the immediately following sentence, we believe that the exchange notes would generally be freely transferable by holders after the exchange offer without further registration under the Securities Act, subject to certain representations required to be made by each holder of exchange notes, as set forth below. However, any purchaser of exchange notes who is one of our “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) or who intends to participate in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing the exchange notes:

  •  will not be able to rely on the interpretation of the SEC’s staff;
 
  •  will not be able to tender its original notes in the exchange offer; and
 
  •  must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any sale or transfer of the notes unless such sale or transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from such requirements. See “Plan of Distribution.”

      We do not intend to seek our own interpretation regarding the exchange offer and there can be no assurance that the SEC’s staff would make a similar determination with respect to the exchange notes as it has in other interpretations to other parties, although we have no reason to believe otherwise.

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN OF OUR INDEBTEDNESS AND

SECURITIZATION FACILITY

New Credit Facility

      Contemporaneously with the Apogent merger, we entered into a new credit facility to replace our existing credit facility (as described below), to pay off other existing indebtedness (including indebtedness of our subsidiaries), to provide working capital and for general corporate purposes.

      The new credit facility consists of (i) a $500 million revolving credit facility and (ii) a $700 million term loan facility in three tranches: (A) a $250 million tranche A-1, (B) a $300 million tranche A-2 and (C) a $150 million tranche B. In addition, we have the ability, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, to request incremental term loans from the lenders under the new credit facility. Bank of America, N.A. is the Administrative Agent for the syndicate of lenders providing the new credit facility, Banc of America Securities LLC is a Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Book Manager, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. is a Joint Lead Arranger, a Joint Book Manager and a Co-Syndication and Co-Documentation Agent, Credit Suisse First Boston, acting through its Cayman Islands branch or one of its affiliates, is a Joint Book Manager and a Co-Syndication and Co-Documentation Agent and each of ABN Amro Bank N.V. and Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation is a Co-Syndication and Co-Documentation Agent.

      The loans under the new revolving credit facility and under tranches A-1 and A-2 of the new term loan facility bear interest, at our election, at either LIBOR plus a margin of between 0.75% and 1.75% per annum, or at the Base Rate plus a margin of between 0.00% and 0.75% per annum, depending in each case on the then current ratings of our senior secured long-term debt. The loans under tranche B of the new term loan facility bear interest, at our election, at either LIBOR plus a margin of between 1.50% and 1.75% per annum or the Base Rate plus a margin of between 0.50% and 0.75% per annum, depending in each case on the then current ratings of our senior secured long-term debt. Commitment fees are payable on the unborrowed amounts of the new revolving credit facility (which shall be determined without taking into account any local currency loan or swing line loan described below) at a rate of between 0.20% and 0.50% per annum, depending in each case on the then current ratings of our senior secured long-term debt.

      The “Base Rate” is a fluctuating interest rate equal to the higher of (i) the rate of interest announced publicly by Bank of America, N.A. as its prime rate and (ii) a rate equal to (subject to rounding upwards)  1/2 of 1% per annum above the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers.

32


Table of Contents

      The new revolving credit facility includes a sub-limit for the issuance of letters of credit. The new credit facility permits us to borrow loans denominated in local currencies from individual lenders thereunder, either on a negotiated basis or through a competitive bidding process. In addition, the new credit facility permits us to borrow swing line loans, which matures 30 days after the borrowing thereof and bears interest at the Base Rate. Local currency loans and swing line loans reduce the availability of the new revolving credit facility.

      Prime Rate interest is payable quarterly in arrears and interest based on LIBOR is payable in arrears at the earlier of (i) the end of the applicable interest period and (ii) every three months after the first day of the relevant interest period. Borrowings bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to LIBOR is available in one-, two-, three- or six-month interest periods.

      The commitments under the new revolving credit facility and under tranches A-1 and A-2 of the new term loan facility expire, and the loans outstanding thereunder mature, on the fifth anniversary of the closing date thereunder. The commitments under tranche B of the new term loan facility expire, and the loans outstanding thereunder mature, on the seventh anniversary of the closing date thereunder. The new term loan facility will require us to make scheduled quarterly repayments of principal. Under tranche A-1 of the new term loan facility, the final four quarterly repayments of principal (including a repayment made on the maturity date thereof) will each be $42,500,000. Under tranche A-2 of the new term loan facility, the final four quarterly repayments of principal (including a repayment made on the maturity date thereof) shall each be in an amount equal to 17% of the funded amount of tranche A-2 term loans. Under tranche B of the new term loan facility, the final four quarterly repayments of principal (including a repayment made on the maturity date thereof) will each be $35,250,000.

      Our obligations under the new credit facility, as well as under certain swap and other similar agreements with the lenders, or parties related thereto are guaranteed by certain of our existing and future direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries. A “material domestic subsidiary” means each of our domestic subsidiaries that, on a consolidated basis, (a) accounts for more than 5% of our consolidated revenues or (b) as of the last day of a four-quarter period, is the owner of more than 5% of our consolidated total assets.

      The obligations are secured by a pledge of the stock or other ownership interests of all material domestic subsidiaries that are direct subsidiaries of us or any guarantor (limited, in the case of each entity that is a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code, to a pledge of 65% of the equity interests of each foreign subsidiary to the extent the pledge of any greater percentage would result in adverse tax consequences to us and limited in the case of each domestic subsidiary substantially all of whose assets consist of the stock of “controlled foreign corporations”, to a pledge of 65% of the equity interests of such domestic subsidiary). Our senior notes issued and outstanding under the indenture, dated as of December 18, 1995, are equally and ratably secured with respect to this collateral. In addition, if our senior secured long-term debt rating is, at any time, Ba2 or BB or lower from S&P and Moody’s respectively, the obligations will be required to be secured by substantially all of our assets and those of the Guarantors.

      The new credit facility includes the following financial covenants:

 
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio

      We are required to maintain a ratio of (a) consolidated EBITDA to (b) consolidated cash interest expense, as of the end of any fiscal quarter of at least 3.00 to 1.00.

 
Consolidated Leverage Ratio

      We may not permit our consolidated leverage ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter ending during any period set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such period:

         
Period Ratio


Closing Date to and including December 31, 2004
    4.75 to 1.00  
January 1, 2005 to and including December 31, 2005
    4.25 to 1.00  
Thereafter
    3.75 to 1.00  

33


Table of Contents

 
Consolidated Senior Leverage Ratio

      We may not permit our consolidated senior leverage ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter ending during any period set forth below to exceed the ratio set forth below opposite such period:

         
Period Ratio


Closing Date to and including December 31, 2004
    3.75 to 1.00  
January 1, 2005 to and including December 31, 2005
    3.25 to 1.00  
Thereafter
    3.00 to 1.00  

      The new credit facility contains customary covenants, including, without limitation, restrictions on (a) indebtedness, (b) the incurrence of liens, (c) loans and investments, as well as prohibitions on the payment of dividends to, or the repurchase or redemption of stock from, shareholders, (d) the sale of assets, (e) mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations and (f) transactions with affiliates.

      Pursuant to the terms of the new credit facility, and subject to applicable grace periods, in certain circumstances, a default will occur upon the non-payment of principal or interest when due under the new credit facility or upon the non-fulfillment of the covenants described above, or upon the occurrence of certain changes in control or of any of various other events described therein. If such a default occurs, the lenders under the new credit facility will be entitled to accelerate the amounts due under the new credit facility and may require all such amounts to be immediately paid in full. The lenders under the new credit facility may also take all remedies permitted to be taken by a secured creditor under the security documents entered into to secure the new credit facility and the Uniform Commercial Code.

2.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2023

      On July 7, 2003, we sold in a private offering $300 million principal amount of our 2.50% convertible senior notes due 2023. These notes, which are unsecured, rank senior to the notes offered hereby. On October 28, 2003, we filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with respect to the resale of these notes and the sale of the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of these notes.

      Interest on the notes is payable on April 1 and October 1 of each year. The notes mature on October 1, 2023. The notes may be converted into shares of our common stock (unless earlier redeemed or repurchased by us) under the following circumstances: (1) note holders may convert their notes on any date on or prior to October 1, 2018, if the closing sale price of our common stock for at least 20 trading days in the period of the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the first day of such conversion period was more than 120% of the then current conversion price of the notes; (2) if, on any date after October 1, 2018, the closing sale price of our common stock is more than 120% of the then current conversion price of the notes, then note holders will have such conversion right at all times thereafter; (3) we have called the notes for redemption; (4) we distribute to all or substantially all holders of our common stock rights, options or warrants entitling them to purchase common stock at less than the closing sale price of our common stock on the day preceding the declaration for such distribution; (5) we distribute to all or substantially all holders of our common stock cash, assets, debt securities or capital stock, which distribution has a per share value as determined by our board of directors exceeding 10% of the closing sale price of our common stock on the day preceding the declaration for such distribution; or (6) during any period in which the credit rating of the notes assigned by Moody’s is Caa1 or lower and by Standard & Poor’s is CCC+ or lower, or neither Moody’s (or its successors) nor Standard & Poor’s (or its successors) continue to rate the notes.

      Upon conversion, we will have the right to deliver, in lieu of common stock, cash or a combination of cash and common stock. It is our current intention to satisfy our obligation upon a conversion of the notes first, in cash, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the notes converted and second, in shares of our common stock, to satisfy the remainder, if any, of our conversion obligation. The initial conversion rate is 21.0686 shares of common stock per each $1,000 principal amount of notes. This is equivalent to an initial conversion price of $47.46 per share. On November 29, 2004, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was $55.44 per share.

34


Table of Contents

      Note holders may also convert their notes into shares of our common stock for the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period in which the average trading price for the notes was less than 97% of the average conversion value for the notes during that period; provided, however, if such five trading day period ends after October 1, 2018 and, at the time of the conversion, the closing sale price of shares of our common stock is greater than the then current conversion price of the notes and less than or equal to 120% of the then current conversion price of the notes and note holders surrender their notes for conversion, note holders will receive, at our option, cash, common stock or a combination of cash and common stock with a value equal to the principal amount of their notes on such conversion date. If we elect to pay to note holders in cash or in a combination of cash and common stock, our common stock will be valued at 100% of the average closing sale price for the five trading days ending on the third trading day preceding the conversion date.

      On or after October 2, 2010, we have the option to redeem all or a portion of the notes that have not been previously converted or repurchased at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest and liquidated damages owed, if any, to the redemption date. Note holders have the option, subject to certain conditions, to require us to repurchase any notes held by them on October 1, 2010, October 1, 2015 and October 1, 2020, or upon a change in control, at prices equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes plus accrued interest and liquidated damages owed, if any, to the date of repurchase. We will pay the repurchase price for any notes repurchased on October 1, 2010 in cash. We may choose to pay the repurchase price for any notes repurchased on October 1, 2015 or October 1, 2020 in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock; provided, however, that we may, at our sole discretion, terminate at any time our right to pay all or a portion of the repurchase price on either of these dates in shares of our common stock. If we elect to pay note holders in common stock or a combination of cash and common stock, our common stock will be valued at 95% of the average closing sale price for the five trading days ending on the third trading day preceding the applicable purchase date. In addition, upon a change in control, note holders will have the right, subject to certain conditions and restrictions, to require us to repurchase some or all of their notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages owed, if any, to the date of purchase.

8 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012

      On April 24, 2002, we issued and sold $150 million principal amount of our 8 1/8% senior subordinated notes due 2012, and on January 14, 2003 issued and sold another $200 million of such notes, and on November 24, 2003 redeemed $46 million of such notes. These two series of notes were issued under the same indenture, dated as of April 24, 2002 by and between us and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association as trustee, and are treated as a single class of securities for all purposes.

      Our 8 1/8% senior subordinated notes mature on May 1, 2012. We pay interest on May 1 and November 1 of each year. We will be able to redeem the notes at our option, in whole or in part on a pro rata basis at any time and from time to time, on and after May 1, 2007 at specified redemption prices. Also, on or prior to May 1, 2005, at our option, we may redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at a redemption price equal to 108 1/8% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, with the proceeds of one or more equity offerings. The notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all our existing and future senior debt, including debt under the Credit Facility, the New Credit Facility and our 2.50% convertible senior notes. The notes rank equally in right of payment with our other senior subordinated debt, including our 8% senior subordinated notes due 2013 and the new 3.25% convertible senior subordinated notes. The notes are effectively subordinated to any current or future secured indebtedness outstanding. If a change of control triggering event occurs, each holder of the notes will have the right to require us to purchase such holder’s notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. On and after May 1, 2007, we may exercise our optional redemption right to redeem all or a portion of the notes, at specified redemption prices, even if a change of control has occurred. After May 1, 2010, this redemption price will be lower than the price we have to pay if holders require us to purchase the notes upon the occurrence of a change of control. If a change of control triggering

35


Table of Contents

event occurs, prior to repurchasing the notes, we must first either repay our credit facility or get a waiver or consent from the lenders under our credit facility to repurchase the notes from the note holders.

      The indenture restricts our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things and subject to certain exceptions: (1) incur additional indebtedness; (2) pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of its capital stock; (3) repurchase equity interests; (4) create certain liens; (5) enter into certain transactions with affiliates; (6) consummate certain asset sales; and (7) merge or consolidate. If we or any of our restricted subsidiaries are not in compliance with certain of the indenture’s financial covenants, our ability to consummate our acquisition and investment strategy will be impaired and will require prior approval or waiver by the holders of notes.

      The indenture pursuant to which the notes have been issued sets forth certain events the occurrence of which constitutes an event of default. An event of default occurs if, among other things, Fisher: (1) fails to pay interest when due for 30 days, (2) fails to pay principal when due, (3) defaults in the performance of a covenant regarding the merger or sale of substantially all assets of Fisher, (4) defaults in the observance or performance of other covenants for 30 days after written notice from the trustee of holders representing 25% or more of the outstanding principal amount of the notes, (5) fails to pay or has accelerated certain other indebtedness aggregating $15 million or more, (6) is subject to one or more unpaid judgments aggregating $15 million or more, or (7) one of its significant subsidiaries, files for or is otherwise subject to a declaration of bankruptcy.

      Upon the happening of any event of default, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding notes may declare the principal of and accrued interest on all the notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to Fisher and the trustee specifying the respective event of default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, and the notes shall become immediately due and payable. If an event of default with respect to bankruptcy proceedings of Fisher occurs and is continuing, all notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holder of notes.

8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013

      On August 20, 2003, we issued and sold $150 million principal amount of our 8% senior subordinated notes due 2013, and on November 4, 2003 issued and sold another $150 million of such notes. These two series of notes were issued under the same indenture, dated as of August 20, 2003 by and between us and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association as trustee, and are treated as a single class of securities for all purposes.

      Our 8% senior subordinated notes mature on September 1, 2013. We pay interest on March 1 and September 1 of each year. We will be able to redeem the notes at our option, in whole or in part on a pro rata basis at any time and from time to time, on and after September 1, 2008 at specified redemption prices. At any period prior to September 1, 2008, we may redeem the notes at a redemption price of 100% of their principal amount plus a specified make-whole premium. Also, on or prior to September 1, 2006, at our option, we may redeem in the aggregate up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at a redemption price equal to 108% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of redemption, with the proceeds of one or more equity offerings.

      The notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all our existing and future senior debt, including debt under our credit facility, the new credit facility and our 2.50% convertible senior notes. The notes rank equally in right of payment with our other senior subordinated debt, including our 8 1/8% senior subordinated notes due 2012 and the 3.25% convertible senior subordinated notes. The notes are effectively subordinated to any current or future secured indebtedness outstanding.

      If a change of control triggering event occurs, each holder of the notes will have the right to require us to purchase such holder’s notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase. On and after September 1, 2008, we may exercise our optional redemption right to redeem all or a portion of the notes, at specified redemption prices, even if a change of control has occurred. After September 1, 2011, this redemption price will be lower than the

36


Table of Contents

price we have to pay if holders require us to purchase the notes upon the occurrence of a change of control. If a change of control triggering event occurs, prior to repurchasing the notes, we must first either repay our credit facility or get a waiver or consent from the lenders under our credit facility to repurchase the notes from the note holders.

      The indenture restricts our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things and subject to certain exceptions: (1) incur additional indebtedness; (2) pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of its capital stock; (3) repurchase equity interests; (4) create certain liens; (5) enter into certain transactions with affiliates; (6) consummate certain asset sales; and (7) merge or consolidate. If we or any of our restricted subsidiaries are not in compliance with certain of the indenture’s financial covenants, our ability to consummate our acquisition and investment strategy will be impaired and will require prior approval or waiver by the holders of notes.

      The indenture pursuant to which the notes will be issued sets forth certain events the occurrence of which constitutes an event of default. An event of default occurs if, among other things, Fisher: (1) fails to pay interest when due for 30 days, (2) fails to pay principal when due, (3) defaults in the performance of a covenant regarding the merger or sale of substantially all assets of Fisher, (4) defaults in the observance of performance of other covenants for 30 days after written notice from the trustee of holders representing 25% or more of the outstanding principal amount of the notes, (5) fails to pay or has accelerated certain other indebtedness aggregating $25 million or more, (6) is subject to one or more unpaid judgments aggregating $25 million or more, or (7) or one of its significant subsidiaries, files for or is otherwise subject to a declaration of bankruptcy.

      Upon the happening of any event of default, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding notes may declare the principal of and accrued interest on all the notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to Fisher and the trustee specifying the respective event of default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, and the notes shall become immediately due and payable. If an event of default with respect to bankruptcy proceedings of Fisher occurs and is continuing, all notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holder of notes.

3.25% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2024

      On March 3, 2004, we issued and sold $330 million principal amount of our 3.25% convertible senior subordinated notes due March 1, 2024. We sold these notes under a “shelf” registration statement dated September 3, 2003 pursuant to which we may issue and sell up to $750 million of our debt and equity securities. Interest on the notes is payable on March 1 and September 1 of each year. The notes mature on March 1, 2024. The notes may be converted into shares of our common stock (unless earlier redeemed or repurchased by us) under the following circumstances: (1) note holders may convert their notes in a conversion period on any date on or prior to March 1, 2019, if the closing sale price of our common stock for at least 20 trading days in the period of the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the first days of such conversion period was more than 120% of the then current conversion price of the notes; (2) if, on any date after March 1, 2019, the closing sale price of our common stock is more than 120% of the then current conversion price of the notes, then note holders will have such conversion right at all times thereafter; (3) we have called the notes for redemption; (4) we distribute to all or substantially all holders of our common stock rights, options of warrants entitling them to purchase common stock at less than the closing sale price of our common stock on the day preceding the declaration for such distribution; (5) we distribute to all or substantially all holders of our common stock cash, assets, debt securities or capital stock, which distribution has a per share value as determined by our board of directors exceeding 10% of the closing sale price of our common stock on the day preceding the declaration for such distribution; or (6) during any period in which the credit rating of the notes assigned by Moody’s is Caa2 or lower and by Standard & Poor’s is CCC or lower, or neither Moody’s (or its successors) nor Standard & Poor’s (or its successors) continue to rate the notes. Note holders may also convert their notes into shares of our common stock for the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period in which the average trading price for the notes was less than 97% of the average conversion value for the notes during that period.

37


Table of Contents

      Upon conversion, we will have the right to deliver, in lieu of common stock, cash or a combination of cash and common stock. It is our current intention to satisfy our obligation upon a conversion of the notes first, in cash, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the notes converted and second, in shares of our common stock, to satisfy the remainder, if any, of our conversion obligation. Our ability to deliver cash at the time of conversion will be subject to many factors, including the amount of cash we have available to us, whether the agreements governing our indebtedness would permit such a cash settlement, our then existing cash needs, and other factors. The initial conversion rate is 12.4378 shares of common stock per each $1,000 principal amount of notes. This is equivalent to an initial conversion price of $80.40 per share.

      On or after March 2, 2011, we have the option to redeem all or a portion of the notes that have not been previously converted or repurchased at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount plus accrued interest and liquidated damages owed, if any, to the redemption date. Note holders have the option, subject to certain conditions, to require us to repurchase any notes held by them on March 1, 2011, March 1, 2016 and March 1, 2021, or upon a change in control, at prices equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes plus accrued interest and liquidated damages owed, if any, to the date of repurchase. We may choose to pay the repurchase price for any notes repurchased on March 1, 2011, March 1, 2016 and March 1, 2021 in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock; provided, however, that we may, at our sole discretion, terminate at any time our right to pay all or a portion of the repurchase price on either of these dates in shares of our common stock. If we elect to pay note holders in common stock or a combination of cash and common stock, our common stock will be valued at 95% of the average closing sale price for the five trading days ending on the third trading day preceding the applicable purchase date. In addition, upon a change in control, note holders will have the right, subject to certain conditions and restrictions, to require us to repurchase some or all of their notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages owed, if any, to the date of purchase.

Floating Rate Convertible Senior Debentures due 2033

      In connection with our merger with Apogent, Apogent completed an exchange offer for its $345 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Convertible Contingent Debt Securities due 2033 (the “Floating Rate CODES”). The exchange offer for the Floating Rate CODES aligned the conversion terms of Apogent’s convertible debt with our currently outstanding convertible debt. Ninety-nine percent of the outstanding principal amount of the Floating Rate CODES were tendered for exchange with a like principal amount of Floating Rate Convertible Senior Debentures due 2033. The debentures were issued under an indenture, by and among Apogent, as issuer, Fisher, and The Bank of New York, as trustee, dated as of August 3, 2004. The debentures mature on December 15, 2033. Interest on the debentures is payable on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year.

      The debentures are convertible into shares of our common stock (unless earlier redeemed or repurchased by us) under the following circumstances: (1) the closing sale price of our common stock for at least 20 trading days in the period of the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the first day of such conversion period was more than 130% of the then current conversion price of the debentures; (2) on or before December 15, 2028, for the five business day period after any five consecutive trading day period in which the average trading price for the debentures was less than 97% of the average conversion value for the debentures during that period; (3) during any period in which the credit rating of the debentures assigned by Moody’s is B3 or lower and by Standard & Poor’s is B- or lower, in which the credit rating assigned to the debentures is suspended or withdrawn by either rating agency or neither Moody’s (or its successors) nor Standard & Poor’s (or its successors) continue to rate the debentures, (4) we have called the debentures for redemption; (5) we distribute to all or substantially all holders of our common stock rights entitling them to purchase common stock at less than the sale price of our common stock on the day preceding the declaration for such distribution; (6) we distribute to all or substantially all holders of our common stock cash or other assets, debt securities or certain rights to purchase our securities and the fair market value of that distribution has a per share value exceeding 5% of the sale price of our common stock on the day immediately preceding the declaration for such distribution; or (7) a change of control occurs but the holders of the debentures do not have a right to require us to repurchase their debentures as a result of such change of control because either

38


Table of Contents

the sale price of our common stock for specified periods prior to such change of control exceeds specified levels or the consideration received in such change of control consists of capital stock that is freely tradable and the debentures become convertible into that capital stock.

      Upon conversion, we will have the right to deliver, in lieu of common stock, cash or a combination of cash and common stock. It is our current intention to satisfy our obligation upon a conversion of the notes first, in cash, in an amount equal to the principal amount of the notes converted and second, in shares of our common stock, to satisfy the remainder, if any, of our conversion obligation. Our ability to deliver cash at the time of conversion will be subject to many factors, including the amount of cash we have available to us, whether the agreements governing our indebtedness would permit such a cash settlement, our then existing cash needs, and other factors. The initial conversion rate is 16.9233 shares of common stock per each $1,000 principal amount of debentures. This is equivalent to an initial conversion price of $59.09 per share.

      We may redeem the debentures in whole or in part beginning on March 15, 2020 upon the terms and for a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the debentures plus any accrued and unpaid interest (including contingent interest). Holders of the debentures have the option, subject to certain conditions, to require us to repurchase the debentures held by them on December 15, 2008, March 15, 2010, December 15, 2014, December 15, 2019, December 15, 2024 and December 15, 2029, or upon a change of control, at prices equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and including contingent interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.

Securitization Facility

      On February 14, 2003, we entered into a new receivables securitization facility, which provides for the sale, on a revolving basis, of all of the accounts receivable of Fisher Scientific Company L.L.C., Cole-Parmer Instrument Company, Fisher Clinical Services Inc., and Fisher Hamilton L.L.C. to FSI Receivables Company LLC, formerly named FSI Receivables Corp. (“FSI”), a special purpose, bankruptcy remote indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. On the same date, FSI and Fisher, as servicer, entered into a receivables transfer agreement with certain financial institutions, which provides for the transfer on a revolving basis of an undivided percentage ownership interest in a designated pool of accounts receivable up to a maximum amount of $225 million to be funded in cash from time to time to FSI. Under the terms of the receivables securitization facility, the originators retain collection and administrative responsibilities for the receivables in the pool. The effective funded interest rate on the receivables securitization facility is approximately one month LIBOR plus an annual commitment fee of 45 basis points. The unfunded annual commitment fee is 25 basis points. On February 12, 2004, we entered into an amended receivables securitization facility which extended the maturity until 2005.

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

      The notes were issued under an indenture dated as of August 3, 2004 by and between us and The Bank of New York, as trustee. The indenture contains provisions that define your rights under the notes. In addition, the indenture governs our obligations under the notes.

      The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the indenture. It does not restate the indenture in its entirety. We urge you to read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as holders of the notes. A copy of the indenture has been filed as an exhibit to our registration statement on Form S-4, dated                           , 2004, of which this prospectus forms a part. The definitions of certain capitalized terms used in the following summary are set forth below under “— Certain Definitions.”

      The notes are:

  •  our unsecured Senior Subordinated Indebtedness;
 
  •  subordinated in right of payment, as set forth in the indenture, to the payment when due of all of our existing and future Senior Indebtedness, including our obligations under the Credit Facility, our

39


Table of Contents

  Existing Senior Notes and other senior secured and senior unsecured Indebtedness outstanding from time to time;
 
  •  effectively subordinated to all of our Secured Indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Secured Indebtedness, and to all obligations and liabilities of Fisher’s non-guarantor subsidiaries;
 
  •  pari passu in right of payment with all of our existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, including our Existing Senior Subordinated Notes; and senior in right of payment to all of our existing and future Subordinated Obligations.

      The notes are issued in fully registered form only, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof. Initially, the trustee will act as paying agent and registrar for the notes. The notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the registrar, which initially is the trustee’s corporate trust office. We may change any paying agent and registrar without notice to holders of the notes. We will pay principal (and premium, if any) on the notes at the trustee’s corporate office in New York, New York. At our option, interest may be paid at the trustee’s corporate trust office or by check mailed to the registered address of holders of the notes.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

      The notes will mature on August 15, 2014. Each note bears interest at the rate of 6 3/4% per annum from the date of issuance, or from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for, payable semiannually in cash to holders of record at the close of business on the February 1 or August 1 immediately preceding the interest payment date on February 15 and August 15 of each year, commencing February 15, 2005. Interest will be paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

      The notes were issued in an aggregate principal amount of $300.0 million. Additional securities may, subject to the limitations set forth in the “Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness” covenant, be issued under the indenture in one or more series from time to time (the “Additional Notes”), which will vote as a class with the notes and otherwise be treated as notes for purposes of the indenture.

      The notes are not entitled to the benefit of any mandatory sinking fund.

Redemption

      Optional Redemption. The notes may be redeemable, at our option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, on and after August 15, 2009, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount thereof) if redeemed during the twelve-month period commencing on August 15 of the year set forth below, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption:

         
Year Redemption Price


2009
    103.375 %
2010
    102.250 %
2011
    101.125 %
2012 and thereafter
    100.000 %

      In addition, at any time prior to August 15, 2009, the notes may be redeemed or purchased (by us or any other Person) in whole or in part, at our option, at a price (the “Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, the date of redemption or purchase (the “Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date. We may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of our obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be

40


Table of Contents

performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at our discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event.

      “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a note at any Redemption Date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such note on August 15, 2009, (such redemption price being that described in the first paragraph of this “Optional Redemption” section) plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such note through such date, in each case computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 75 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such note on such Redemption Date. Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by us or on our behalf by such Person as we shall designate; provided that such calculation shall not be a duty or obligation of the trustee.

      “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to a Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to August 15, 2009; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is not equal to the constant maturity of the United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

      Optional Redemption upon Equity Offerings. At any time, or from time to time, on or prior to August 15, 2007, we may, at our option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined below) to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of notes originally issued at a redemption price equal to 106.75% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of redemption; provided that at least 60% of the original principal amount of notes remains outstanding immediately after any such redemption (excluding any notes owned by us). In order to effect the foregoing redemption with the proceeds of any Equity Offering, we must mail a notice of redemption no later than 60 days after the related Equity Offering and must consummate such redemption within 90 days of the closing of the Equity Offering. “Equity Offering” means a sale of our Qualified Capital Stock.

Selection and Notice

      In case of a partial redemption, selection of the notes or portions thereof for redemption shall be made by the trustee by lot, pro rata or in such manner as it shall deem appropriate and fair and in such manner as complies with any applicable legal requirements; provided, however, that if a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of an Equity Offering, selection of the notes or portion thereof for redemption shall be made by the trustee only on a pro rata basis, unless such method is otherwise prohibited. Notes may be redeemed in part in multiples of $1,000 principal amount only. Notice of redemption will be sent, by first class mail, postage prepaid, at least 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption to each holder whose notes are to be redeemed at the last address for such holder then shown on the registry books. If any note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the holder thereof upon cancellation of the original note. On and after any redemption date, interest will cease to accrue on the notes or part thereof called for redemption as long as we have deposited with the paying agent funds in satisfaction of the redemption price pursuant to the indenture.

41


Table of Contents

Ranking of Notes

      The indebtedness evidenced by the notes is our unsecured Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and (a) is subordinated in right of payment, as set forth in the indenture, to all of our existing and future Senior Indebtedness, including our obligations under the Credit Facility, our Existing Senior Notes and other senior secured and senior unsecured Indebtedness outstanding from time to time, (b) ranks pari passu in right of payment with all of our existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, including the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes, and (c) is senior in right of payment to all of our existing and future Subordinated Obligations. The notes also are effectively subordinated to any of our Secured Indebtedness to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Secured Indebtedness, and to all existing and future obligations and liabilities of our non-guarantor Subsidiaries.

      However, payment from the money or the proceeds of U.S. government obligations held in any defeasance trust described under “— Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance” below is not subordinated to any Senior Indebtedness or subject to the restrictions described above if the deposit to such trust which is used to fund such payment was permitted at the time of such deposit.

      A substantial part of our operations are conducted through our Subsidiaries. Claims of creditors of such Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred shareholders (if any) of such Subsidiaries (other than Subsidiaries, if any, that may become Subsidiary Guarantors in the future with respect to the notes) will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such Subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of Fisher, including holders of the notes. The notes, therefore, are effectively subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred shareholders (if any) of our Subsidiaries (other than Subsidiaries, if any, that may become Subsidiary Guarantors in the future with respect to the notes).

      Only our Indebtedness that is Senior Indebtedness ranks senior in right of payment to the notes in accordance with the provisions of the indenture. Our obligations in respect of the notes ranks pari passu in right of payment with all of our other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, including our Existing Senior Subordinated Notes. We have agreed in the indenture that we will not incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness which is expressly subordinate in right of payment to Senior Indebtedness unless such Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or is expressly subordinated in right of payment to Senior Subordinated Indebtedness. Without limiting the foregoing, unsecured Indebtedness is not deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured, and Indebtedness that is not guaranteed by a particular Person is not deemed to be subordinate or junior to Indebtedness that is so guaranteed merely because it is not so guaranteed. See “— Certain Covenants — Prohibition on Incurrence of Senior Subordinated Debt.”

      We may not pay principal of, premium (if any) or interest on, or any other amount in respect of, the notes or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions described under “— Legal defeasance and covenant defeasance” below and may not otherwise purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any notes (collectively, “pay the notes”) if any amount due in respect of any Senior Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any amount due as a result of acceleration of the maturity thereof by reason of default or otherwise) has not been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents unless the default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents. However, we may pay the notes without regard to the foregoing if we and the trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the events set forth in the immediately preceding sentence have occurred and are continuing.

      In addition, during the continuance of any default (other than a payment default described in the first sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, we may not pay the notes for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the trustee (with a copy to us) of written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such default from the Representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter (or earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by

42


Table of Contents

written notice to the trustee and us from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice, (ii) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice and all other defaults with respect to such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall have been cured or shall have ceased to exist or (iii) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents).

      Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding paragraph, unless any payment default described in the first sentence of the second immediately preceding paragraph has occurred and is then continuing, we may resume payments on the notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period, including any missed payments. Not more than one Blockage Notice may be given in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period. However, if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness other than the Bank Indebtedness, a Representative of holders of Bank Indebtedness may give another Blockage Notice within such period. In no event, however, may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360 consecutive day period, and there must be a 181 consecutive day period during any 360 consecutive day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect.

      Upon any payment or distribution of our assets or securities to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization or winding up of or similar proceeding relating to us or our property or in a bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to us or our property, or in an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of our assets and liabilities, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Senior Indebtedness are entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of the Senior Indebtedness before the holders of the notes are entitled to receive any payment or distribution of any character and, until the Senior Indebtedness is paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution to which holders of the notes would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of the indenture will be made to holders of the Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear. If a payment or distribution is made to holders of the notes that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such holders of the notes are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

      If we fail to make any payment on the notes when due or within any applicable grace period, whether or not on account of the payment blockage provisions referred to above, such failure would constitute an Event of Default under the indenture and would enable the holders of the notes to accelerate the maturity thereof. See “— Events of Default” below.

      If payment of the notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, we or the trustee shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders of the acceleration. We may not pay the notes until the earlier of five business days after such holders or the Representative of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration or the date of acceleration of such Designated Senior Indebtedness and, thereafter, may pay the notes only if the subordination provisions of the indenture otherwise permit payment at that time.

      By reason of such subordination provisions contained in the indenture, in the event of our liquidation, receivership, reorganization or insolvency, our creditors who are holders of Senior Indebtedness may recover more, ratably, than the holders of the notes, and our creditors who are not holders of Senior Indebtedness or of Senior Subordinated Indebtedness (including the notes) may recover less, ratably, than holders of Senior Indebtedness and may recover more, ratably, than the holders of Senior Subordinated Indebtedness. In addition, as described above, the notes will be effectively subordinated to the claims of creditors of our non-guarantor Subsidiaries.

      None of Fisher’s Subsidiaries will guarantee the notes as of the Issue Date. We do not expect to cause any of our Subsidiaries to issue Guarantees in respect of the Notes unless required by the terms of the indenture to do so. The terms on which each Guarantee, if any, in respect of the notes will be subordinated to the prior payment in full of Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor will be substantially identical to those described above governing the subordination of the notes to the prior payment in full of our Senior Indebtedness.

43


Table of Contents

Change of Control

      The indenture provides that upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each holder of the notes will have the right to require that we purchase for cash all or a portion of such holder’s notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”), at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of purchase, except that we shall not be obligated to repurchase the notes pursuant to this covenant in the event that we have exercised the right to redeem all of the notes as described under “Redemption — Optional Redemption.”

      We may exercise our optional right to redeem all or a portion of the notes, at specified redemption prices, even if a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred. After August 15, 2012, the specified redemption price will be lower than the price we would have to pay if holders require us to purchase the notes upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event.

      In the event that, at the time of such Change of Control Triggering Event, the terms of the Bank Indebtedness restrict or prohibit the repurchase of the notes pursuant to this covenant, the indenture provides that, prior to the mailing of the notice referred to below, but in any event within 30 days following the date we obtain actual knowledge of any Change of Control Triggering Event (unless we have exercised our right to redeem all the notes as described under “Redemption — Optional Redemption”) we shall (a) repay in full and terminate all commitments under the Bank Indebtedness or offer to repay in full and terminate all commitments under all Bank Indebtedness and to repay the Bank Indebtedness owed to each holder of Bank Indebtedness which has accepted such offer or (b) obtain the requisite consents under the Credit Facility to permit the repurchase of the notes as provided below. We shall first comply with the covenant in the immediately preceding sentence before we shall be required to repurchase notes pursuant to the provisions described below. Our failure to comply with this covenant or the provisions of the immediately following paragraph shall constitute an Event of Default described in clause (d) and not in clause (b) under “— Events of Default” below.

      We will disclose the occurrence of any Change of Control Triggering Event by issuing a press release and filing a Form 8-K with the SEC. Within 30 days following the date upon which we obtain actual knowledge that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred, we must send, by first class mail, a notice to each holder of the notes, with a copy to the trustee, stating: (1) that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred or may occur and that such holder has, or upon such occurrence will have, the right to require us to purchase such holder’s notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); (2) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event; (3) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); (4) the instructions determined by us, consistent with this covenant, that a holder must follow in order to have its notes purchased; and (5) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, that such offer is conditioned on the occurrence of such Change of Control Triggering Event. Holders of the notes electing to have a note purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer are required to surrender the note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the note completed, to the paying agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third business day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

      If a Change of Control Offer is made, there can be no assurance that we will have available funds sufficient to pay the Change of Control purchase price for all the notes that might be delivered by holders of the notes seeking to accept the Change of Control Offer. In the event we are required to purchase outstanding notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, we expect that we would seek third party financing to the extent we do not have available funds to meet our purchase obligations. However, there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain such financing.

      The definition of “Change of Control” includes a phrase relating to the sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of “all or substantially all” of our assets as such phrase is defined in the Revised Model Business Corporation Act. Although there is a developing body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,”

44


Table of Contents

there is no precise definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty in ascertaining whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of our assets, and therefore it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether the holders of the notes have the right to require us to repurchase such notes.

      Neither our board of directors nor the trustee may waive the covenant relating to a holder’s right to redemption upon a Change of Control Triggering Event. Restrictions in the indenture described herein on the ability of us and our Restricted Subsidiaries to incur additional Indebtedness, to grant Liens on our properties, to make Restricted Payments and to make Asset Sales may also make more difficult or discourage a takeover of us, whether favored or opposed by our management. Consummation of any such transaction in certain circumstances may require redemption or repurchase of the notes, and there can be no assurance that we or the acquiring party will have sufficient financial resources to effect such redemption or repurchase. Such restrictions and the restrictions on transactions with Affiliates may, in certain circumstances, make more difficult or discourage any leveraged buyout of us or any of our Subsidiaries by our management. In addition, we could in the future enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings and recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control Triggering Event under the indenture, but that could increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect our capital structure or credit ratings.

      We will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of notes pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the “Change of Control” provisions of the indenture, we shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached our obligations under the “Change of Control” provisions of the indenture by virtue thereof.

Certain Covenants

      The indenture contains, among others, the following covenants:

      Limitation on Restricted Payments. Fisher will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (a) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (other than dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock) on or in respect of shares of capital stock of Fisher to holders of such capital stock, (b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any capital stock of Fisher or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire shares of any class of such capital stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, capital stock), other than the exchange of such capital stock for Qualified Capital Stock, or (c) make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments) in any other Person (each of the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (a), (b) and (c) (other than the exceptions thereto) being referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time of such Restricted Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto, (i) a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) Fisher is not able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with the “Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness” covenant or (iii) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date shall exceed, without duplication, the sum of: (u) 50% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income (or if cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss) of Fisher earned during the period (treated as a single accounting period) beginning on January 1, 1998, to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements of Fisher are available (such period, the “Reference Period”); plus (v) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair value of property or assets (as determined in good faith by the board of directors of Fisher, whose determination shall be conclusive) received by Fisher from any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher) from the issuance and sale after January 21, 1998 of Qualified Capital Stock of Fisher (including capital stock issued upon the conversion of convertible Indebtedness or in exchange for outstanding Indebtedness but excluding proceeds (net cash proceeds, in the case of a sale for cash) from the sale of capital stock to the extent used to repurchase or acquire shares of capital stock of Fisher pursuant to clause (2)(ii) of the next succeeding paragraph); plus (w) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds of any equity contribution received by Fisher from a holder of its capital stock (but excluding net cash proceeds from any equity

45


Table of Contents

contribution to the extent used to repurchase or acquire shares of capital stock of Fisher pursuant to clause (2)(iii) of the next succeeding paragraph); plus (x) to the extent that any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) that was made after January 21, 1998 is sold or otherwise liquidated or repaid, the lesser of (A) the cash and the fair value of property or assets (as determined in good faith by the board of directors of Fisher, whose determination shall be conclusive) received with respect to such sale, liquidation or repayment of such Investment (less the cost of such sale, liquidation or repayment, if any) and (B) the initial amount of such Investment; plus (y) the net cash proceeds and the fair market value of property or assets (as determined in good faith by the board of directors of Fisher, whose determination shall be conclusive) received from the sale of Capital Stock in an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); plus (z) the aggregate amount equal to the net reduction in Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries resulting from (A) dividends, distributions, interest payments, return of capita l, repayments of Investments or other transfers of assets to Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, or (B) the redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”), not to exceed in this clause (z) in the case of any such Unrestricted Subsidiary the aggregate amount of Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date. Any net cash proceeds included in the foregoing clauses (iii)(v) or (iii)(w) shall not be included in clause (x)(A) or clause (x)(B) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” to the extent actually utilized to make a Restricted Payment under this paragraph.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the preceding paragraph do not prohibit: (1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of such dividend or notice of such redemption if the dividend or payment of the redemption price, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of declaration or notice; (2) if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as a consequence thereof, the acquisition of any shares of capital stock of Fisher (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of Fisher, (ii) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of Fisher) of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of Fisher, or (iii) through the application of net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent equity contribution received by Fisher from a holder of its capital stock; (3) payments for the purpose of and in an amount equal to the amount required to permit Fisher to redeem or repurchase shares of its capital stock or options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof, in each case in connection with the repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management employees; provided that such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this clause (3) shall not exceed $50.0 million in the aggregate after the Issue Date (which amount shall be increased by the amount of any cash proceeds to Fisher from (x) sales of its capital stock or any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof to management employees subsequent to the Issue Date and (y) any “key-man” life insurance policies which are used to make such redemptions or repurchases); (4) the payment of fees and compensation as permitted under clause (i) of paragraph (b) of the “Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates” covenant; (5) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, payments not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate, to enable Fisher to make payments to holders of its capital stock in lieu of issuance of fractional shares of its capital stock; (6) repurchases of capital stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options if such capital stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof; (7) the Apogent Transactions; (8) Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary from making payments in respect of any redemption, repurchase, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement for value of shares of capital stock of Fisher or options, stock appreciation or similar securities, in each case held by then current or former officers, directors or employees of Fisher or any of its Subsidiaries (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates) or by an employee benefit plan, upon death, disability, retirement or termination of employment, not to exceed $50.0 million in the aggregate after the Issue Date; (9) other Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $150.0 million (net of repayments of any such loans or advances). In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date in accordance with clause (iii) of the immediately preceding paragraph, (a) the net amounts expended (to the extent such expenditure is in the form of cash or other property other than Qualified Capital Stock) pursuant to clauses (1), (3), (8) and

46


Table of Contents

(9) of this paragraph shall be included in such calculation, provided that such expenditures pursuant to clause (3) shall not be included to the extent of cash proceeds received by Fisher from any “key man” life insurance policies, and (b) the net amounts expended pursuant to clauses (2), (4), (5), (6) and (7) shall be excluded from such calculation.

      Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness. Fisher will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume, guarantee, acquire, become liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to, or otherwise become responsible for payment of (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness); provided, however, that if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a consequence of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, Fisher and any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher may incur Indebtedness if on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of Fisher is greater than or equal to 2.0 to 1.0; and provided, further, that accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional interest shall not be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this covenant.

      For purposes of determining compliance with, and determining the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this covenant, (x) any other obligation of the obligor on such Indebtedness (or of any other Person who could have incurred such Indebtedness under this covenant) arising under any Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded to the extent that such Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation secures the principal amount of such Indebtedness; (y) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Indebtedness, Fisher, in its sole discretion, shall classify such item of Indebtedness and may include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of such clauses; and (z) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

      For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, provided that (x) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date, (y) if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced and (z) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency and incurred pursuant to the Credit Facility shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such incurrence. The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

      Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. (a) Fisher will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates (an “Affiliate Transaction”), other than (x) Affiliate Transactions permitted under paragraph (b) below and (y) Affiliate Transactions entered into on terms that are fair and reasonable to, and in the best interests of, Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as determined in good faith by its board of directors; provided, however, that for a transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate value of $5.0 million or more, at its option (i) such determination shall be made in good faith by a majority of the disinterested members of the board of

47


Table of Contents

the directors of Fisher or (ii) the board of directors of Fisher or any such Restricted Subsidiary party to such Affiliate Transaction shall have received a favorable opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking firm that such Affiliate Transaction is fair from a financial point of view to Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, that for a transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate value of $25.0 million or more, the board of directors of Fisher shall have received a favorable opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking firm that such Affiliate Transaction is fair from a financial point of view to Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary.

      (b) The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) reasonable fees and compensation paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of Fisher or any Subsidiary of Fisher as determined in good faith by its board of directors; (ii) transactions exclusively between or among Fisher and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or exclusively between or among such Restricted Subsidiaries, provided such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by the indenture; (iii) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction; (iv) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the holders of the notes in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; (v) Restricted Payments permitted by the indenture; (vi) any Permitted Investment; (vii) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of the covenant described under “Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets”; (viii) any payment, issuance of securities or other payments, awards or grants, in cash or otherwise, pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements and Plans approved by the board of directors of Fisher; (ix) the grant of stock options or similar rights to employees and directors of Fisher and its Subsidiaries pursuant to Plans and employment contracts approved by the board of directors of Fisher; (x) loans or advances to officers, directors or employees of Fisher or its Restricted Subsidiaries not in excess of $5.0 million at any one time outstanding; (xi) the granting or performance of registration rights under a written registration rights agreement approved by the board of directors of Fisher; (xii) transactions with Persons solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or capital stock of Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, where such Persons are treated no more favorably than holders of Indebtedness or capital stock of Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary generally; (xiii) transactions effected as part of the Apogent Transactions; and (xiv) any agreement to do any of the foregoing.

      Limitation on Liens. Fisher will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens (other than Permitted Liens) of any kind against or upon any of their respective property or assets, or any proceeds, income or profit therefrom which secure Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Subordinated Obligations (the “Initial Lien”), unless (i) in the case of Initial Liens securing Subordinated Obligations, the notes are secured by a Lien on such property, assets, proceeds, income or profit that is senior in priority to such Initial Liens and (ii) in the case of Initial Liens securing Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, the notes are equally and ratably secured by a Lien on such property, assets, proceeds, income or profit. Any such Lien thereby created in favor of the notes will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates, or (ii) any sale, exchange or transfer to any Person not an Affiliate of Fisher of the property or assets secured by such Initial Lien, or of all of the Capital Stock held by Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or all or substantially all the assets of, any Restricted Subsidiary creating such Initial Lien.

      Prohibition on Incurrence of Senior Subordinated Debt. Neither Fisher nor any Subsidiary Guarantor will incur or suffer to exist Indebtedness that is senior in right of payment to the notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee and subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of Fisher or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be.

      Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. Fisher will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its capital stock; (b) make loans or advances or to pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to Fisher or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher; or (c) transfer any of its property or assets to Fisher, except for such encumbrances or

48


Table of Contents

restrictions existing under or by reason of: (1) applicable law; (2) the indenture; (3) any restriction or encumbrance (A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract, (B) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by the indenture, (C) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary, (D) pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property or assets so acquired, (E) on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (F) pursuant to customary provisions contained in agreements and instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business (including but not limited to leases and joint venture and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business), (G) that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any manner material to Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary, or (H) pursuant to Currency Agreements or Interest Swap Obligations; (4) any agreement or instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or capital stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger or consolidation); provided that for purposes of this clause (4), if another Person is the successor company in such acquisition, merger or consolidation, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by Fisher or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes the successor company; (5) agreements existing on the Issue Date (including, without limitation, the Credit Facility and any instrument governing the Existing Senior Notes or the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes or any Acquired Indebtedness as part of the Apogent Transactions); (6) restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any Lien permitted under the indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien; (7) restrictions imposed by any agreement to sell assets permitted under the indenture to any Person pending the closing of such sale; (8) any agreement or instrument governing capital stock of any Person that is acquired after the Issue Date; (9) Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a Receivables Entity in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Entity and such Restricted Subsidiary is engaged in the Qualified Receivables Transaction; (10) any agreement or instrument (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise extends, renews, refunds, refinances or replaces, an agreement or instrument referred to in clause (2), (4) or (5) of this covenant or this clause (10) (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an Initial Agreement (an “Amendment”); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment are not materially less favorable to the holders of the notes taken as a whole than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by Fisher); or (11) any agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the “Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness” covenant (A) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the holders of the notes than the encumbrances and restrictions (as determined in good faith by Fisher) contained in the Initial Agreements (other than Initial Agreements contemplated by clause (4) above), or (B) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the holders of the notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by Fisher) and Fisher determines that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect Fisher’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the notes.

      Limitation on Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries. Fisher will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Stock (other than to Fisher or to a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher) or permit any

49


Table of Contents

Person (other than Fisher or a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher) to own any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher.

      Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets. Fisher will not, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, another Person or Persons unless (i) either (A) Fisher shall be the survivor of such merger or consolidation or (B) the surviving Person is a corporation existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and such surviving Person shall expressly assume all the obligations of Fisher under the notes and the indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (on a pro forma basis, including any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with such transaction and the other adjustments referred to in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”), either (A) Fisher or the surviving Person is able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with the “Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness” covenant or (B) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than it was immediately prior to such transaction; (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (including any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (iv) Fisher has delivered to the trustee an officers’ certificate and opinion of counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with the indenture, that the surviving Person agrees to be bound thereby and by the notes, and that all conditions precedent in the indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied. For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of Fisher, the capital stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Fisher, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of Fisher. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) of the preceding sentence, (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to Fisher and (b) Fisher may merge with an Affiliate that is (x) a corporation that has no material assets or liabilities and which was incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating Fisher in another jurisdiction or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher so long as all assets of Fisher and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction are owned by such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after the consummation thereof.

      The indenture provides that upon any consolidation, combination or merger or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Fisher in accordance with the foregoing, the surviving entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, Fisher under the indenture and the notes with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named as such.

      Limitation on Asset Sales. Fisher will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) Fisher or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by its board of directors, whose determination shall be conclusive); (ii) in the case of any Asset Sale (or series of Asset Sales) having a fair market value (as determined in good faith by its board of directors, whose determination shall be conclusive) of $25.0 million or more, at least 75% of the consideration received by Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Sale shall be cash or Cash Equivalents and is received at the time of such disposition; provided, that the amount of (A) any liabilities (as shown on its or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and from which Fisher and its Restricted Subsidiaries are unconditionally released, (B) any notes or other obligations received by Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary within 180 days of such receipt into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received), (C) any assumption of Indebtedness of Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary and the release of Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale, (D) any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is

50


Table of Contents

no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that Fisher and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale, and (E) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such transferee having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by its board of directors, whose determination shall be conclusive), taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (E) then outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50.0 million and 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision; and (iii) upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, Fisher shall apply, or cause such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale within 365 days of receipt thereof either (A) to prepay Senior Indebtedness and, in the case of any Senior Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility, effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility, (B) to reinvest in Productive Assets, or (C) a combination of prepayment and investment permitted by the foregoing clauses (iii)(A) and (iii)(B). On the 366th day after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the board of directors of Fisher or of such Restricted Subsidiary determines not to apply the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (iii)(A), (iii)(B) and (iii)(C) of the immediately preceding sentence (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds which have not been applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses (iii)(A), (iii)(B) and (iii)(C) of the immediately preceding sen tence (each a “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”) shall be applied by Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase for cash (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) on a date (the “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) not less than 30 nor more than 45 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all holders of the notes on a pro rata basis at least that amount of notes equal to the Note Offer Amount at a price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase; provided, however, that if at any time any non-cash consideration received by Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this covenant. Any offer to purchase with respect to Other Debt shall be made and consummated concurrently with any Net Proceeds Offer.

      “Other Debt” shall mean other Indebtedness of Fisher that ranks pari passu with the notes and requires that an offer to purchase such Other Debt be made upon consummation of an Asset Sale.

      “Note Offer Amount” means (i) if an offer to purchase Other Debt is not being made, the amount of the Net Proceeds Offer Amount and (ii) if an offer to purchase Other Debt is being made, an amount equal to the product of (x) the Net Proceeds Offer Amount and (y) a fraction the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of notes tendered pursuant to such offer to purchase and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of notes and Other Debt tendered pursuant to such offer to purchase.

      Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Net Proceeds Offer Amount is less than $25.0 million, the application of the Net Cash Proceeds constituting such Net Proceeds Offer Amount to a Net Proceeds Offer may be deferred until such time as such Net Proceeds Offer Amount plus the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds Offer Amounts arising subsequent to the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date relating to such initial Net Proceeds Offer Amount from all Asset Sales by Fisher and its Restricted Subsidiaries aggregates at least $25.0 million, at which time Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply all Net Cash Proceeds constituting all Net Proceeds Offer Amounts that have been so deferred to make a Net Proceeds Offer (the first date on which the aggregate of all such deferred Net Proceeds Offer Amounts is equal to $25.0 million or more shall be deemed to be a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”).

      Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this covenant, Fisher and its Restricted Subsidiaries are permitted to consummate an Asset Sale without complying with such paragraphs to the extent (i) at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale constitutes Productive Assets and (ii) such Asset Sale is for at least

51


Table of Contents

fair market value (as determined in good faith by its board of directors, whose determination shall be conclusive); provided that any consideration not constituting Productive Assets received by Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any Asset Sale permitted to be consummated under this paragraph shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds and shall be subject to the provisions of the preceding paragraphs; provided, that at the time of entering into such transaction or immediately after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

      Each Net Proceeds Offer will be mailed to the record holders of the notes as shown on the register of holders of the notes within 25 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in the indenture. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, holders of the notes may elect to tender their notes in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 in exchange for cash. To the extent holders of the notes properly tender notes in an amount exceeding the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, notes of tendering holders will be purchased on a pro rata basis (based on amounts tendered). A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 business days or such longer period as may be required by law; provided, such period shall not be less than the period with respect to any offer to purchase Other Debt or terminate prior to any such period. To the extent that the aggregate amount of notes tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer is less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, Fisher may use any remaining Net Proceeds Offer Amount for general corporate purposes. Upon completion of any such Net Proceeds Offer, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount shall be reset at zero.

      Fisher will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of notes pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the “Asset Sale” provisions of the indenture, Fisher shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the “Asset Sale” provisions of the indenture by virtue thereof.

      Limitation on Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries. Fisher will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of Fisher, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Credit Facility (but only if such guarantees are permitted by clause (ii) of the “Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness” covenant or constitute Permitted Indebtedness), unless such Restricted Subsidiary, Fisher and the trustee execute and deliver a supplemental indenture evidencing such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee of the notes (a “Guarantee”), such Guarantee to be a senior subordinated unsecured obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if (w) any Subsidiary Guarantor is released from its guarantee with respect to Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facility or other Indebtedness the guarantee of which gave rise to the obligation to enter into its Guarantee, (x) Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or otherwise disposes (by merger or otherwise) of any Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the indenture, following which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, (y) any Subsidiary Guarantor merges or consolidates with and into Fisher or another Subsidiary Guarantor that is the surviving Person of such merger or consolidation, or (z) any Subsidiary Guarantor becomes an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations as a Subsidiary Guarantor. Neither Fisher nor any such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the notes to reflect any such Guarantee. Nothing in this covenant shall be construed to permit any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher to incur Indebtedness otherwise prohibited by the “Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness” covenant.

      The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount, as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law, or being void or unenforceable under any law relating to insolvency of debtors.

      Conduct of Business. Fisher and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not engage in any businesses which are not the same as, or similar, related or ancillary to, the businesses in which Fisher and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date.

52


Table of Contents

      Effectiveness of Covenants. The covenants described under “Limitation on Restricted Payments,” “Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness,” “Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates,” “Prohibition of Incurrence of Senior Subordinated Debt,” “Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries,” “Limitation on Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries,” “Limitation on Asset Sales,” “Limitation on Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries,” “Conduct of Business,” and clause (ii) under “Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets” (collectively, the “Suspended Covenants”) will be suspended upon Fisher obtaining Investment Grade Status by either S&P or Moody’s and will be terminated upon Fisher obtaining Investment Grade Status by both S&P and Moody’s. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Suspended Covenants have not been terminated and Fisher’s credit rating has been downgraded from Investment Grade Status, the Suspended Covenants shall be reinstated and in full force and effect.

Events of Default

      The following events are defined in the indenture as “Events of Default”: (a) the failure to pay interest (including liquidated damages, if any, under the Registration Rights Agreement) on any notes when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days (whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture); (b) the failure to pay the principal on any notes, when such principal becomes due and payable, at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase notes tendered pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer) (whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture); (c) a default in the observance or performance of the covenant set forth under “Certain covenants — Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets” above; (d) a default in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in the indenture which default continues for a period of 30 days after we receive written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the trustee or the holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the notes; (e) the failure to pay at final maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of ours or any of our Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity), or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such Indebtedness if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, aggregates $40.0 million or more at any time; (f) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $40.0 million shall have been rendered against us or any of our Significant Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid and unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and nonappealable, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment, which is not promptly stayed; and (g) certain events of bankruptcy affecting us or any of our Significant Subsidiaries.

      Upon the happening of any Event of Default specified in the indenture, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding notes may declare the principal of and accrued interest on all the notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to us and the trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration,” and the same shall become immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default with respect to bankruptcy proceedings of ours occurs and is continuing, then such amount shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the trustee or any holder of notes.

      The indenture provides that, at any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the notes as described in the preceding paragraph, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences (i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree, (ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, (iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid, (iv) if we have paid the trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances and (v) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in clause (f) or (g) of the description above of

53


Table of Contents

Events of Default, the trustee shall have received an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived. The holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes may waive any existing Default or Event of Default under the indenture, and its consequences, except a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any notes.

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

      No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of ours shall have any liability for any of our obligations under the notes or the indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each holder of notes by accepting a note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.

Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance

      We may, at our option and at anytime, elect to have our obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding notes (“Legal Defeasance”). Such Legal Defeasance means that we shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding notes, except for (i) the rights of holders of the notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes when such payments are due, (ii) our obligations with respect to the notes concerning issuing temporary notes, registration of notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payments, (iii) the rights, powers, trust, duties and immunities of the trustee and our obligations in connection therewith and (iv) the Legal Defeasance provisions of the indenture. In addition, we may, at our option and at any time, elect to have our obligations released with respect to certain covenants that are described in the indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”) and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to the notes. In the event Covenant Defeasance occurs, certain events (not including non-payment, bankruptcy, receivership, reorganization and insolvency events) described under “Events of default” will no longer constitute an Event of Default with respect to the notes.

      In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, (i) we must irrevocably deposit with the trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the notes cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. government obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be; (ii) in the case of Legal Defeasance, we shall have delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that (A) we have received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of the indenture, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion of counsel shall confirm that, the holders of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred; (iii) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, we shall have delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the trustee confirming that the holders of the notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; (iv) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default with respect to the indenture resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness, all or a portion of which will be used to defease the notes concurrently with such incurrence); (v) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, the indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which we or any of our Subsidiaries is a party or by which we or any of our Subsidiaries is bound; (vi) we shall have delivered to the trustee an officers’ certificate stating that

54


Table of Contents

the deposit was not made by us with the intent of preferring the holders of the notes over any other creditors of ours or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of ours or others; (vii) we shall have delivered to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with; (viii) we shall have delivered to the trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect that (A) the trust funds will not be subject to any rights of holders of our Indebtedness other than the notes and (B) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of ours between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and that no holder of the notes is an insider of ours, after the 91st day following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; and (ix) certain other customary conditions precedent are satisfied.

Satisfaction and Discharge

      The indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights or registration of transfer or exchange of the notes, as expressly provided for in the indenture) as to all outstanding notes when (i) either (a) all the notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed notes which have been replaced or paid and notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by us and thereafter repaid to us or discharged from such trust) have been delivered to the trustee for cancellation or (b) all notes not theretofore delivered to the trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable, (y) will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or (z) have been or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the trustee in our name and at our expense, and we have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the notes not theretofore delivered to the trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes to the date of deposit together with irrevocable instructions from us directing the trustee to apply such funds to the payment thereof at maturity or redemption, as the case may be; (ii) we have paid all other sums payable under the indenture by us; and (iii) we have delivered to the trustee an officers’ certificate and an opinion of counsel stating that all conditions precedent under the indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of the indenture have been complied with.

Modification of the Indenture

      From time to time, we and the trustee, without the consent of the holders of the notes, may amend the indenture to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, to provide for the assumption by a successor of the obligations of Fisher or a Subsidiary Guarantor under the indenture, to provide for uncertificated notes in addition to or in place of certificated notes, to add Guarantees with respect to the notes, to secure the notes, to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the notes when such release, termination or discharge is provided for under the indenture, to add to the covenants of Fisher for the benefit of the holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon Fisher, to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes, to provide that any Indebtedness that becomes or will become an obligation of a successor company or a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to a transaction governed by the provisions described under the “Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets” covenant (and that is not a Subordinated Obligation) is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness for purposes of the indenture, to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any holder, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the applicable indenture under the Trust Indenture Act or otherwise.

      Other modifications and amendments of the indenture may be made with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding notes issued under the indenture, except that, without the consent of each holder of the notes affected thereby, no amendment may: (i) reduce the amount of notes whose holders must consent to an amendment; (ii) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any notes; (iii) reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the fixed maturity of any notes, or change the date on which any notes

55


Table of Contents

may be subject to redemption or repurchase, or reduce the redemption or repurchase price therefor; (iv) make any notes payable in money other than that stated in the notes; (v) make any change in provisions of the indenture protecting the right of each holder of a note to receive payment of principal of and interest on such note on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment, or permitting holders of a majority in principal amount of the notes to waive Defaults or Events of Default (other than Defaults or Events of Default with respect to the payment of principal of or interest on the notes); (vi) amend, change or modify in any material respect our obligation to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer or make and consummate a Net Proceeds Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto; or (vii) modify the subordination provisions (including the related definitions) of the indenture to adversely affect the holders of notes in any material respect. Any amendment or modification of the subordination provisions of the indenture that is adverse to any Senior Indebtedness outstanding at the time shall not be effective as to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness without the written consent of such holders.

      The consent of the holders is not necessary under the indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment or waiver. Until an amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by holder is a continuing consent by such holder and every subsequent holder of all or part of the related note. Any such holder or subsequent holder may revoke such consent as to its note by written notice to the trustee or Fisher, received thereby before the date on which Fisher certifies to the trustee that the holders of the requisite principal amount of notes have consented to such amendment or waiver. After an amendment or waiver under the indenture becomes effective, we are required to mail to holders a notice briefly describing such amendment or waiver. However, the failure to give such notice to all holders, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment or waiver.

Additional Information

      The indenture provides that we will deliver to the trustee within 15 days after the filing of the same with the SEC, copies of the quarterly and annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports, if any, which we are required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The indenture further provides that, notwithstanding that we may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, we will file with the SEC, to the extent permitted, and provide the trustee and holders of the notes with such annual reports and such information, documents and other reports specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act. We will also comply with the other provisions of the Trust Indenture Act Section 314(a).

Certain Definitions

      Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the indenture. Reference is made to the indenture for the definition of other terms used herein for which no definition is provided.

      “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (i) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher or (ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not incurred by such Person in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been incurred, with respect to clause (i) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher and, with respect to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.

      “Affiliate” means a Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, Fisher. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person (other than Fisher or any Subsidiary of Fisher) in whom a Receivables Entity makes an Investment in

56


Table of Contents

connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of Fisher or any of its Subsidiaries solely by reason of such Investment.

      “all or substantially all” shall have the meaning given such phrase in the Revised Model Business Corporation Act.

      “Apogent” means Apogent Technologies Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

      “Apogent Merger” means the merger of Fox Merger Corporation, a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Fisher formed for the purposes of the merger, with and into Apogent Technologies Inc., pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 17, 2004, as amended on April 16, 2004.

      “Apogent Transactions” means (a) the Apogent Merger, (b) the financing for the Apogent Merger including the entry into the indenture and the offer and issuance of the notes on the Issue Date and borrowings under the Credit Facility, (c) any tender offer or exchange offer for Apogent Indebtedness in connection with the Apogent Merger and (d) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).

      “Asset Acquisition” means (a) an Investment by Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher, or shall be merged with or into Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher, or (b) the acquisition by Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher of the assets of any Person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person, any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business.

      “Asset Sale” means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer for value by Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than Fisher or a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher of (a) any capital stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher; or (b) any other property or assets of Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher other than in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that Asset Sales shall not include (i) any transaction or series of related transactions for which Fisher or its Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration of less than $5.0 million, (ii) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of Fisher as permitted under the “Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets” covenant, (iii) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof, (iv) the factoring of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business pursuant to arrangements customary in the industry, (v) the licensing of intellectual property, (vi) disposals or replacements of obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of business, (vii) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer by Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of assets or property in transactions constituting Investments that are not prohibited under the “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant, (viii) sales of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” to a Receivables Entity, (ix) transfers of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction and (x) leases or subleases to third persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. For the purposes of clause (viii), Purchase Money Notes shall be deemed to be cash.

      “Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, payable under or in respect of the Credit Facility and any related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees, including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, indemnities, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

57


Table of Contents

      “capital stock” means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, including each class of common stock and preferred stock of such Person and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person.

      “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

      “Cash Equivalents” means (i) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; (ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; (iii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (iv) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $200 million; (v) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any foreign bank that is a lender under the Credit Facility having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $500 million; (vi) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iv) or clause (v) above; and (vii) investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (vi) above.

      “Change of Control” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (i) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of Fisher to any Person or group of related Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”), together with any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the indenture); (ii) the approval by the holders of capital stock of Fisher of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Fisher (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of the indenture); (iii) any Person or Group (other than one or more Permitted Holders) shall become the owner, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing 50% or more of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of Fisher; or (iv) the first day on which a majority of the members of the board of directors of Fisher are not Continuing Directors.

      “Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of a Change of Control and the failure of the notes to have a Minimum Rating on the 30th day after the occurrence of such Change of Control.

      “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of (i) Consolidated Net Income and (ii) to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby, (A) all income taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period, (B) Consolidated Interest Expense, (C) Consolidated Non-cash Charges and (D) cash restructuring or nonrecurring charges, not to exceed $10.0 million in the aggregate for all periods after the Issue Date.

      “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person during the four full fiscal quarters (the “Four Quarter Period”) ending on or prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (the “Transaction Date”) to Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four Quarter

58


Table of Contents

Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated EBITDA” and “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to (i) the incurrence of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds thereof) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence or repayment of other Indebtedness (and the application of the proceeds thereof) occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence or repayment, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period, (ii) any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated EBITDA (including pro forma adjustments for cost savings (“Cost Savings Adjustments”) that Fisher reasonably believes in good faith could have been achieved during the Four Quarter Period as a result of such acquisition or disposition (provided that both (A) such cost savings were identified and quantified in an officers’ certificate delivered to the trustee at the time of the consummation of the acquisition or disposition and (B) with respect to each acquisition or disposition completed prior to the 90th day preceding such date of determination, actions were commenced or initiated by Fisher within 90 days of such acquisition or disposition to effect such cost savings identified in such officers’ certificate and with respect to any other acquisition or disposition, such officers’ certificate sets forth the specific steps to be taken within the 90 days after such acquisition or disposition to accomplish such cost savings) attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset Acquisition or Asset Sale during the Four Quarter Period) occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or liability for any such Indebtedness or Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period, and (iii) any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions (including any Consolidated EBITDA (including any Cost Savings Adjustments) attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset Acquisition or Asset Sale during the Four Quarter Period) that have been made by any Person that has become a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher or has been merged with or into Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date that would have constituted Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher or subsequent to such Person’s merger into Fisher, as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or liability for any Indebtedness or Acquired Indebtedness in connection therewith) occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period; provided that to the extent that clause (ii) or (iii) of this sentence requires that pro forma effect be given to an Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition, such pro forma calculation shall be based upon the four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the Transaction Date of the Person, or division or line of business of the Person, that is acquired or disposed of for which financial information is available. If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Indebtedness. Furthermore, in calculating “Consolidated Fixed Charges” for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” (1) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; (2) if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the Four Quarter Period; and (3) notwithstanding clause (1) above, interest on Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to Interest Swap Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements.

59


Table of Contents

      “Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding amortization or write-off of debt issuance and currency hedging costs relating to the Apogent Merger and the financing therefor or relating to retired or existing Indebtedness and amortization or write-off of customary debt issuance costs relating to future Indebtedness incurred in compliance with the indenture) plus (ii) the product of (x) the amount of all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person (other than dividends paid in Qualified Capital Stock) times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective consolidated Federal, state and local tax rate of such Person expressed as a decimal.

      “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (i) the aggregate of all cash and non-cash interest expense with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the net costs associated with Interest Swap Obligations, for such period determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP, and (ii) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

      “Consolidated Net Income” of Fisher means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of Fisher and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom (a) gains and losses from Asset Sales (without regard to the $5.0 million limitation set forth in the definition thereof) or abandonments or reserves relating thereto and the related tax effects according to GAAP, (b) gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects according to GAAP, (c) items classified as extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains and losses (including without limitation (v) any charge or expense incurred for employee bonuses in connection with the Apogent Transactions, (w) any fees, expenses and charges associated with the Apogent Transactions, (x) any adjustment in the book value of any inventory acquired in connection with the Apogent Merger, (y) any charge or expense associated with the entry into and the initial borrowings under the Existing Credit Facility and the amended and restated receivables purchase agreement dated as of February 11, 2003 and the cancellation of the Existing Credit Facility, and (z) any charge or expense associated with the entry into and the initial borrowings under the Credit Facility and the related tax effects according to GAAP, (d) the net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher or is merged or consolidated with Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher, (e) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent that the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is restricted by contract, operation of law or otherwise (other than (x) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (y) restrictions pursuant to the notes or the indenture and (z) restrictions in effect on the Issue Date with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary), except that (A) Fisher’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of any dividend or distribution that was or that could have been made by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to Fisher or another Restricted Subsidiary (subject, in the case of a dividend that could have been made to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause) and (B) the net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included to the extent of the proportionate ownership of Fisher or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries in such Restricted Subsidiary, (f) the net loss of any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher, (g) the net income of any Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary, except to the extent of cash dividends or distributions paid to Fisher or a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher by such Person unless, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher who receives such dividends or distributions, such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to clause (e) above, (h) any one-time non-cash compensation charges, and any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards, (i) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and (j) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Currency Agreements.

      “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries

60


Table of Contents

reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charges which require an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period).

      “Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total assets shown on the consolidated balance sheet of Fisher and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the most recent date for which such a balance sheet is available, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (and, in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith).

      “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the board of directors of Fisher who (i) was a member of such board of directors on the Issue Date, (ii) was nominated for election or elected to such board of directors with, or whose election to such board of directors was approved by, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such board of directors at the time of such nomination or election or (iii) is any designee of a Permitted Holder or was nominated by a Permitted Holder or any designees of a Permitted Holder on the board of directors.

      “Credit Facility” means the credit agreement dated as of August 2, 2004, among Fisher, the other borrowers thereto from time to time, if any, the lenders party thereto from time to time and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements, promissory notes and collateral documents), in each case as such agreements may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether with the original agents and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Credit Facility or one or more other credit agreements or otherwise) including, without limitation, to increase the amount of available borrowings thereunder or to add Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors or otherwise.

      “Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher against fluctuations in currency values.

      “Default” means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

      “Designated Noncash Consideration” means any noncash consideration received by Fisher or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of the determination by the board of directors of Fisher of the fair market value of such noncash consideration.

      “Designated Senior Indebtedness” means (i) the Bank Indebtedness and (ii) any other Senior Indebtedness which, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or under which, at the date of determination, the holders thereof, are committed to lend up to, at least $25 million and is specifically designated by Fisher in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Indebtedness or another writing as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of the indenture.

      “Disqualified Capital Stock” means that portion of any capital stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event (other than an event which would constitute a Change of Control Triggering Event), matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof (except, in each case, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event) on or prior to the final maturity date of the notes.

      “Existing Credit Facility” means the credit agreement dated as of February 14, 2003, as amended, among Fisher, the other borrowers thereto from time to time, if any, the lenders party thereto from time to time and Deutsche Bank AG, as Administrative Agent, together with the related documents thereto (including, without

61


Table of Contents

limitation, any guarantee agreements, promissory notes and collateral documents), in each case as such agreements have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

      “Existing Senior Notes” means any of (i) Fisher’s existing 7 ?% Senior Notes due 2005 issued under the Senior Debt Securities Indenture dated as of December 18, 1995 and (ii) Fisher’s existing 2.50% Convertible Senior Notes due October 1, 2023 issued under the indenture dated as of July 7, 2003, and any notes issued in exchange therefor under such indenture.

      “Existing Senior Subordinated Notes” means any of (i) Fisher’s existing 8?% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 issued under the indenture dated April 24, 2002, (ii) Fisher’s existing 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 issued under an indenture dated as of August 20, 2003, and (iii) Fisher’s existing 3.25% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2024 issued under an indenture dated as of January 20, 2004 and a Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 3, 2004.

      “fair market value” means, unless otherwise specified, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair market value shall be determined by the board of directors of Fisher acting reasonably and in good faith and shall be evidenced by a resolution of the board of directors of Fisher delivered to the trustee.

      “Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher (i) that is organized in a jurisdiction other than the United States of America or a state thereof or the District of Columbia and (ii) with respect to which at least 90% of its sales (as determined in accordance with GAAP) are generated by operations located in jurisdictions outside the United States of America.

      “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession.

      “Guarantee” has the meaning given such term in the “Limitation on Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant.

      “Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person, without duplication, (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (iv) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations and all obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business), (v) all obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction, (vi) guarantees and other contingent obligations in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above and clause (viii) below, (vii) all obligations of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) which are secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person but which obligations are not assumed by such Person, the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or asset or the amount of the obligation so secured, (viii) all obligations under currency swap agreements and interest swap agreements of such Person and (ix) all Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any. For purposes hereof, (x) the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the board of directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock and (y) any transfer of accounts

62


Table of Contents

receivable or other assets which constitute a sale for purposes of GAAP shall not constitute Indebtedness hereunder.

      “Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any Person, pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount.

      “Investment” by any Person in any other Person means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, a guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any capital stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, such other Person. “Investment” shall exclude extensions of trade credit by Fisher and its Restricted Subsidiaries on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices of Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and any guarantees. For the purposes of the “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant, (i) Fisher shall be deemed to have made an “Investment” equal to the fair market value of the net assets of any Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary and the aggregate amount of Investments made on the Issue Date shall exclude (to the extent the designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was included as a Restricted Payment) the fair market value of the net assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary, not to exceed the amount of the Investment deemed made at the date of designation thereof as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and (ii) the amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additional Investments by Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, writedowns or write-offs with respect to such Investment, reduced by the payment of dividends or distributions (including tax sharing payments) in connection with such Investment or any other amounts received in respect of such Investment; provided that no such payment of dividends or distributions or receipt of any such other amounts shall reduce the amount of any Investment if such payment of dividends or distributions or receipt of any such amounts would be included in Consolidated Net Income.

      “Investment Grade Status” means (i) with respect to S&P, any of the rating categories from and including “AAA” to and including “BBB — ” (or the equivalent successor rating), or (ii) with respect to Moody’s, any of the rating categories from and including “Aaa” to and including “Baa3” (or the equivalent successor rating).

      “Issue Date” means August 3, 2004.

      “Joint Venture” means a corporation, partnership or other business entity, other than a Subsidiary of Fisher, engaged or proposed to be engaged in the same or a similar line of business as Fisher in which Fisher owns, directly or indirectly, not less than 20% and not more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of capital stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers and trustees thereof, with the balance of the ownership interests being held by one or more investors.

      “Lien” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest).

      “Management Stockholders” means Paul M. Montrone, Paul M. Meister and individuals who are officers, directors, employees and other members of the management of Fisher as of the Issue Date, or immediate family members or relatives thereof, or trusts or partnerships for the benefit of, or companies or other entities owned by, any of the foregoing, or any of their heirs, executors, successors or legal representatives, who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, common stock of Fisher.

63


Table of Contents

      “Minimum Rating” means (i) a rating of at least BBB- (or equivalent successor rating) by S&P and (ii) a rating of at least Baa3 (or equivalent successor rating) by Moody’s.

      “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

      “Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting interest) received by Fisher or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale net of (a) out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees and sales commissions), (b) taxes paid or payable after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax liability due to available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (c) repayment of Senior Indebtedness that is required to be repaid in connection with such Asset Sale, (d) any portion of cash proceeds which Fisher determines in good faith should be reserved for post-closing adjustments, it being understood and agreed that on the day that all such post-closing adjustments have been determined, the amount (if any) by which the reserved amount in respect of such Asset Sale exceeds the actual post-closing adjustments payable by Fisher or any of its Subsidiaries shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds on such date; provided that, in the case of the sale by Fisher of an asset constituting an Investment made after the Issue Date (other than a Permitted Investment), the “Net Cash Proceeds” in respect of such Asset Sale shall not include the lesser of (x) the cash received with respect to such Asset Sale and (y) the initial amount of such Investment, less, in the case of clause (y), all amounts (up to an amount not to exceed the initial amount of such Investment) received by Fisher with respect to such Investment, whether by dividend, sale, liquidation or repayment, in each case prior to the date of such Asset Sale.

      “Permitted Holder” means and includes (i) the Management Stockholders, (ii) any corporation the outstanding voting power of the capital stock of which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of Fisher in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the capital stock of Fisher, (iii) any Plan, (iv) any underwriter during the period engaged in a firm commitment underwriting on behalf of Fisher with respect to the shares of capital stock being underwritten or (v) Fisher or any Subsidiary of Fisher.

      “Permitted Indebtedness” means, without duplication, (i) the notes issued on the Issue Date and the exchange notes, (ii) the Existing Senior Notes and Existing Senior Subordinated Notes, (iii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed in the aggregate the amount equal to (A) $1.5 billion, plus (B) in the case of any refinancing of the Credit Facility or any portion thereof, the aggregate fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing, (iv) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries incurred solely for working capital purposes of such Foreign Subsidiaries, (v) Indebtedness of Fisher and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date (other than indebtedness described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above), (vi) Interest Swap Obligations of Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries covering Indebtedness of Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that any Indebtedness to which any such Interest Swap Obligations correspond is otherwise permitted to be incurred under the indenture; provided, further, that such Interest Swap Obligations are entered into, in the judgment of Fisher, to protect Fisher and its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuation in interest rates on their respective outstanding Indebtedness, (vii) Indebtedness of Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under Currency Agreements entered into, in the judgment of Fisher, to protect Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary from fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates, (viii) Indebtedness owed by any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher to Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher or by Fisher to any Restricted Subsidiary, (ix) Acquired Indebtedness of Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher to the extent Fisher could have incurred such Indebtedness in accordance with clause (i) or (ii) of the first proviso to the “Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness” covenant on the date such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness; provided that, in the case of Acquired Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher, such Acquired Indebtedness was not incurred in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher, (x) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or other similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, (xi) any refinancing, modification, replacement, renewal, restatement,

64


Table of Contents

refunding, deferral, extension, substitution, supplement, reissuance or resale of existing or future Indebtedness, including any additional Indebtedness incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such existing or future Indebtedness as in effect at the time of issuance thereof (“Required Premiums”) and fees in connection therewith; provided that any such event shall not (1) result in an increase in the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Indebtedness (except to the extent such increase is a result of a simultaneous incurrence of additional Indebtedness (A) to pay Required Premiums and related fees or (B) otherwise permitted to be incurred under the indenture) of Fisher and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) other than with respect to Senior Indebtedness, create Indebtedness with a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time such Indebtedness is incurred that is less than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity at such time of the Indebtedness being refinanced, modified, replaced, renewed, restated, refunded, deferred, extended, substituted, supplemented, reissued or resold (except that this subclause (2) will not apply in the event the Indebtedness being refinanced, modified, replaced, renewed, restated, refunded, deferred, extended, substituted, supplemented, reissued or resold was originally incurred in reliance upon clause (viii) or (xvii) of this definition); provided that no Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher may refinance any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (xi) other than its own Indebtedness, (xii) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the capital stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed the greater of $200.0 million and 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of any incurrence thereof (which amount shall be deemed not to include any such Indebtedness incurred in whole or in part under the Credit Facility to the extent permitted by clause (iii) above), (xiii) the incurrence by a Receivables Entity of Indebtedness in a Qualified Receivables Transaction that is not recourse to Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings), and the incurrence by a Receivables Entity of Indebtedness under a Purchase Money Note, (xiv) Indebtedness incurred by Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, (xv) Indebtedness arising from agreements of Fisher or a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn out or other similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by Fisher and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition, (xvi) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher in the ordinary course of business, (xvii) Indebtedness consisting of guarantees (x) by Fisher of Indebtedness, leases and any other obligation or liability permitted to be incurred under the indenture by Restricted Subsidiaries of Fisher, and (y) subject to “Limitation on Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries,” by Restricted Subsidiaries of Fisher of Indebtedness, leases and any other obligation or liability permitted to be incurred under the indenture by Fisher or other Restricted Subsidiaries of Fisher, (xviii) Acquired Indebtedness as part of the Apogent Transactions, and (xix) additional Indebtedness of Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of $200.0 million and 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at any one time outstanding.

      “Permitted Investments” means (i) Investments by Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher in any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher (whether existing on the Issue Date or created thereafter) and Investments in Fisher by any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher; (ii) cash and Cash Equivalents; (iii) Investments existing on the Issue Date; (iv) loans and advances to employees, officers and directors of Fisher and its Restricted Subsidiaries not in excess of $10.0 million at any one time outstanding; (v) accounts receivable owing to Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary deems reasonable under the circumstances; (vi) Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations entered into by Fisher or any of its

65


Table of Contents

Restricted Subsidiaries for bona fide business reasons and not for speculative purposes, and otherwise in compliance with the indenture; (vii) Investments in securities of or other investments in trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers; (viii) Investments in the notes, the Existing Senior Notes and the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes; (ix) Investments by Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher in a Person, if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher or (B) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, Fisher or a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher; (x) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (x) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $150.0 million and 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus an amount equal to (A) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by Fisher from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of Fisher) from the issuance and sale subsequent to the Issue Date of Qualified Capital Stock of Fisher (including Qualified Capital Stock issued upon the conversion of convertible Indebtedness or in exchange for outstanding Indebtedness or as capital contributions to Fisher (other than from a Subsidiary)) and (B) without duplication of any amounts included in clause (x)(A) above, 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds of any equity contribution received by Fisher from a holder of its capital stock, that in the case of amounts described in clause (x)(A) or (x)(B) are applied by Fisher within 180 days after receipt, to make additional Permitted Investments under this clause (x) (such additional Permitted Investments being referred to collectively as “Stock Permitted Investments”); (xi) any Investment by Fisher or a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher in a Receivables Entity or any Investment by a Receivables Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, including investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Transaction or any related Indebtedness; provided that any Investment in a Receivables Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Receivables or an equity interest; (xii) Investments received by Fisher or its Restricted Subsidiaries as consideration for asset sales, including Asset Sales; provided in the case of an Asset Sale, (A) such Investment does not exceed 25% of the consideration received for such Asset Sale and (B) such Asset Sale is otherwise effected in compliance with the “Limitation on Asset Sales” covenant; (xiii) Investments by Fisher or its Restricted Subsidiaries in Joint Ventures in an aggregate amount not in excess of $150.0 million; and (xiv) that portion of any Investment where the consideration provided by Fisher is capital stock of Fisher (other than Disqualified Capital Stock). Any net cash proceeds that are used by Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to make Stock Permitted Investments pursuant to clause (x) of this definition shall not be included in sub clauses (v) or (w) of clause (iii) of the first paragraph of the “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant.

      “Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:

        (i) Liens securing the notes and the Existing Senior Notes;
 
        (ii) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of Fisher or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or assets that secured the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness of Fisher or a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher;
 
        (iii) Liens existing on the Issue Date, together with any Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the indenture in order to refinance the Indebtedness secured by Liens existing on the Issue Date; provided that the Liens securing the refinancing Indebtedness shall not extend to property (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or distributions in respect thereof) other than that securing the Indebtedness being refinanced;
 
        (iv) Liens in favor of Fisher on the property or assets, or any proceeds, income or profit therefrom, of any Restricted Subsidiary;
 
        (v) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by Fisher or a Restricted Subsidiary, other than Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness; provided that such Liens were in existence

66


Table of Contents

  prior to such acquisition and do not extend to any property other than the property so acquired by Fisher or a Restricted Subsidiary;
 
        (vi) Liens on property of a Person at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with Fisher or a Restricted Subsidiary, other than Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged or consolidated with Fisher or a Restricted Subsidiary; and
 
        (vii) other Liens securing Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, provided that the maximum aggregate amount of outstanding obligations secured thereby shall not at any time exceed $15.0 million.

      “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

      “Plan” means any employee benefit plan, retirement plan, deferred compensation plan, restricted stock plan, health, life, disability or other insurance plan or program, employee stock purchase plan, employee stock ownership plan, pension plan, stock option plan or similar plan or arrangement of Fisher or any Subsidiary of Fisher, or other successor plan thereof, and “Plans” shall have a correlative meaning.

      “Preferred Stock” of any Person means any capital stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other capital stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation.

      “Productive Assets” means assets (including capital stock of a Person that directly or indirectly owns assets) of a kind used or usable in the businesses of Fisher and its Restricted Subsidiaries as, or related to such business, conducted on the date of the relevant Asset Sale.

      “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivables Entity evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from Fisher or any Subsidiary of Fisher in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction to a Receivables Entity, which note (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Receivables Entity, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in (a).

      “Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets, and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the capital stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

      “Qualified Capital Stock” means any stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

      “Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by Fisher or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which Fisher or any of its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by Fisher or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of Fisher or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable. The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to secure Bank Indebtedness shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

      “Receivables Entity” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of Fisher (or another Person in which Fisher or any Subsidiary of Fisher makes an Investment and to which Fisher or any Subsidiary of Fisher transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is

67


Table of Contents

designated by the board of directors of Fisher (as provided below) as a Receivables Entity (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by Fisher or any Subsidiary of Fisher (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates Fisher or any Subsidiary of Fisher in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of Fisher or any Subsidiary of Fisher, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither Fisher nor any Subsidiary of Fisher has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which Fisher reasonably believes to be no less favorable to Fisher or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of Fisher, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable, and (c) to which neither Fisher nor any Subsidiary of Fisher has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results other than through the contribution of additional Receivables, related security and collections thereto and proceeds of the foregoing. Any such designation by the board of directors of Fisher shall be evidenced to the trustee by filing with the trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors of Fisher giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

      “Representative” means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative in respect of any Designated Senior Indebtedness; provided that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Indebtedness lacks such a representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Designated Senior Indebtedness in respect of any Designated Senior Indebtedness.

      “Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

      “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service and its successors.

      “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party, providing for the leasing to Fisher or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Issue Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by Fisher or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property.

      “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of Fisher secured by a Lien.

      “Senior Indebtedness” means (i) the Bank Indebtedness and (ii) all Indebtedness of Fisher, including interest thereon (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to Fisher or any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding it is expressly provided that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the notes; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include (1) any obligation of Fisher to any Subsidiary of Fisher, (2) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by Fisher, (3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities), (4) any Indebtedness of Fisher which is expressly subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of Fisher, including any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and any Subordinated Obligations, (5) any obligations with respect to any capital stock or (6) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation of the indenture provisions set forth under “Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness” (but, as to any such obligation, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (6) if the holder(s) of such obligation or their representative and the trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate of Fisher to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, that the incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is made would not) violate such provisions of the indenture).

68


Table of Contents

      “Senior Subordinated Indebtedness” means the notes, the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes and any other Indebtedness of Fisher that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu with the notes and is not by its express terms subordinate in right of payment to any Indebtedness of Fisher which is not Senior Indebtedness.

      “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of Fisher within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as in effect on the Issue Date.

      “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by Fisher or any Subsidiary of Fisher which Fisher reasonably believes to be customary in an accounts receivable transaction.

      “Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of Fisher (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred) which is expressly subordinate in right of payment to the notes pursuant to a written agreement.

      “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation of which the outstanding capital stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or (ii) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person.

      “Subsidiary Guarantor” means a Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher that executes and delivers a supplemental indenture pursuant to the “Limitation on Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries” covenant.

      “Unrestricted Subsidiary” of any Person means (i) any Subsidiary of such Person that at the time of determination shall be or continue to be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the board of directors of such Person in the manner provided below and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The board of directors may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any capital stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, Fisher or any other Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided that (A) such designation was made at or prior to the Issue Date, (B) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less or (C) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then Fisher certifies to the trustee that such designation complies with the “Limitation on Restricted Payments” covenant, and that each Subsidiary to be so designated and each of its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of Fisher or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. The board of directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary only if (x) immediately after giving effect to such designation and treating all Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as being incurred on such date, Fisher is able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with the “Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness” covenant or (y) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than it was immediately prior to such designation, and in each case no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the board of directors shall be evidenced to the trustee by promptly filing with the trustee a copy of the resolution giving effect to such designation and an officers’ certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

      “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (b) the sum of the total of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.

69


Table of Contents

      “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of Fisher all the outstanding voting securities of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law) are owned, directly or indirectly, by Fisher.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

      The following description is a summary of the material provisions of the registration rights agreement. It does not restate that agreement in its entirety. We urge you to read the registration rights agreement in its entirety because it, and not this description, defines the registration rights of holders of the notes. A copy of the registration rights agreement is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

      We entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers pursuant to which we agreed, for the benefit of the holders of the notes, at our cost, to use our best efforts (i) to file with the SEC within 120 days following the consummation of the merger with Apogent (such filing day, the “Filing Date”), a registration statement with respect to a registered offer to exchange the original notes for exchange notes, (ii) to cause the registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act within 210 days following the Filing Date, (iii) to keep the registration statement effective until the closing of the exchange offer, and (iv) to cause the exchange offer to be consummated within 45 days following the registration statement being declared effective.

      Based on an interpretation of the Securities Act by the staff of the SEC set forth in several no-action letters to third parties, and subject to the immediately following sentence, we believe that the exchange notes issued pursuant to the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof without further compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act. However, any purchaser of notes who is an “affiliate” of ours or who intends to participate in the exchange offer for the purpose of distributing the exchange notes (i) will not be able to rely on the interpretation by the staff of the SEC set forth in the above referenced no-action letters, (ii) will not be able to tender notes in the exchange offer and (iii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any sale or transfer of the notes, unless such sale or transfer is made pursuant to an exemption from such requirements.

      Each holder of the notes who wishes to participate in the exchange offer will be required to make certain representations, including that (i) it is neither an affiliate of ours nor a broker-dealer tendering notes acquired directly from us for its own account, (ii) any exchange notes to be received by it were acquired in the ordinary course of its business and (iii) at the time of commencement of the exchange offer, it has no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the exchange notes. In addition, in connection with any resales of exchange notes, any broker-dealer who acquired the notes for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act. The SEC has taken the position that such broker-dealer may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the exchange notes (other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the notes) with the prospectus contained in the registration statement. Under the registration rights agreement, we are required to allow broker-dealer and other persons, if any, subject to similar prospectus delivery requirements to use the prospectus contained in the registration statement in connection with the resale of such exchange notes.

      In the event that any changes in law or the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC do not permit us to effect the exchange offer, or if for any other reason the registration statement is not declared effective within 210 days following the Filing Date or the exchange offer is not consummated within 45 days following the registration statement being declared effective, or upon the request of any of the initial purchasers, or if a holder of the notes is not permitted by applicable law to participate in the exchange offer or elects to participate in the exchange offer but does not receive fully tradable exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer, we will, in lieu of effecting the registration of the exchange notes pursuant to the registration statement and at our cost, (a) as promptly as practicable (or within 30 days at the request of any initial purchaser), file with the SEC a shelf registration statement covering resales of the Transfer Restricted Notes

70


Table of Contents

(as defined below), (b) use our best efforts to cause the shelf registration statement to be declared effective under the Securities Act by the 210th day following the filing of such shelf registration statement and (c) use our best efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective for a period of two years after its effective date (or for such shorter period that will terminate when all of the notes covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold pursuant thereto or cease to be outstanding). We will, in the event of the filing of a shelf registration statement, provide to each holder of the notes copies of the prospectus which is a part of the shelf registration statement notify each such holder when the shelf registration statement for the notes has become effective and take certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the notes. A holder of notes who sells such notes pursuant to the shelf registration statement generally will be required to be named as a selling securityholder in the related prospectus and to deliver the prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and will be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement which are applicable to such a holder (including certain indemnification obligations).

      For purposes of the foregoing, “Transfer Restricted Notes” means each note until (i) the date on which such note has been exchanged for a freely transferable exchange note in the exchange offer, (ii) the date on which such note has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the shelf registration statement or (iii) the date on which such note is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k).

      In the event that (i) the registration statement is not filed with the SEC as described above, (ii) the registration statement is not declared effective as described above or (iii) the exchange offer is not consummated on or prior to the 45th day following the registration statement being declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) above, a “Registration Default”), we will generally be obligated to pay additional interest to each holder of Transfer Restricted Notes, during the period of such Registration Default, in an amount equal to $0.192 per week per $1,000 amount of the notes constituting Transfer Restricted Notes held by such holder until the applicable registration statement is filed or declared effective or the exchange offer is consummated, as the case may be. All accrued additional interest shall be paid to holders in the same manner as interest payments on the notes on semi-annual payment dates which correspond to interest payment dates for the notes. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of additional interest will cease.

71


Table of Contents

BOOK-ENTRY SETTLEMENT AND CLEARANCE

Book-Entry Procedures for the Global Notes

      All interests in the global notes will be subject to the operations and procedures of DTC, the Euroclear System (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, S.A. (“Clearstream”). We provide the following summaries of those operations and procedures solely for the convenience of investors. The operations and procedures of each settlement system are controlled by that settlement system and may be changed at any time. We are not responsible for those operations or procedures.

      DTC has advised us that it is:

  •  a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;
 
  •  a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York State Banking Law;
 
  •  a member of the Federal Reserve System;
 
  •  a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code; and
 
  •  a “clearing agency” registered under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

      DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between its participants through electronic book-entry changes to the accounts of its participants. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, including the initial purchasers of the original notes; banks and trust companies; clearing corporations and other organizations. Access to DTC’s system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies; these indirect participants clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC participant, either directly or indirectly. Investors who are not DTC participants may beneficially own securities held by or on behalf of DTC only through DTC participants or indirect participants in DTC.

      So long as DTC’s nominee is the registered owner of a global note, that nominee will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by that global note for all purposes under the indenture. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a global note:

  •  will not be entitled to have notes represented by the global note registered in their names;
 
  •  will not receive or be entitled to receive physical, certificated notes; and
 
  •  will not be considered the owners or holders of the notes under the indenture for any purpose, including with respect to the giving of any direction, instruction or approval to the trustee under the indenture.

      As a result, each investor who owns a beneficial interest in a global note must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights of a holder of notes under the indenture (and, if the investor is not a participant or an indirect participant in DTC, on the procedures of the DTC participant through which the investor owns its interest).

      Payments of principal, premium (if any) and interest with respect to the notes represented by a global note will be made by the trustee to DTC’s nominee as the registered holder of the global note. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility or liability for the payment of amounts to owners of beneficial interests in a global note, for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of those interests by DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records of DTC relating to those interests.

      Payments by participants and indirect participants in DTC to the owners of beneficial interests in a global note will be governed by standing instructions and customary industry practice and will be the responsibility of those participants or indirect participants and DTC.

      Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected under DTC’s procedures and will be settled in same-day funds. Transfers between participants in Euroclear or Clearstream will be effected in the ordinary way under the rules and operating procedures of those systems.

72


Table of Contents

      Cross-market transfers between DTC participants, on the one hand, and Euroclear or Clearstream participants, on the other hand, will be effected within DTC through the DTC participants that are acting as depositaries for Euroclear and Clearstream. To deliver or receive an interest in a global note held in a Euroclear or Clearstream account, an investor must send transfer instructions to Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, under the rules and procedures of that system and within the established deadlines of that system. If the transaction meets its settlement requirements, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, will send instructions to its DTC depositary to take action to effect final settlement by delivering or receiving interests in the relevant global notes in DTC, and making or receiving payment under normal procedures for same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Euroclear and Clearstream participants may not deliver instructions directly to the DTC depositaries that are acting for Euroclear or Clearstream.

      Because of time zone differences, the securities account of a Euroclear or Clearstream participant that purchases an interest in a global note from a DTC participant will be credited on the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream immediately following the DTC settlement date. Cash received in Euroclear or Clearstream from the sale of an interest in a global note to a DTC participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant Euroclear or Clearstream cash account as of the business day for Euroclear or Clearstream following the DTC settlement date.

      DTC, Euroclear and Clearstream have agreed to the above procedures to facilitate transfers of interests in the global notes among participants in those settlement systems. However, the settlement systems are not obligated to perform these procedures and may discontinue or change these procedures at any time. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC, Euroclear or Clearstream or their participants or indirect participants of their obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Certificated Notes

      Notes in physical, certificated form will be issued and delivered to each person that DTC identifies as a beneficial owner of the related notes only if:

  •  DTC notifies us at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the global notes and a successor depositary is not appointed by us within 90 days;
 
  •  DTC ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a successor depositary is not appointed by us within 90 days;
 
  •  we, at our option, notify the trustee that we elect to cause the issuance of certificated notes; or
 
  •  certain other events provided in the indenture should occur.

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

      The following is a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes to holders that purchase the notes upon original issuance at the public offering price. This discussion assumes that the notes are held as capital assets. This discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury regulations (including proposed Treasury regulations) issued thereunder, Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rulings and pronouncements and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change or differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect.

      This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to holders in light of their particular circumstances, such as holders that are subject to special tax treatment (for example, banks, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, dealers in securities or currencies, entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass-through entities, tax-exempt organizations, or persons holding notes as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment), nor does it address alternative minimum taxes or state, local or foreign taxes. If a

73


Table of Contents

partnership holds the notes, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership.

      Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of notes in light of their particular circumstances, as well as the effect of any state, local or foreign tax laws.

Consequences to U.S. Holders

      As used in this discussion, the term “U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of the notes that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

  •  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;
 
  •  partnership or corporation (or any other entity treated as a partnership or corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes), in each case, that is created or organized under the laws of the U.S. or any political subdivision thereof;
 
  •  an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust (x) if a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) if the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 
Payments of Interest

      Stated interest payable on the notes generally will be included in the gross income of a U.S. holder as ordinary interest income at the time accrued or received, in accordance with such U.S. holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 
Disposition of Notes

      A U.S. holder will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition (collectively, a “disposition”) of notes (including a redemption for cash) in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by such U.S. holder on such disposition (except to the extent such amount is attributable to accrued interest, which will be taxable as ordinary income to the extent not previously includible in income) and such U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in such notes, which should be the U.S. holder’s purchase price for such notes.

Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

      The following discussion is addressed to non-U.S. holders of notes. For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” is a holder of notes that is not a U.S. holder, as defined under “Consequences to U.S. Holders.”

 
U.S. Federal Withholding Tax

      U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate (or, if certain tax treaties applies, such lower rate as provided) will not apply to any payment of interest on the notes to a non-U.S. holder provided that such interest is not effectively connected with a trade or business in the U.S. and:

  •  the non-U.S. holder (a) does not actually (or constructively) own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock within the meaning of the Code and the Treasury regulations and (b) is not a controlled foreign corporation related to us directly or constructively through stock ownership; and
 
  •  (a) the non-U.S. holder provides its name, address and certain other information on an appropriate IRS form (or substitute form) and certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a U.S. person or

74


Table of Contents

  (b) the non-U.S. holder holds its notes through certain foreign intermediaries or certain foreign partnerships and certain certification requirements are satisfied.

      In addition, U.S. federal withholding tax will generally not apply to any payment of interest that is effectively connected with a trade or business in the U.S. provided that certain certification requirements are satisfied.

      In general, U.S. federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. holder on the disposition of the notes.

 
U.S. Federal Income Tax

      If a non-U.S. holder is engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. (or, if certain tax treaties apply, if the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment within the U.S.) and interest on the notes is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business (or, if certain tax treaties apply, attributable to that permanent establishment), such non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such interest on a net income basis in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder were a U.S. resident. In addition, a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation may be subject to a 30% (or, if certain tax treaties apply, such lower rate as provided) branch profits tax.

      Any gain or income realized on the disposition of notes by a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

  •  that gain or income is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. (or, if certain tax treaties apply, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder), in which case such gain or income will be taxed on a net income basis in the same manner as interest that is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business; or
 
  •  the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which case the non-U.S. holder will be subject to a 30% tax on the excess, if any, of such gain plus all other U.S. source capital gains recognized during the same taxable year over the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. source capital losses recognized during such taxable year.

Exchange of Notes

      The exchange of a note for an exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer will not constitute a “significant modification” of the note for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, accordingly, the exchange note received will be treated as a continuation of the note in the hands of such holder. As a result, there will be no U.S. federal income tax consequences to a holder who exchanges a note for an exchange note pursuant to the exchange offer.

Backup Withholding

 
U.S. Holders

      Unless a U.S. holder is an exempt recipient, such as a corporation, payments of interest on the notes and proceeds from the disposition of notes may be subject to backup withholding at a 28% rate if such U.S. holder fails to supply an accurate taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with applicable U.S. information reporting or certification requirements. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

 
Non-U.S. Holders

      In general, backup withholding will not apply to payments of interest on the notes or proceeds from the disposition of the notes to or through the U.S. office of a broker if the non-U.S. holder has provided the

75


Table of Contents

required certification that it is a non-U.S. holder and the payor does not have actual knowledge that the holder is a U.S. holder. In addition, payments of proceeds from the disposition of the notes to or through a foreign office of a foreign broker will generally not be subject to backup withholding. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is furnished to the IRS.

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

      Each broker-dealer that receives exchange notes for its own account in the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of exchange notes received in exchange for original notes where the original notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, so long as it is required by law, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale.

      We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of exchange notes by broker-dealers. Exchange notes received by broker-dealers for their own account in the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the exchange notes or a combination of these methods of resale. These resales may be made at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to these prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any broker-dealer or the purchasers of any of the exchange notes. Any broker-dealer that resells exchange notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of the exchange notes may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any profit on the resale of exchange notes and any commission or concessions received by those persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. Any broker-dealer that resells notes that were received by it for its own account in the exchange offer and any broker-dealer that participates in a distribution of those notes may be deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction, including the delivery of a prospectus that contains information with respect to any selling holder required by the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the exchange notes. The letter of transmittal states that, by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act.

      Furthermore, any broker-dealer that acquired any of its original notes directly from us:

  •  may not rely on the applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC’s position contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter (April 13, 1988), Morgan, Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1993); and
 
  •  must also be named as a selling holder in connection with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act relating to any resale transaction.

      So long as it is required by law, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests these documents in the letter of transmittal. We have agreed to pay all expenses incident to the exchange offer, including the expenses of one counsel for the holders of the notes, other than commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers. We will indemnify the holders of the notes, including any broker-dealers, against various liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

76


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

      Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, will pass upon the validity of the notes offered hereby.

EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements and the related financial statement schedule of Apogent Technologies Inc. as of September 30, 2003 and 2002 and for the three years in the period ended September 30, 2003, incorporated by reference in this prospectus, have been incorporated by reference herein in reliance upon the reports of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, incorporated by reference herein, and upon authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. Their reports refer to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

      The financial statements and the related financial statement schedule incorporated by reference in this prospectus from Fisher Scientific International Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is incorporated herein by reference (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to a change in the method of accounting for goodwill and intangible assets in 2002), and have been so incorporated in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      We file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings are also available free of charge to the public at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. In addition, all of our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission are available free of charge through our website at www.fisherscientific.com immediately upon filing.

      In this document, we “incorporate by reference” the information we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring to that information. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be a part of this prospectus, and later information filed with the SEC will update and supersede this information. We incorporate by reference the documents listed below and any future filings made with the SEC under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 after the date of this prospectus and until this offering of the exchange notes is completed:

  •  Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003;
 
  •  Our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004 and September 30, 2004;
 
  •  Amendment to Annual Report on Form 10-K/ A for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, as filed on May 13, 2004;
 
  •  Our definitive proxy statement relating to Fisher’s 2004 annual meeting of stockholders; and
 
  •  Current Reports on Form 8-K, dated January 13, 2004, January 20, 2004, February 4, 2004(2), February 11, 2004, March 3, 2004(2), March 17, 2004, April 16, 2004, July 26, 2004 and August 3, 2004.
 
  •  Apogent’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2003;
 
  •  Apogent’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended December 31, 2003, March 31, 2004 and June 30, 2004; and

77


Table of Contents

  •  Apogent’s Current Reports on Form 8-K, dated October 16, 2003, December 11, 2003, December 12, 2003, December 31, 2003, March 17, 2004, April 19, 2004, June 1, 2004, June 14, 2004, June 16, 2004, June 18, 2004, June 24, 2004, July 2, 2004 and August 2, 2004, and an amendment (filed on October 24, 2003) of a Form 8-K, dated May 13, 2003.

      If you request a copy of any or all of the documents incorporated by reference, we will send to you the copies requested at no charge. However, we will not send exhibits to such documents unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in such documents. You should direct requests for such copies to: Secretary, Fisher Scientific International Inc., One Liberty Lane, Hampton, New Hampshire 03842.

      In order to obtain timely delivery, you must request this information no later than 5 business days before you make your investment decision.

      You should rely only on the information provided in this document or incorporated in this document by reference. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. You should not assume that the information in this document is accurate as of any date other than that on the front of the document.

      No dealer, sales person or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the securities offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdiction where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

78


Table of Contents



Fisher Scientific International Inc.

Offer to Exchange

Any and all outstanding 6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014
issued on August 3, 2004
for
Registered 6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014
, 2004


PROSPECTUS


Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

      Until                    , 2004, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.




Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 20.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

      Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended, provides in regards to indemnification of directors and officers as follows:

      145. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS; INSURANCE. (a) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful.

      (b) A corporation shall have power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

      (c) To the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this section, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

      (d) Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of this section (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of this section. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.

      (e) Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to

II-1


Table of Contents

be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this section. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

      (f) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to the other subsections of this section, shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

      (g) A corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this section.

      (h) For purposes of this section, references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

      (i) For purposes of this section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this section.

      (j) The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

      ARTICLE FIFTEENTH of Fisher’s Certificate of Incorporation provides as follows:

      FIFTEENTH: (a) A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. (b)(1) Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she, or the person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action or inaction in an official capacity as a director officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights

II-2


Table of Contents

than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in this paragraph (b) the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the board of directors of the Corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this paragraph (b) shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided,however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise. The Corporation may, by action of its board of directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

      (2) Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under subparagraph (b)(1) is not paid in full by the Corporation within 30 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceedings in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard or conduct.

      (3) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this paragraph (b) shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

      (4) Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to project itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

II-3


Table of Contents

 
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
         
  2 .01   Second Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Merger, as amended, dated as of November 14, 1997 by and between the Company and FSI Merger Corp. Included as an Annex or Exhibit to the Proxy Statement/ Prospectus of Fisher Scientific International Inc. (“Fisher”) included in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration no. 333-42777) of Fisher filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 19, 1997 and incorporated herein by reference.
  2 .02   Distribution Agreement, dated March 29, 1999, among Fisher Scientific International Inc. and ProcureNet, Inc. Included as an exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K Registration No. 001-10920 dated April 15, 1999 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 30, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference.
  3 .01   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the registrant, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2002.
  3 .02   Certificate of Designation of Non-Voting Stock of the registrant. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 1999.
  3 .03   Certificate of Designation of Series B Non-Voting Common Stock. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 31, 1999.
  3 .04   Bylaws of the registrant. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration no. 333-44400) filed on August 24, 2000.
  3 .05   Certificate of Correction to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Fisher Scientific International Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 28, 2002.
  3 .06   Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Fisher Scientific International Inc. Included in an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration no. 333-108448), dated September 3, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .01   Form of Senior Indenture. Included in an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration no. 333-108448), dated September 3, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .02   Form of Subordinated Indenture. Included in an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration no. 333-108448), dated September 3, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .03   Form of Junior Subordinated Indenture. Included in an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration no. 333-108448), dated September 3, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .04   Specimen Certificate of Common Stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 28, 2002.
  4 .05   Certificate of Designation of Non-Voting Stock (see Exhibit 3.02).
  4 .06   Certificate of Designation of Series B Non-Voting Common Stock (see Exhibit 3.03).
  4 .07   Senior Debt Securities Indenture dated as of December 18, 1995 between the Company and Mellon Bank, N.A., as Trustee. Included as an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration no. 33-99884) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 30, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .08   Indenture dated as of April 24, 2002 between Fisher and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the 8 1/8 percent Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration no. 333-88362) filed on May 15, 2002.
  4 .09   Supplemental Indenture No. 1 dated as of March 7, 2003 between the registrant and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration no. 333-104361) filed on April 7, 2003.
  4 .10   Form of 8 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (included in Exhibit 4.08).

II-4


Table of Contents

         
  4 .11   Indenture, dated as of July 7, 2003, by and between Fisher Scientific International Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Trustee. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration no. 333-104361) filed on July 10, 2003.
  4 .12   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 7, 2003, among Fisher Scientific International Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration no. 333-104361) filed on July 10, 2003.
  4 .13   Indenture, dated as of August 20, 2003, between Fisher Scientific International Inc. and J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association, as Trustee. Included in an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration no. 333-108448), dated September 3, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
  4 .14   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 20, 2003, among Fisher Scientific International Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and Lazard Frères & Co. LLC. Included in an exhibit to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration no. 333-108448), dated September 3, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
  *4 .15   Indenture, dated as of August 3, 2004, between Fisher Scientific International Inc. and The Bank of New York, As Trustee.
  *4 .16   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2004, among Fisher Scientific International Inc., Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Lazard Frères & Co. LLC.
  4 .17   Form of Global Security (Senior Debt) (included in Exhibit 4.01).
  4 .18   Form of Global Security (Subordinated Debt) (included in Exhibit 4.02).
  4 .19   Form of Global Security (Junior Subordinated Debt) (included in Exhibit 4.03).
  *4 .20   Form of Global Security (Senior Subordinated Debt) (included in Exhibit 4.15).
  *5 .01   Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP regarding the legality of the securities being registered hereby.
  10 .01   Employment Agreement dated as of December 31, 2002 between the Company and Paul M. Montrone. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 28, 2002.
  10 .02   Employment Agreement dated as of December 31, 2002 between the Company and Paul M. Meister. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 28, 2002.
  10 .03   Employment Agreement dated as of March 31, 1998 between the Company and David Della Penta. Included as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10 .04   Fisher Scientific International Inc. Retirement Plan. Included in an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 24, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10 .05   Fisher Scientific International Inc. Savings and Profit Sharing Plan. Included in an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 24, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10 .06   Fisher Scientific International Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan. Included in an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 24, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10 .07   Restricted Unit Plan for Non-Employee Directors of Fisher Scientific International Inc. Included in an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 24, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10 .08   Fisher Scientific International Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors. Included in an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 24, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference.

II-5


Table of Contents

         
  10 .09   Retirement Plan for Non-Employee Directors of Fisher Scientific International Inc. Included in an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 24, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10 .10   Fisher Scientific International Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan. Included in an exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1992, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 24, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10 .11   Fisher Scientific International Inc. 1998 Equity and Incentive Plan. Included as an exhibit to Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-42777) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 2, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10 .12   THL Foreign Fund III, L.P., THL FSI Equity Investors, L.P., DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P., DLJ Merchant Banking Partners IIA, L.P., DLJ Offshore Partners, II, C.V., DLJ Diversified Partners, L.P., DLJ Diversified Partners A, L.P., DLJ Millennium Partners, L.P., DLJ Millennium Partners A, L.P., DLJMB Funding II, Inc., UK Investment Plan 1997 Partners, DLJ EAB Partners, L.P., DLJ ESC II, L.P., DLJ First ESC, L.P., Chase Equity Associates, L.P., Merrill Lynch Kecalp L.P. 1997, Kecalp Inc., ML 1BK Positions, Inc. and certain other persons named herein. Included as an exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1999, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 1999 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10 .13   Amendment to Amended and Restated Investors’ Agreement dated as of May 2, 2001 among Fisher Scientific International Inc., Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund III, L.P., THL-CCI Limited Partnership, THL Foreign Fund III, L.P., THL FSI Equity Investors, L.P., DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II, L.P., DLJ Merchant Banking Partners II Ì A, L.P., DLJ Offshore Partners, II, C.V., DLJ Diversified Partners, L.P., DLJ Diversified Partners Ì A, L.P., DLJ Millennium Partners, L.P., DLJ Millennium Partners Ì A, L.P., DLJMB Funding II, Inc., UK Investment Plan 1997 Partners, DLJ EAB Partners, L.P., DLJ ESC II, L.P., DLJ First ESC, L.P., Chase Equity Associates, L.P., Merrill Lynch Kecalp L.P. 1997, Kecalp Inc., ML 1BK Positions, Inc. and certain other persons and named herein. Included as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2001, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 15, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10 .14   Credit Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2004, among Fisher Scientific International Inc., each lender from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, Banc of America Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as Joint Lead Arrangers, Banc of America Securities LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Credit Suisse First Boston, acting through its Cayman Islands Branch or one of its affiliates, as Joint Book Managers, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Credit Suisse First Boston, acting through its Cayman Islands Branch or one of its affiliates, ABN Amro Bank, N.V. and Merrill Lynch Capital Corporation, as Co-Syndication and Co- Documentation Agents. Included as an Exhibit to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2004, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2004 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10 .15   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2003, among Fisher Scientific International Inc., Fisher Scientific Company L.L.C., The Lenders Party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent. Included as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 18, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference.
  10 .16   Guarantee and Collateral Agreement dated as of February 14, 2003, among Fisher Scientific International Inc., Fisher Scientific Company L.L.C., certain other subsidiaries of Fisher Scientific International Inc. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Collateral Agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration no. 333-104361) filed on April 7, 2003.
  10 .17   Collateral Sharing Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2003, among Fisher Scientific International Inc., Fisher Scientific Company L.L.C., certain other Subsidiaries of the Company party hereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Collateral Agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration no. 333-104361) filed on April 7, 2003.

II-6


Table of Contents

         
  10 .18   Receivables Transfer Agreement dated as of February 14, 2003 among FSI Receivables Company LLC, as Transferor, Fisher Scientific International Inc., as Servicer, Blue Ridge Asset Funding Corporation, Wachovia Bank, National Association, individually and as Blue Ridge Agent, Liberty Street Funding Corp., The Bank of Nova Scotia, individually and as Liberty Street Agent, and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration no. 333-104361) filed on April 7, 2003.
  10 .19   Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of February 14, 2003 among Cole-Parmer Instrument Company, Fisher Clinical Services Inc., Fisher Hamilton L.L.C. and Fisher Scientific Company L.L.C., as Originators, Fisher Scientific International Inc., as Originator Agent and FSI Receivables Company LLC, as Buyer. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration no. 333-104361) filed on April 7, 2003.
  *12 .01   Statement re computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
  21 .01   List of Subsidiaries of the registrant. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.01 to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2004.
  *23 .01   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
  *23 .02   Consent of KPMG LLP
  *23 .03   Consent of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP (included in Exhibit 5.01).
  *24 .01   Powers of Attorney (included in signature page of this Registration Statement).
  *25 .01   Statement of Eligibility on Form T-1 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, of The Bank of New York.
  *99 .01   Form of Letter of Transmittal.
  *99 .02   Form of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.
  *99 .03   Form of Letter to Clients.
  *99 .04   Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees.


Filed herewith.

 
Item 22. Undertakings

      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

        (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

        (a) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
        (b) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;
 
        (c) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

        (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-7


Table of Contents

        (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
        Insofar as indemnifications for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person, if any, of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

      The undersigned registrants hereby undertake that:

        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of such requests, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the requests.
 
        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

II-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant (i) certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-4 and (ii) has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-4 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Hampton, State of New Hampshire, on this 30th day of November, 2004.

  FISHER SCIENTIFIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

  By:  /s/ TODD M. DUCHENE
 
  Name:        Todd M. DuChene
  Title: Vice President, General Counsel and
  Secretary

      Each person whose signature appears below hereby severally constitutes and appoints Todd M. DuChene and Kevin P. Clarke, and each of them singly, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments (including pre-effective and post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ PAUL M. MONTRONE

Paul M. Montrone
  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   November 30, 2004
 
/s/ PAUL M. MEISTER

Paul M. Meister
  Vice Chairman of the Board   November 30, 2004
 
/s/ KEVIN P. CLARK

Kevin P. Clark
  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   November 30, 2004
 
/s/ W. CLAYTON STEPHENS

W. Clayton Stephens
  Director   November 30, 2004
 
/s/ MICHAEL D. DINGMAN

Michael D. Dingman
  Director   November 30, 2004
 
/s/ CHARLES A. SANDERS

Charles A. Sanders
  Director   November 30, 2004
 
/s/ SCOTT M. SPERLING

Scott M. Sperling
  Director   November 30, 2004

II-9


Table of Contents

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ FRANK H. JELLINEK, JR.

Frank H. Jellinek, Jr.
  Director   November 30, 2004
 
/s/ CHRISTOPHER L. DOERR

Christopher L. Doerr
  Director   November 30, 2004
 
/s/ SIMON B. RICH

Simon B. Rich
  Director   November 30, 2004
 
/s/ RICHARD W. VIESER

Richard W. Vieser
  Director   November 30, 2004

II-10 EX-4.15 2 y10712exv4w15.htm EX-4.15 INDENTURE EXHIBHT 4.15

 

EXHIBIT 4.15

FISHER SCIENTIFIC INTERNATIONAL INC., as Issuer

6¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014


INDENTURE

Dated as of August 3, 2004


THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee


 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

         
TIA   Indenture
Section
  Section
310
  (a)(1)   7.10
 
  (a)(2)   7.10
 
  (a)(3)   N.A.
 
  (a)(4)   N.A.
 
  (b)   7.8; 7.10
 
  (c)   N.A.
311
  (a)   7.11
 
  (b)   7.11
 
  (c)   N.A.
312
  (a)   2.5
 
  (b)   N.A.
 
  (c)   N.A.
313
  (a)   7.6
 
  (b)(1)   N.A.
 
  (b)(2)   7.6
 
  (c)   7.6
 
  (d)   7.6
314
  (a)   4.18; 4.19; 13.2
 
  (b)   N.A.
 
  (c)(1)   13.4
 
  (c)(2)   13.4
 
  (c)(3)   N.A.
 
  (d)   N.A.
 
  (e)   13.5
 
  (f)   4.19
315
  (a)   7.1
 
  (b)   7.5; 13.2
 
  (c)   7.1
 
  (d)   7.1
 
  (e)   6.11
316
  (a)(last sentence)   13.6
 
  (a)(1)(A)   6.5
 
  (a)(1)(B)   6.4
 
  (a)(2)   N.A.
 
  (b)   6.7
317
  (a)(1)   6.8
 
  (a)(2)   6.9
 
  (b)   2.4
318
  (a)   13.1

N.A. means Not Applicable


Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

             
        Page
ARTICLE I
       
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
       
SECTION 1.1.
  Definitions     1  
SECTION 1.2.
  Other Definitions     24  
SECTION 1.3.
  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act     25  
SECTION 1.4.
  Rules of Construction     26  
ARTICLE II
       
THE SECURITIES
       
SECTION 2.1.
  Form and Dating     26  
SECTION 2.2.
  Execution and Authentication     28  
SECTION 2.3.
  Registrar and Paying Agent     28  
SECTION 2.4.
  Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust     29  
SECTION 2.5.
  Securityholder Lists     29  
SECTION 2.6.
  Transfer and Exchange     29  
SECTION 2.7.
  Replacement Securities     35  
SECTION 2.8.
  Outstanding Securities     35  
SECTION 2.9.
  Temporary Securities     36  
SECTION 2.10.
  Cancellation     36  
SECTION 2.11.
  Defaulted Interest     36  
SECTION 2.12.
  CUSIP Numbers     37  
SECTION 2.13.
  Issuance of Additional Securities     37  
ARTICLE III
       
REDEMPTION
       
SECTION 3.1.
  Notices to Trustee     37  
SECTION 3.2.
  Selection of Securities To be Redeemed     38  
SECTION 3.3.
  Notice of Redemption     38  
SECTION 3.4.
  Effect of Notice of Redemption     39  
SECTION 3.5.
  Deposit Of Redemption Price     39  
SECTION 3.6.
  Securities Redeemed in Part     40  

-i


 

             
        Page
ARTICLE IV
       
COVENANTS
       
SECTION 4.1.
  Payment of Securities     40  
SECTION 4.2.
  Limitation on Liens     40  
SECTION 4.3.
  Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness     41  
SECTION 4.4.
  Limitation on Restricted Payments     42  
SECTION 4.5.
  Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries     44  
SECTION 4.6.
  Limitation on Asset Sales     46  
SECTION 4.7.
  Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates     48  
SECTION 4.8.
  Change of Control     49  
SECTION 4.9.
  Prohibition on Incurrence of Senior Subordinated Debt     51  
SECTION 4.10.
  Limitation on Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries     51  
SECTION 4.11.
  Limitation on Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries     51  
SECTION 4.12.
  Conduct of Business     52  
SECTION 4.13.
  Maintenance of Office or Agency     52  
SECTION 4.14.
  Corporate Existence     52  
SECTION 4.15.
  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims     52  
SECTION 4.16.
  Maintenance of Properties and Insurance     53  
SECTION 4.17.
  Compliance With Laws     53  
SECTION 4.18.
  Additional Information     53  
SECTION 4.19.
  Further Instruments and Acts     54  
SECTION 4.20.
  Changes in Covenants when Notes Rated Investment Grade     54  
ARTICLE V
       
SUCCESSOR COMPANY
       
SECTION 5.1.
  When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets     54  
ARTICLE VI
       
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
       
SECTION 6.1.
  Events of Default     55  
SECTION 6.2.
  Acceleration     57  
SECTION 6.3.
  Other Remedies     58  
SECTION 6.4.
  Waiver of Past Defaults     58  
SECTION 6.5.
  Control by Majority     58  
SECTION 6.6.
  Limitation on Suits     59  
SECTION 6.7.
  Rights of Holders to Receive Payment     59  

-ii


 

             
        Page
SECTION 6.8.
  Collection Suit by Trustee     59  
SECTION 6.9.
  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim     60  
SECTION 6.10.
  Priorities     60  
SECTION 6.11.
  Undertaking for Costs     60  
ARTICLE VII
       
TRUSTEE
       
SECTION 7.1.
  Duties of Trustee     61  
SECTION 7.2.
  Rights of Trustee     62  
SECTION 7.3.
  Individual Rights of Trustee     62  
SECTION 7.4.
  Trustee's Disclaimer     63  
SECTION 7.5.
  Notice of Defaults     63  
SECTION 7.6.
  Reports by Trustee to Holders     63  
SECTION 7.7.
  Compensation and Indemnity     63  
SECTION 7.8.
  Replacement of Trustee     64  
SECTION 7.9.
  Successor Trustee by Merger     65  
SECTION 7.10.
  Eligibility; Disqualification     65  
SECTION 7.11.
  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company     65  
ARTICLE VIII
       
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
       
SECTION 8.1.
  Discharge of Liability on Securities     66  
SECTION 8.2.
  Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance     67  
SECTION 8.3.
  Conditions to Defeasance     68  
SECTION 8.4.
  Application of Trust Money     70  
SECTION 8.5.
  Repayment to Company     70  
SECTION 8.6.
  Reinstatement     71  
ARTICLE IX
       
AMENDMENTS
       
SECTION 9.1.
  Without Consent of Holders     71  
SECTION 9.2.
  With Consent of Holders     72  
SECTION 9.3.
  Compliance With Trust Indenture Act     73  
SECTION 9.4.
  Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers     74  
SECTION 9.5.
  Notation or Exchange of Securities     74  
SECTION 9.6.
  Trustee to Sign Amendments     74  

-iii


 

             
        Page
ARTICLE X
       
SUBORDINATION
       
SECTION 10.1.
  Agreement to Subordinate     75  
SECTION 10.2.
  Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy     75  
SECTION 10.3.
  Default on Senior Indebtedness     75  
SECTION 10.4.
  Acceleration of Payment of Securities     76  
SECTION 10.5.
  When Distribution Must Be Paid Over     77  
SECTION 10.6.
  Subrogation     77  
SECTION 10.7.
  Relative Rights     77  
SECTION 10.8.
  Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company     77  
SECTION 10.9.
  Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent     77  
SECTION 10.10.
  Distribution or Notice to Representative     78  
SECTION 10.11.
  Article X Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate     78  
SECTION 10.12.
  Trust Moneys Not Subordinated     78  
SECTION 10.13.
  Trustee Entitled to Rely     78  
SECTION 10.14.
  Trustee to Effectuate Subordination     78  
SECTION 10.15.
  Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness     79  
SECTION 10.16.
  Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions     79  
ARTICLE XI
       
[RESERVED]
       
ARTICLE XII
       
[RESERVED]
       
ARTICLE XIII
       
MISCELLANEOUS
       
SECTION 13.1.
  Trust Indenture Act Controls     79  
SECTION 13.2.
  Notices     79  
SECTION 13.3.
  Communication by Holders With Other Holders     80  
SECTION 13.4.
  Certificate and Opinion As To Conditions Precedent     80  
SECTION 13.5.
  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion     81  
SECTION 13.6.
  When Securities Disregarded     81  
SECTION 13.7.
  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar     81  
SECTION 13.8.
  Legal Holidays     81  
SECTION 13.9.
  Governing Law     82  

-iv


 

             
        Page
SECTION 13.10.
  No Recourse Against Others     82  
SECTION 13.11.
  Successors     82  
SECTION 13.12.
  Multiple Originals     82  
SECTION 13.13.
  Variable Provisions     82  
SECTION 13.14.
  Qualification Of Indenture     82  
SECTION 13.15.
  Table of Contents; Headings     82  
     
EXHIBITS
   
     
EXHIBIT A
  FORM OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITY
EXHIBIT B
  FORM OF REGISTERED SECURITY
EXHIBIT C
  FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS

-v


 

          INDENTURE dated as of August 3, 2004, between FISHER SCIENTIFIC INTERNATIONAL INC., a Delaware corporation (as further defined below, the “Company”), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK, a banking corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

          The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 6¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Initial Notes”) and, if and when issued in exchange for Initial Notes as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Company’s 6¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Exchange Notes” and, together with the Initial Notes, the “Original Securities”) and, if and when issued, such Additional Securities (as defined below) that the Company may from time to time choose to issue under this Indenture. The Initial Notes are being offered and sold by the Company pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated July 22, 2004, among the Company, Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Lazard Frères & Co. LLC (the “Purchase Agreement”). References herein to the “Securities” shall include the Original Securities and the Additional Securities. All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done, and the Company has done all things necessary to make the Securities, when executed by the Company, and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the Company, valid and legally binding obligations of the Company. Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

          SECTION 1.1. Definitions.

          “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (i) of a Person or any of its Subsidiaries existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case whether or not incurred by such Person in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been incurred, with respect to clause (i) of the preceding sentence, on the date such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and, with respect to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, on the date of consummation of such acquisition of assets.

          “Additional Securities” means, subject to the Company’s compliance with Sections 2.13 and 4.3, 6¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 that the Company may issue under this Indenture (substantially in the form of Exhibit A, in the case of any such Additional Securities issued as Transfer Restricted Securities, or substantially in the form of Exhibit B, in the case of Additional Securities issued pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act) from time to time after the Issue Date under the terms of this Indenture (other

 


 

than issuances pursuant to Section 2.6, 2.7, 2.9, 3.6 or 9.5 of this Indenture and any Exchange Securities issued in respect thereof).

          “Affiliate” means a Person who directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person (other than the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company) in whom a Receivables Entity makes an Investment in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries solely by reason of such Investment.

          “all or substantially all” shall have the meaning given such phrase in the Revised Model Business Corporation Act.

          “Apogent” means Apogent Technologies Inc. and its Subsidiaries.

          “Apogent Merger” means the merger of Fox Merger Corporation, a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company formed for the purposes of the merger, with and into Apogent Technologies Inc., pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 17, 2004, as amended on April 16, 2004.

          “Apogent Transactions” means (a) the Apogent Merger, (b) the financing for the Apogent Merger including the entry into the indenture and the offer and issuance of the notes on the Issue Date and borrowings under the Credit Facility, (c) any tender offer or exchange offer for Indebtedness of Apogent in connection with the Apogent Merger and (d) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).

          “Asset Acquisition” means (a) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or (b) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of the assets of any Person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person, any division or line of business of such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business.

          “Asset Sale” means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer for value by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of (a) any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or (b) any

-2-


 

other property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that Asset Sales shall not include (i) any transaction or series of related transactions for which the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries receive aggregate consideration of less than $5,000,000, (ii) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as permitted under Article V, (iii) the sale or discount, in each case without recourse, of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, but only in connection with the compromise or collection thereof, (iv) the factoring of accounts receivable arising in the ordinary course of business pursuant to arrangements customary in the industry, (v) the licensing of intellectual property, (vi) disposals or replacements of obsolete equipment in the ordinary course of business, (vii) the sale, lease, conveyance, disposition or other transfer by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of assets or property in transactions constituting Investments that are not prohibited under Section 4.4, (viii) sales of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” to a Receivables Entity, (ix) transfers of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction and (x) leases or subleases to third persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. For the purposes of clause (viii), Purchase Money Notes shall be deemed to be cash.

          “Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, payable under or in respect of the Credit Facility and any related notes, collateral documents, letters of credit and guarantees, including principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, indemnities, reimbursement obligations, guarantees and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

          “Board of Directors” means, as to any Person, the board of directors of such Person or any duly authorized committee thereof.

          “Business Day” means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

          “Capital Stock” means (i) with respect to any Person that is a corporation, any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, including each class of common stock and preferred stock of such Person and (ii) with respect to any Person that is not a corporation, any and all partnership or other equity interests of such Person.

          “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at

-3-


 

any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

          “Cash Equivalents” means (i) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof; (ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s; (iii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (iv) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any U.S. branch of a foreign bank having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $200,000,000; (v) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments maturing within one year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any foreign bank that is a lender under the Credit Facility having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000; (vi) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with any bank meeting the qualifications specified in clause (iv) or clause (v) above; and (vii) investments in money market funds, including, without limitation, the money market mutual funds or any other mutual fund comprised of allowable investments for which the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee serves as investment manager, administrator, shareholder servicing agent, and/or custodian or subcustodian, notwithstanding that (x) the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee receives fees from such funds for services rendered, (y) the Trustee charges and collects fees for services rendered pursuant to this Indenture, which fees are separate from the fees received from such funds, and (z) services performed for such funds and pursuant to this Indenture may at times duplicate those provided to such funds by the Trustee or its affiliates, which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (i) through (vi) above.

          “Change of Control” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (i) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”), together with any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture); (ii) the approval by the holders of Capital Stock of the Company of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture); (iii) any Person or Group (other than one or more Permitted Holders) shall become the owner, directly or

-4-


 

indirectly, beneficially or of record, of shares representing 50% or more of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding Capital Stock of the Company or (iv) the first day on which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company are not Continuing Directors.

          “Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of a Change of Control and the failure of the Securities to have a Minimum Rating from each of S&P and Moody’s on the 30th day after the occurrence of such Change of Control.

          “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          “Company” means Fisher Scientific International Inc., a Delaware corporation, until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the indenture securities.

          “Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the sum (without duplication) of (i) Consolidated Net Income and (ii) to the extent Consolidated Net Income has been reduced thereby, (A) all income taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries paid or accrued in accordance with GAAP for such period, (B) Consolidated Interest Expense, (C) Consolidated Non-cash Charges and (D) cash restructuring or nonrecurring charges, not to exceed $10,000,000 in the aggregate for all periods after the Issue Date.

          “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person during the four full fiscal quarters (the “Four Quarter Period”) ending on or prior to the date of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (the “Transaction Date”) to Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated EBITDA” and “Consolidated Fixed Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis for the period of such calculation to (i) the incurrence of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and the application of the proceeds thereof) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence or repayment of other Indebtedness (and the application of the proceeds thereof) occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such incurrence or repayment, as the case may be (and the application of the proceeds thereof), occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period, (ii) any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions (including, without limitation, any Asset Acquisition giving rise to the need to make such calculation as a result of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any Person who becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the Asset Acquisition) incurring, assuming or otherwise being liable for Acquired Indebtedness and also including any Consolidated EBITDA (including pro forma adjustments for cost savings (“Cost Savings Adjustments”) that the Company reasonably believes in good faith could have been achieved during the Four Quarter

-5-


 

Period as a result of such acquisition or disposition (provided that both (A) such cost savings were identified and quantified in an Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee at the time of the consummation of the acquisition or disposition and (B) with respect to each acquisition or disposition completed prior to the 90th day preceding such date of determination, actions were commenced or initiated by the Company within 90 days of such acquisition or disposition to effect such cost savings identified in such Officers’ Certificate and with respect to any other acquisition or disposition, such Officers’ Certificate sets forth the specific steps to be taken within the 90 days after such acquisition or disposition to accomplish such cost savings) attributable to the assets which are the subject of the Asset Acquisition or Asset Sale during the Four Quarter Period) occurring during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or liability for any such Indebtedness or Acquired Indebtedness) occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period and (iii) any Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions (including any Consolidated EBITDA (including any Cost Savings Adjustments) attributable to the assets which are the subject of the asset acquisition or asset sale during the Four Quarter Period) that have been made by any Person that has become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or has been merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company during the Four Quarter Period or at any time subsequent to the last day of the Four Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date that would have constituted Asset Sales or Asset Acquisitions had such transactions occurred when such Person was a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or subsequent to such Person’s merger into the Company, as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence, assumption or liability for any Indebtedness or Acquired Indebtedness in connection therewith) occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period; provided that to the extent that clause (ii) or (iii) of this sentence requires that pro forma effect be given to an Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition, such pro forma calculation shall be based upon the four full fiscal quarters immediately preceding the Transaction Date of the Person, or division or line of business of the Person, that is acquired or disposed for which financial information is available. If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly guarantees Indebtedness of a third Person, the preceding sentence shall give effect to the incurrence of such guaranteed Indebtedness as if such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such guaranteed Indebtedness. Furthermore, in calculating “Consolidated Fixed Charges” for purposes of determining the denominator (but not the numerator) of this “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio,” (1) interest on outstanding Indebtedness determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Indebtedness in effect on the Transaction Date; (2) if interest on any Indebtedness actually incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the Four Quarter Period; and (3) notwithstanding clause (1) above, interest on Indebtedness determined o n a fluctuating basis, to the extent such interest is covered by agreements relating to

-6-


 

Interest Swap Obligations, shall be deemed to accrue at the rate per annum resulting after giving effect to the operation of such agreements.

          “Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense (excluding amortization or write-off of debt issuance and currency hedging costs relating to the Apogent Merger and the financing therefor or relating to retired or existing Indebtedness and amortization or write-off of customary debt issuance costs relating to future Indebtedness incurred in compliance with this Indenture) plus (ii) the product of (x) the amount of all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Stock of such Person (other than dividends, paid in Qualified Capital Stock) times (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current effective consolidated Federal, state and local tax rate of such Person expressed as a decimal.

          “Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, (i) the aggregate of all cash and non-cash interest expense with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including the net costs associated with Interest Swap Obligations, for such period determined on a consolidated basis in conformity with GAAP, and (ii) the interest component of Capitalized Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

          “Consolidated Net Income” of the Company means, for any period, the aggregate net income (or loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom (a) gains and losses from Asset Sales (without regard to the $5,000,000 limitation set forth in the definition thereof) or abandonments or reserves relating thereto and the related tax effects according to GAAP, (b) gains and losses due solely to fluctuations in currency values and the related tax effects according to GAAP, (c) items classified as extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gains and losses (including without limitation (v) any charge or expense incurred for employee bonuses in connection with the Apogent Transactions, (w) any fees, expenses and charges associated with the Apogent Transactions, (x) any adjustment in the book value of any inventory acquired in connection with the Apogent Merger, (y) any charge or expense associated with the entry into and the initial borrowings under the Existing Credit Facility and the amended and restated receivables purchase agreement dated as of February 14, 2003 and the cancellation of the Existing Credit Facility, and (z) any charge or expense associated with the entry into and the initial borrowings under the Credit Facility and the related tax effects according to GAAP, (d) the net income (or loss) of any Person acquired in a pooling of interests transaction accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or is merged or consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (e) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to the extent that the

-7-


 

declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of that income is restricted by contract, operation of law or otherwise (other than (x) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (y) restrictions pursuant to the Securities or this Indenture and (z) restrictions in effect on the Issue Date with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), except that (A) the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of any dividend or distribution that was or that could have been made by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (subject, in the case of a dividend that could have been made to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, to the limitation contained in this clause) and (B) the net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included to the extent of the proportionate ownership of the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries in such Restricted Subsidiary, (f) the net loss of any Person other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (g) the net income of any Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, except to the extent of cash dividends or distributions paid to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company by such Person unless, in the case of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company who receives such dividends or distributions, such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to clause (e) above, (h) any one-time non-cash compensation charges, and any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity-based awards, (i) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness and (j) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Currency Agreements.

          “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charges which require an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period).

          “Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total assets shown on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the most recent date for which such a balance sheet is available, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (and, in the case of any determination relating to any incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith).

          “Continuing Directors” means, as of any date of determination, any member of the Board of Directors of the Company who (i) was a member of such Board of Directors on the Issue Date, (ii) was nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with, or whose election to such Board of Directors was approved by, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Continuing Directors who were members of such Board of Directors at the time of such

-8-


 

nomination or election or (iii) is any designee of a Permitted Holder or was nominated by a Permitted Holder or any designees of a Permitted Holder on the Board of Directors.

          “Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 101 Barclay Street, Floor 8 West, New York, New York 10286, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration, or such other address as the Trustee may designate form time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company).

          “Credit Facility” means the credit agreement dated as of the date of consummation of the Apogent Merger, among the Company, the other borrowers party thereto from time to time, if any, the lenders party thereto from time to time and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements, promissory notes and collateral documents), in each case as such agreements may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid or extended from time to time (whether with the original agents and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Credit Facility or one or more other credit agreements or otherwise) including, without limitation, to increase the amount of available borrowings thereunder or to add Restricted Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors or otherwise.

          “Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company against fluctuations in currency values.

          “Default” means an event or condition the occurrence of which is, or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

          “Designated Noncash Consideration” means any noncash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of the determination by the Board of Directors of the Company of the fair market value of such noncash consideration.

          “Depository” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and their respective successors and assigns, or such other depository institution hereinafter appointed by the Company.

          “Designated Senior Indebtedness” means (i) Bank Indebtedness and (ii) any other Senior Indebtedness which, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or under which, at the date of determination, the holders thereof, are committed

-9-


 

to lend up to, at least $25,000,000 and is specifically designated by the Company in the instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Indebtedness or another writing as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of this Indenture.

          “Disqualified Capital Stock” means that portion of any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event (other than an event which would constitute a Change of Control Triggering Event), matures (excluding any maturity as the result of an optional redemption by the issuer thereof) or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof (except, in each case, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event) on or prior to the final maturity date of the Securities.

          “Equity Offering” means a sale of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company.

          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          “Existing Credit Facility” means the credit agreement dated as of February 14, 2003, as amended, among Fisher, the other borrowers thereto from time to time, if any, the lenders party thereto from time to time and Duetsche Bank AG, as administrative agent, together with the related documents thereto (including, without limitation, any guarantee agreements, promissory notes and collateral documents), in each case as such agreements have been amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

          “Existing Senior Notes” means any of (i) the Company’s existing 7 1/8% Senior Notes due 2005 issued under the Senior Debt Securities Indenture dated as of December 18, 1995 and (ii) the Company’s existing 2.50% Convertible Senior Notes due October 1, 2023 issued under the indenture dated as of July 7, 2003, and any notes issued in exchange therefor under such indenture.

          “Existing Senior Subordinated Notes” means any of (i) the Company’s existing 8 1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 issued under the indenture April 24, 2002, (ii) the Company’s existing 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2013 issued under an indenture dated as of August 20, 2003, and (iii) the Company’s existing 3.25% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2024 issued under an indenture dated as of January 20, 2004 and a Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 3, 2004.

          “fair market value” means, unless otherwise specified, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction. Fair market value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company acting reasonably and in good faith and shall be evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company delivered to the Trustee.

-10-


 

          “Foreign Subsidiary” means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (i) that is organized in a jurisdiction other than the United States of America or a state thereof or the District of Columbia and (ii) with respect to which at least 90% of its sales (as determined in accordance with GAAP) are generated by operations located in jurisdictions outside the United States of America.

          “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession.

          “guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness of such other Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided, however, that the term “guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

          “Holder” or “Securityholder” means the Person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar’s books.

          “Indebtedness” means with respect to any Person, without duplication, (i) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, (iv) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations and all obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business), (v) all obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction, (vi) guarantees and other contingent obligations in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through (v) above and clause (viii) below, (vii) all obligations of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) which are secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person but which obligations are not assumed by such Person, the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or asset or the amount of the obligation so secured, (viii) all obligations under currency swap agreements and interest swap agreements of such Person and (ix) all Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness

-11-


 

represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any. For purposes hereof, (x) the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock and (y) any transfer of accounts receivable or other assets which constitute a sale for purposes of GAAP shall not constitute Indebtedness hereunder.

          “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time.

          “Interest Swap Obligations” means the obligations of any Person, pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount.

          “Investment” by any Person in any other Person means, with respect to any Person, any direct or indirect loan or other extension of credit (including, without limitation, a guarantee) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition by such Person of any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidences of Indebtedness issued by, such other Person. “Investment” shall exclude extensions of trade credit by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal trade practices of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, and any guarantees. For the purposes of Section 4.4, (i) the Company shall be deemed to have made an “Investment” equal to the fair market value of the net assets of any Restricted Subsidiary at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary and the aggregate amount of Investments made since the Issue Date shall exclude (to the extent the designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary was included as a Restricted Payment) the fair market value of the net assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time that such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary not to exceed the amount of the Investment deemed made at the date of designation thereof as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and (ii) the amount of any Investment shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additional Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, writedowns or write-offs with respect to such Investment, reduced by the payment of dividends or distributions (including tax sharing payments) in connection with such Investment or any other amounts received in respect

-12-


 

of such Investment; provided that no such payment of dividends or distributions or receipt of any such other amounts shall reduce the amount of any Investment if such payment of dividends or distributions or receipt of any such amounts would be included in Consolidated Net Income.

          “Issue Date” means August 3, 2004.

          “Joint Venture” means a corporation, partnership or other business entity, other than a Subsidiary of the Company, engaged or proposed to be engaged in the same or a similar line of business as the Company in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, not less than 20% and not more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers and trustees thereof, with the balance of the ownership interests being held by one or more investors.

          “Lien” means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and any agreement to give any security interest).

          “Management Stockholders” means Paul M. Montrone, Paul M. Meister and individuals who are officers, directors, employees and other members of the management of the Company as of the Issue Date, or immediate family members or relatives thereof, or trusts or partnerships for the benefit of, or companies or other entities owned by, any of the foregoing, or any of their heirs, executors, successors or legal representatives, who at any particular date shall beneficially own or have the right to acquire directly or indirectly, common stock of the Company.

          “Minimum Rating” means (i) in respect of S&P, a rating of at least BBB- (or equivalent successor rating) and (ii) in the case of Moody’s, a rating of at least Baa3 (or equivalent successor rating).

          “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

          “Net Cash Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, the proceeds in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents including payments in respect of deferred payment obligations when received in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (other than the portion of any such deferred payment constituting interest) received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale net of (a) out-of-pocket expenses and fees relating to such Asset Sale (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees and sales commissions), (b) taxes paid or payable after taking into account any reduction in consolidated tax liability due to available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (c) repayment of Senior Indebtedness that is required to be repaid in connection with such Asset Sale, (d) any portion of cash proceeds which the Company determines in good faith should be reserved for post-closing adjustments, it being understood and agreed that on the

-13-


 

day that all such post-closing adjustments have been determined, the amount (if any) by which the reserved amount in respect of such Asset Sale exceeds the actual post-closing adjustments payable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds on such date; provided that, in the case of the sale by the Company of an asset constituting an Investment made after the Issue Date (other than a Permitted Investment), the “Net Cash Proceeds” in respect of such Asset Sale shall not include the lesser of (x) the cash received with respect to such Asset Sale and (y) the initial amount of such Investment, less, in the case of clause (y), all amounts (up to an amount not to exceed the initial amount of such Investment) received by the Company with respect to such Investment, whether by dividend, sale, liquidation or repayment, in each case prior to the date of such Asset Sale.

          “Obligations” means all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness, without duplication.

          “Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum dated July 22, 2004 relating to the Initial Notes; provided that after the issuance of Exchange Notes, all references herein to “Offering Memorandum” shall be deemed references to the prospectus relating to the Exchange Notes.

          “Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company, as applicable.

          “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers.

          “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

          “Permitted Holder” means and includes (i) the Management Stockholders, (ii) any corporation the outstanding voting power of the Capital Stock of which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the voting power of the Capital Stock of the Company, (iii) any Plan, (iv) any underwriter during the period engaged in a firm commitment underwriting on behalf of the Company with respect to the shares of Capital Stock being underwritten or (v) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

          “Permitted Indebtedness” means, without duplication, (i) the Original Securities, (ii) the Existing Senior Notes and Existing Senior Subordinated Notes, (iii) Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed in the aggregate the amount equal to (A) $1,500,000,000, plus (B) in the case of any refinancing of the Credit Facility or any portion thereof, the aggregate fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing,

-14-


 

(iv) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries incurred solely for working capital purposes of such Foreign Subsidiaries, (v) Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date (other than indebtedness described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above), (vi) Interest Swap Obligations of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries covering Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided that any Indebtedness to which any such Interest Swap Obligations correspond is otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture; provided, further, that such Interest Swap Obligations are entered into, in the judgment of the Company to protect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuation in interest rates on their respective outstanding Indebtedness, (vii) Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under Currency Agreements entered into, in the judgment of the Company, to protect the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company from fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates, (viii) Indebtedness owed by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or by the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (ix) Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the extent the Company could have incurred such Indebtedness in accordance with clause (i) or (ii) of the first proviso to Section 4.3 on the date such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness; provided that, in the case of Acquired Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, such Acquired Indebtedness was not incurred in connection with such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (x) Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or other similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, (xi) any refinancing, modification, replacement, renewal, restatement, refunding, deferral, extension, substitution, supplement, reissuance or resale of existing or future Indebtedness, including any additional Indebtedness incurred to pay interest or premiums required by the instruments governing such existing or future Indebtedness as in effect at the time of issuance thereof (“Required Premiums”) and fees in connection therewith; provided that any such event shall not (1) result in an increase in the aggregate principal amount of Permitted Indebtedness (except to the extent such increase is a result of a simultaneous incurrence of additional Indebtedness (A) to pay Required Premiums and related fees or (B) otherwise permitted to be incurred under this Indenture) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) other than with respect to Senior Indebtedness, create Indebtedness with a Weighted Average Life to Maturity at the time of such Indebtedness is incurred that is less than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such time of the Indebtedness being refinanced, modified, replaced, renewed, restated, refunded, deferred, extended, substituted, supplemented, reissued or resold (except that this subclause (2) will not apply in the event the Indebtedness being refinanced, modified, replaced, renewed, restated, refunded, deferred, extended, substituted, supplemented, reissued or resold was originally incurred in reliance upon clause (viii) or (xvii) of this definition); provided that no Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may refinance any Indebtedness pursuant to this clause (xi) other than its own Indebtedness, (xii) Indebtedness (including Capitalized Lease Obligations) incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to finance the purchase, lease or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment (whether through the direct

-15-


 

purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets) in an aggregate principal amount outstanding not to exceed the greater of $200,000,000 and 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of any incurrence thereof (which amount shall be deemed not to include any such Indebtedness incurred in whole or in part under the Credit Facility to the extent permitted by clause (iii) above), (xiii) the incurrence by a Receivables Entity of Indebtedness in a Qualified Receivables Transaction that is not recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings), and the incurrence by a Receivables Entity of Indebtedness under a Purchase Money Note, (xiv) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims, (xv) Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn out or other similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition of any business, assets or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or Restricted Subsidiary of the Company for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum assumable liability in respect of all such Indebtedness shall at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition, (xvi) obligations in respect of performance and surety bonds and completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in the ordinary course of business, (xvii) Indebtedness consisting of guarantees (a) by the Company of Indebtedness, leases and any other obligation or liability permitted to be incurred under this Indenture by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, and (b) subject to Section 4.11, by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company of Indebtedness, leases and any other obligation or liability permitted to be incurred under this Indenture by the Company or other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company, and (xviii) Acquired Indebtedness acquired as part of the Apogent Transactions, and (xix) additional Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of $200,000,000 and 3.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at any one time outstanding.

          “Permitted Investments” means (i) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (whether existing on the Issue Date or created thereafter) and Investments in the Company by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) cash and Cash Equivalents; (iii) Investments existing on the Issue Date; (iv) loans and advances to employees, officers and directors of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries not in excess of $10,000,000 at any one time outstanding; (v) accounts receivable owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; provided, however, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade terms as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of the Company deems reasonable

-16-


 

under the circumstances; (vi) Currency Agreements and Interest Swap Obligations entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for bona fide business reasons and not for speculative purposes and otherwise in compliance with this Indenture; (vii) Investments in securities of or other investments in trade creditors or customers received pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of such trade creditors or customers; (viii) Investments in the Securities, Existing Senior Notes or the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes; (ix) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Person, if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (B) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; (x) additional Investments having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (x) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $150,000,000 and 5.0% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the fair market value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), plus an amount equal to (A) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company from any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Company) from the issuance and sale subsequent to the Issue Date of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (including Qualified Capital Stock issued upon the conversion of convertible Indebtedness or in exchange for outstanding Indebtedness or as capital contributions to the Company (other than from a Subsidiary)) and (B) without duplication of any amounts included in clause (x)(A) above, 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds of any equity contribution received by the Company from a holder of the Company’s Capital Stock, that in the case of amounts described in clause (x)(A) or (x)(B) are applied by the Company within 180 days after receipt, to make additional Permitted Investments under this clause (x) (such additional Permitted Investments being referred to collectively as “Stock Permitted Investments”); (xi) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in a Receivables Entity or any Investment by a Receivables Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, including investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Transaction or any related Indebtedness; provided that any Investment in a Receivables Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note, contribution of additional Receivables or an equity interest; (xii) Investments received by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries as consideration for asset sales, including Asset Sales; provided in the case of an Asset Sale, (A) such Investment does not exceed 25% of the consideration received for such Asset Sale and (B) such Asset Sale is otherwise effected in compliance with Section 4.6; (xiii) Investments by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries in Joint Ventures in an aggregate amount not in excess of $150,000,000; and (xiv) that portion of any Investment where the consideration provided by the Company is Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Capital Stock). Any net cash proceeds that are used by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to make Stock Permitted Investments pursuant to clause (x) of this definition shall not be included in subclause (v) or (w) of clause (iii) of the first paragraph of Section 4.4.

-17-


 

          “Permitted Liens” means the following types of Liens:

     (i) Liens securing the Securities or the Existing Senior Notes;

     (ii) Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness; provided that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property or assets of the Company or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries other than the property or assets that secured the Acquired Indebtedness prior to the time such Indebtedness became Acquired Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (iii) Liens existing on the Issue Date, together with any Liens securing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture in order to refinance the Indebtedness secured by Liens existing on the Issue Date; provided that the Liens securing the refinancing Indebtedness shall not extend to property (plus improvements accessions, proceeds or distributions in respect thereof) other than that securing the Indebtedness being refinanced;

     (iv) Liens in favor of the Company on the property or assets, or any proceeds, income or profit therefrom, of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (v) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such acquisition and do not extend to any property other than the property so acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

     (vi) Liens on property of a Person at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, other than Liens securing Acquired Indebtedness; provided that such Liens were in existence prior to such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

     (vii) other Liens securing Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, provided that the maximum aggregate amount of outstanding obligations secured thereby shall not at any time exceed $15,000,000 .

          “Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, unincorporated organization, trust or joint venture, or a governmental agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

          “Plan” means any employee benefit plan, retirement plan, deferred compensation plan, restricted stock plan, health, life, disability or other insurance plan or program, employee

-18-


 

stock purchase plan, employee stock ownership plan, pension plan, stock option plan or similar plan or arrangement of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or other successor plan thereof, and “Plans” shall have a correlative meaning.

          “Preferred Stock” of any Person means any Capital Stock of such Person that has preferential rights to any other Capital Stock of such Person with respect to dividends or redemptions or upon liquidation.

          “Productive Assets” means assets (including Capital Stock of a Person that directly or indirectly own assets) of a kind used or usable in the business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as, or related to such business, conducted on the date of the relevant Asset Sale.

          “Purchase Money Note” means a promissory note of a Receivables Entity evidencing a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction to a Receivables Entity, which note (a) shall be repaid from cash available to the Receivables Entity, other than (i) amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in (a).

          “Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets, and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

          “QIB” means any “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined under the Securities Act).

          “Qualified Capital Stock” means any stock that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.

          “Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or any or its Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts

-19-


 

receivable. The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to secure Bank Indebtedness shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Transaction.

          “Receivables Entity” means a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company (or another Person in which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company makes an Investment and to which the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the financing of accounts receivable, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and which is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Entity (a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (excluding guarantees of Obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (iii) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, (b) with which neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which the Company reasonably believes to be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable, and (c) to which neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results other than through the contribution of additional Receivables, related security and collections thereto and proceeds of the foregoing. Any such designation by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

          “Registered Exchange Offer” shall mean an offer by the Company to exchange Initial Securities for Exchange Securities issued pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

          “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 20, 2003, by and among the Company, Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, as such agreement my be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Securities, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other parties thereto, as

-20-


 

such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to certain purchasers of Additional Securities with respect to the registration of certain Additional Securities under the Securities Act.

          “Representative” means the indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative in respect of any Designated Senior Indebtedness; provided that if, and for so long as, any Designated Senior Indebtedness lacks such a representative, then the Representative for such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall at all times constitute the holders of a majority in outstanding principal amount of such Designated Senior Indebtedness in respect of any Designated Senior Indebtedness.

          “Restricted Subsidiary” of any Person means any Subsidiary of such Person which at the time of determination is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service and its successors.

          “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at the Issue Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property.

          “Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien.

          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          “Securityholder” or “Holder” means the Person in whose name a Security is registered on the Registrar’s books.

          “Securities Custodian” means the trustee as custodian for the Depository.

          “Senior Indebtedness” means (i) Bank Indebtedness and (ii) all Indebtedness of the Company including interest thereon (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, unless in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding it is expressly provided that such obligations are not superior in right of payment to the Securities; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include (1) any obligation of the Company to any Subsidiary of the Company, (2) any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company, (3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary

-21-


 

course of business (including guarantees thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities), (4) any Indebtedness of the Company which is expressly subordinate in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company, including any Senior Subordinated Indebtedness and any Subordinated Obligations, (5) any obligations with respect to any Capital Stock or (6) that portion of any Indebtedness incurred in violation of Section 4.3 (but, as to any such obligation, no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (6) if the holders(s) of such obligation or their representative and the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate of the Company to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, that the incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is made would not) violate such provisions of this Indenture).

          “Senior Subordinated Indebtedness” means the Securities, the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes and any other Indebtedness of the Company that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is to rank pari passu with the Securities and is not by its express terms subordinate in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company which is not Senior Indebtedness.

          “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission, as in effect on the Issue Date.

          “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company which the Company reasonably believes to be customary in an accounts receivable transaction.

          “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision.

          “Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred) which is expressly subordinate in right of payment to the Securities pursuant to a written agreement.

          “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation of which the outstanding Capital Stock having at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors under ordinary circumstances shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person or (ii) any other Person of which at least a majority of the voting interest under ordinary circumstances is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person.

          “Subsidiary Guarantor” means a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that executes and delivers a supplemental indenture pursuant to Section 4.11.

-22-


 

          “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

          “Transfer Restricted Securities” means Securities that bear or are required to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.6(d) hereof.

          “Trust Officer” means any officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer this Indenture, or in the case of a successor trustee, an officer assigned to the department, division or group performing the corporation trust work of such successor and assigned to administer this Indenture.

          “Unrestricted Subsidiary” of any Person means (i) any Subsidiary of such Person that at the time of determination shall be or continue to be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors of such Person in the manner provided below and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Stock of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided that (A) such designation was made at or prior to the Issue Date, (B) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less or (C) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then the Company certifies to the Trustee that such designation complies with Section 4.4 and that each Subsidiary to be so designated and each of its Subsidiaries has not at the time of designation, and does not thereafter, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness pursuant to which the lender has recourse to any of the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company only if (x) immediately after giving effect to such designation and treating all Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary as being incurred on such date, the Company is able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.3 or (y) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio would be greater than it was immediately prior to such designation, and in each case no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complies with the foregoing provisions.

          “U.S. Government Obligations” means direct obligations of, and obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged.

          “U.S. Legal Tender” means such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment shall be legal tender for the payment of public and private debts.

-23-


 

          “Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness into (b) the sum of the total of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payment of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) which will elapse between such date and the making of such payment.

          “Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company all the outstanding voting securities of which (other than directors, qualifying shares or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law) are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

          SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions.

         
    Defined in
Term
  Section
“Affiliate Transaction”
    4.7  
“Agent Member”
    2.1 (c)
“Amendment”
    4.5  
“Authenticating Agent”
    2.2  
“Bankruptcy Law”
    6.1  
“Blockage Notice”
    10.3  
“Change of Control Offer”
    4.8 (a)
“Change of Control Payment Date”.
    4.8 (b)
“Company”
  Preamble
“Covenant Defeasance”
    8.2 (c)
“Custodian”
    6.1  
“Definitive Securities”
    2.1 (d)
“Event of Default”
    6.1  
“Exchange Notes”
  Preamble
“Exchange Securities”
    2.1  
“Global Security”
    2.1 (b)
“Guarantee”
    4.11  
“incur”
    4.3  
“Initial Agreement”
    4.5  
“Initial Lien”
    4.2  
“Initial Notes”
  Preamble
“Initial Securities”
    2.1 (a)
“Legal Defeasance”
    8.2 (b)
“Legal Holiday”
    13.8  

-24-


 

         
    Defined in
Term
  Section
“Net Proceeds Offer”
    4.6 (a)
“Net Proceeds Offer Amount”
    4.6 (a)
“Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”
    4.6 (a)
“Note Offer Amount”
    4.6 (a)
“Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”
    4.6 (a)
“Original Securities”
  Preamble
“Other Debt”
    4.6 (a)
“pay the Securities”
    10.3  
“Paying Agent”
    2.3  
“Payment Blockage Period”
    10.3  
“Purchase Agreement”
  Preamble
“Reference Period”
    4.4  
“Refinancing Agreement”
    4.5  
“Registered Securities”
    2.1 (a)
“Registrar”
    2.3  
“Regulation S”
    2.1 (b)
“Restricted Payment”
    4.4  
“Rule 144A”
    2.1 (b)
“Securities”
  Preamble
“Trustee”
  Preamble

          SECTION 1.3. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

          “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          “indenture securities” means the Securities.

          “indenture security holder” means a Securityholder.

          “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

          “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

          “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company and any other obligor on the indenture securities.

-25-


 

          All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by the TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

          SECTION 1.4. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

     (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

     (3) “or” is not exclusive;

     (4) “including” means including without limitation;

     (5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural include the singular;

     (6) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured Indebtedness;

     (7) the principal amount of any non interest bearing or other discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in accordance with GAAP; and

     (8) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the maximum liquidation preference of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such Preferred Stock, whichever is greater.

ARTICLE II

THE SECURITIES

          SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating. (a) Any Securities issued as Transfer Restricted Securities, including the Initial Notes (the “Initial Securities”), and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. Any Securities issued in a Registered Exchange Offer (the “Exchange Securities”) or any Additional Securities originally issued pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (any such Additional Securities, together with the Exchange Securities, the “Registered Securities”) and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B, which is hereby incorporated by reference and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Securities

-26-


 

may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage, in addition to those set forth on Exhibits A and B. The Company and the Trustee shall approve the forms of the Securities and any notation, endorsement or legend on them. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Securities set forth in Exhibit A and Exhibit B are part of the terms of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company, and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to be bound by such terms.

          (b) Global Securities. The Securities shall in each case be issued initially in the form of one or more permanent global securities in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons with the Global Securities Legend set forth on Exhibit A and Exhibit B (each, a “Global Security”), which shall be deposited on behalf of the Holders of the Securities represented thereby with the Trustee, at its designated corporate trust office, as custodian for the Depository, and registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided and in the case of Initial Securities offered and sold to a QIB in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) or outside the United States in reliance on Registration S under the Securities Act (“Regulation S”) the Global Security shall bear the Restricted Securities Legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by endorsements made on such Global Securities by the Trustee, the Securities Custodian or the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided.

          (c) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(c) shall apply only to Global Securities.

          Members of, or participants in, the Depository (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the custodian of the Depository or under such Global Security, and the Depository may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or an agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of the Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Security.

          (d) Certificated Securities. Except as provided in Section 2.6, owners of beneficial interests in Global Securities will not be entitled to receive certificated Securities bearing the Restricted Securities Legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “Definitive Securities”). Definitive Securities will bear the Restricted Securities Legend set forth on Exhibit A unless removed in accordance with Section 2.6(d) hereof.

-27-


 

          SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. At least one Officer shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

          If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless.

          A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually authenticates the Security. The signature of the Trustee on a Security shall be conclusive evidence that such Security has been duly and validly authenticated and issued under this Indenture.

          The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1) Initial Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000, (2) Exchange Notes for issue only in an Exchange Offer pursuant to and as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, and only in exchange for Initial Notes of an equal principal amount and (3) Additional Securities for issuance as Transfer Restricted Securities or otherwise and any Exchange Securities with respect thereto, in each case upon a written order of the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company; provided, that, in the case of clauses (2) and (3) above, any such order with respect to Additional Securities shall be accompanied by the receipt of an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Section 13.4 to authenticate Additional Securities for original issue in an aggregate principal amount set forth in such request. Such order shall specify the amount of the Securities to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated and whether the Securities are to be Initial Securities or Exchange Securities. The aggregate principal amount of Original Securities outstanding at any time may not exceed $300,000,000 except as provided in Section 2.7.

          The Trustee may appoint an agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Securities. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, any such Authenticating Agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent.

          SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “Registrar”) and an office or agency where Securities may be presented for payment (the “Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.

          The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to

-28-


 

such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of each such agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.7. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or transfer agent.

          The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying Agent for the Securities.

          SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. By at least 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of or interest on any Security is due and payable, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal or interest when due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Securityholders or the Trustee all money held by such Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by such Paying Agent. Upon complying with this Section, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. Upon any bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Securities.

          SECTION 2.5. Securityholder Lists. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Securityholders.

          SECTION 2.6. Transfer and Exchange.

          (a) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Securities. When Definitive Securities are presented by a Holder to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request:

          (x) to register the transfer of such Definitive Securities; or

          (y) to exchange such Definitive Securities for an equal principal amount of Definitive Securities of other authorized denominations,

-29-


 

the Registrar or co-registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met; provided, however, that:

          (i) such Definitive Securities shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar or co-registrar, duly executed by such Holder or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and

          (ii) if such Definitive Securities are Transfer Restricted Securities, such Definitive Securities shall also be accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as applicable:

          (A) if such Transfer Restricted Securities are being delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of the Security); or

          (B) if such Transfer Restricted Securities are being transferred (x) to the Company or to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act or (y) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certification from such Holder to that effect (in the form set forth on the reverse of the Security); or

          (C) if such Transfer Restricted Securities are being transferred (w) pursuant to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144 or Regulation S under the Securities Act; (x) to an institutional “accredited investor” as defined in subparagraph (a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Rule 501 under the Securities Act (an “IAI”); or (y) in reliance on another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act: (i) a certification to that effect from such Holder (in the form set forth on the reverse of the Security) and (ii) if the Company or the Trustee so requests, an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company and to the Trustee to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act.

          (b) Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities. (i) The transfer and exchange of Global Securities or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the Depository therefor.

          (ii) A Global Security deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee as custodian for the Depository pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be transferred to the beneficial owners thereof only if such transfer complies with this Section 2.6 and (i) the Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Security or if at

-30-


 

any time such Depository ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such notice and the Company notifies the Trustee in writing of such circumstances, (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Securities in definitive form or (iii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depository or the Trustee to issue Definitive Securities.

          (iii) Any Global Security that is transferable to the beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section shall be surrendered by the Depository to the Trustee to be so transferred, in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Company shall sign and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Security, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Securities of authorized denominations. Each Definitive Security delivered in exchange for any portion of a Global Security transferred pursuant to this Section shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof and shall be registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any Definitive Security delivered in exchange for an interest in the Global Security shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 2.6(d), bear the Restricted Securities Legend set forth in Exhibit A hereto.

          (iv) The registered Holder of a Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities.

          (v) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in Section 2.6(b)(ii), the Company will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of certificated Securities in definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons.

          (c) Restrictions on Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture (other than the provisions set forth in subsection (b) of this Section 2.6), a Global Security may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee by the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

          (d) Legend. (i) Except for Registered Securities and except as permitted by the following paragraph (ii) each Security certificate evidencing Global Securities and Definitive Securities (and all Securities issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY

-31-


 

INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION AND SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD THAT MAY HEREAFTER BE PROVIDED UNDER RULE 144(K) (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREOF) AS PERMITTING THE RESALE BY NON-AFFILIATES OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES WITHOUT RESTRICTION) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY, ANY GUARANTOR OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (“IAI”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN IAI, IN EACH CASE, IN A TRANSACTION INVOLVING A MINIMUM PURCHASE PRICE OF $250,000 FOR SUCH SECURITIES, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFERS OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHERWISE IN COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO

-32-


 

ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.”

          Except as permitted by the following paragraph (ii), until the 40th day after the Issue Date, each Security certificate evidencing Securities sold in offshore transactions to non-U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(2) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS SECURITY MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED THROUGH EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.A., AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING, SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD.”

          (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Security (including any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a Global Security) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act:

     (A) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security that is a Definitive Security, the Registrar shall permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security for a Definitive Security that does not bear any of the legends set forth in paragraph (i) above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of such Security; and

     (B) in the case of any such Transfer Restricted Security represented by a Global Security, such Transfer Restricted Security shall not be required to bear any of the legends set forth in paragraph (i) above, although it shall continue to be subject to the provisions of Section 2.6(b) hereof.

          (e) Cancellation or Adjustment of Global Security. At such time as all beneficial interests in a Global Security have either been exchanged for Definitive Securities, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, such Global Security shall be retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is exchanged for Definitive Securities, redeemed, repurchased or canceled, the principal amount of

-33-


 

Securities represented by such Global Security shall be reduced and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Security by the Securities Custodian to reflect such reduction.

          (f) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of Securities. (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Article II, execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Securities and Global Securities at the Registrar’s or co-registrar’s request.

          (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company, Registrar or co-registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charges payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 4.6, 4.8 or 9.5 or pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities).

          (iii) The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange of (a) any Definitive Security selected for redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article III, except the unredeemed portion of any Definitive Security being redeemed in part, or (b) any Security for a period beginning (1) 15 Business Days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Securities and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (2) 15 Business Days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

          (iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Security, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the person in whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

          (v) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

          (vi) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any beneficial owner of a Global Security, a member of, or a participant in, the Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Securities or with respect to the delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the payment of any amount or delivery of any Securities (or other security or property) under or with respect to such Securities. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all payments to be made to Holders in

-34-


 

respect of the Securities shall be given or made only to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Security). The rights of beneficial owners in any Global Security shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected in relying upon information furnished the Depository with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

          (vii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

          SECTION 2.7. Replacement Securities. If a mutilated Security is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims that the Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any co-registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a Security. Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of the Company.

          SECTION 2.8. Outstanding Securities. Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section as not outstanding. A Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Security.

          If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to them that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser.

          If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Securityholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

-35-


 

          SECTION 2.9. Temporary Securities. Until Definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Securities. After the preparation of Definitive Securities, the temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for Definitive Securities upon surrender of the temporary Securities at any office or agency maintained by the Company for that purpose and such exchange shall be without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor, one or more Definitive Securities representing an equal principal amount of Securities. Until so exchanged, the Holder of temporary Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as a holder of Definitive Securities.

          SECTION 2.10. Cancellation. The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel and destroy (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation and deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Company unless the Company directs the Trustee to deliver canceled Securities to the Company. The Company may not issue new Securities to replace Securities it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

          SECTION 2.11. Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Securities, the Company shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who are Securityholders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed (or upon the Company’s failure to do so the Trustee shall fix) any such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee which specified record date shall not be less than 10 days prior to the payment date for such defaulted interest and shall promptly mail or cause to be mailed to each Securityholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Security and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when so deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Person entitled to such defaulted interest as provided in this Section.

-36-


 

          SECTION 2.12. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Securities may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

          SECTION 2.13. Issuance of Additional Securities. The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Securities under this Indenture that shall have identical terms as the Original Securities, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price, and amount and accrual of interest payable on the first Interest Payment Date applicable thereto (and, if such Additional Securities shall be issued in the form of Transfer Restricted Securities, other than with respect to transfer restrictions, any registration rights and the liquidated damages associated therewith); provided that such issuance is not prohibited by Section 4.3. The Initial Securities and any Additional Securities and all Exchange Securities shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture. Any Additional Securities issued under this Indenture will rank pari passu in right of payment with the Original Securities.

          With respect to any Additional Securities, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of its Board of Directors and in a written order of the Company, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:

     (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Securities to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

     (2) the issue price, the issue date, the CUSIP number of such Additional Securities, the first interest payment date and the amount of interest payable on such first interest payment date applicable thereto and the date from which interest shall accrue; and

     (3) whether such Additional Securities shall be Transfer Restricted Securities or Registered Securities.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION

          SECTION 3.1. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to redeem Securities pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities or if the Company is required to redeem Initial Notes pursuant to paragraph 22 of the Initial Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in writing of the redemption date (which in the case of a redemption of Initial Notes pursuant to paragraph 22 of the Initial

-37-


 

Notes may be the date of the event triggering the requirement to redeem the Initial Notes, or another date up to 10 days after the date of such event) and the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed.

          The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this Section with respect to redemptions pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities at least 60 days before the redemption date unless the Trustee consents to a shorter period. If the Company is required to redeem the Initial Notes pursuant to paragraph 22 of the Initial Notes, the Company shall give notice thereof to the Trustee concurrently with or promptly after the occurrence of the event triggering the requirement to redeem the Initial Notes (or at the option of the Company to the extent practicable, prior to the occurrence of such event). Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate from the Company to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions herein. If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Company and set forth in the related notice given to the Trustee, which record date shall be not less than 15 days after the date of such notice.

          SECTION 3.2. Selection of Securities To be Redeemed. If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by a method that complies with applicable legal and securities exchange requirements, if any, and that the Trustee considers fair and appropriate and in accordance with methods generally used at the time of selection by fiduciaries in similar circumstances; provided, however, that if a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of an Equity Offering, selection of the Securities or portion thereof for redemption shall be made by the Trustee only on a pro rata basis, unless such method is otherwise prohibited. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Securities not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the principal of Securities that have denominations larger than $1,000. Securities and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in amounts of $1,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to the entirety of Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Securities or portions of Securities to be redeemed.

          SECTION 3.3. Notice of Redemption. In the case of a redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for redemption of Securities, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at the last address for such Holder then shown on the Registrar’s books. In the case of a redemption of Initial Notes pursuant to paragraph 22 of the Initial Notes, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder of Securities at the last address for such Holder then shown on the Registrar’s books on the date it delivers the related notice to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.1. Each such notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and shall state:

          (1) the redemption date;

          (2) the redemption price;

-38-


 

          (3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

          (4) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

          (5) the paragraph or subparagraph of the Securities pursuant to which such redemption is being made;

          (6) if fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be redeemed, the identification and principal amounts of the particular Securities to be redeemed;

          (7) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

          (8) the CUSIP number, if any, printed on the Securities being redeemed; and

          (9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Securities.

          At the Company’s request at least seven days prior to the date on which such notice is to be given (or such shorter period to which the Trustee may consent), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at the Company’s expense. In such event, the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this Section.

          SECTION 3.4. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is mailed, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the redemption date; provided that if the redemption date is after a regular record date and on or prior to the interest payment date, the accrued interest shall be payable to the Securityholder of the redeemed Securities registered on the relevant record date. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.

          SECTION 3.5. Deposit Of Redemption Price. By at least 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of or interest on any Security is due and payable, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Securities to be redeemed on that date other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption which are owned by the Company or a Subsidiary and have been delivered by the Company or such Subsidiary to the Trustee for cancellation.

-39-


 

          If the Company complies with the preceding paragraph, then, unless the Company defaults in the payment of such redemption price or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment, interest on the Securities to be redeemed will cease to accrue on and after the applicable redemption date, whether or not such Securities are presented for payment.

          SECTION 3.6. Securities Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Company’s expense) a new Security equal in a principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

          SECTION 4.1. Payment of Securities. The Company shall promptly pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture. Principal (and premium, if any) and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal (and premium, if any) and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the Securityholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

          The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate specified therefor in the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture, the Paying Agent may, to the extent it is required to do so by law, deduct or withhold income or other similar taxes imposed by the United States of America from principal or interest payments hereunder.

          SECTION 4.2. Limitation on Liens. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens (other than Permitted Liens) of any kind against or upon any of their respective property or assets, or any proceeds, income or profit therefrom which secure Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or Subordinated Obligations (the “Initial Lien”), unless (i) in the case of Initial Liens securing Subordinated Obligations, the Securities are secured by a Lien on such property, assets, proceeds, income or profit that is senior in priority to such Initial Liens and (ii) in the case of Initial Liens securing Senior Subordinated Indebtedness, the Securities are equally and ratably secured by a Lien on such property, assets, proceeds, income or profit. Any such Lien thereby created in favor of the Securities will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (a) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates, or (b) any sale, exchange or transfer to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company of the property or assets

-40-


 

secured by such Initial Lien, or of all of the Capital Stock held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in, or all or substantially all the assets of, any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company creating such Initial Lien.

          SECTION 4.3. Limitation on Incurrence of Additional Indebtedness. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume, guarantee, acquire, become liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to, or otherwise become responsible for payment of (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness); provided, however, that if no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time or as a consequence of the incurrence of any such Indebtedness, (i) the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may incur Indebtedness if on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company is greater than or equal to 2.0 to 1.0 and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may incur Indebtedness if on the date of the incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company is greater than or equal to 2.5 to 1.0; and provided, further, that accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional interest shall not be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 4.3.

          For purposes of determining compliance with, and determining the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 4.3, (x) any other Obligation of the obligor on such Indebtedness (or of any other Person who could have incurred such Indebtedness under this Section 4.3) arising under any guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded to the extent that such Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation secures the principal amount of such Indebtedness; (y) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Permitted Indebtedness, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify such item of Indebtedness and may include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of such clauses; and (z) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

          For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness; provided that (x) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date, (y) if such Indebtedness is incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced and (z) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated

-41-


 

in a foreign currency and incurred pursuant to the Credit Facility shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such incurrence. The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

          SECTION 4.4. Limitation on Restricted Payments. The Company will not, and will not cause or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (a)declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution (other than dividends or distributions payable in Qualified Capital Stock) on or in respect of shares of Capital Stock of the Company to holders of such Capital Stock, (b) purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of the Company or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire shares of any class of such Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock), other than the exchange of such Capital Stock for Qualified Capital Stock, or (c) make any Investment (other than Permitted Investments) in any other Person (each of the foregoing actions set forth in clauses (a), (b) and (c) (other than the exceptions thereto) being referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time of such Restricted Payment or immediately after giving effect thereto, (i) a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the Company is not able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.3 or (iii) the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date shall exceed, without duplication, the sum of: (u) 50% of the cumulative Consolidated Net Income (or if cumulative Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss) of the Company earned during the period (treated as a single accounting period) beginning on January 1, 1998, to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which financial statements of the Company are available (such period, the “Reference Period”); plus (v) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds and the fair market value of property or assets (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive) received by the Company from any Person (other than a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) from the issuance and sale after January 21, 1998 of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company (including Capital Stock issued upon the conversion of convertible Indebtedness or in exchange for outstanding Indebtedness but excluding proceeds (net cash proceeds, in the case of a sale for cash) from the sale of Capital Stock to the extent used to repurchase or acquire shares of Capital Stock of the Company pursuant to clause (2)(ii) of the next succeeding paragraph); plus (w) 100% of the aggregate net cash proceeds of any equity contribution received by the Company from a holder of its Capital Stock (but excluding net cash

-42-


 

proceeds from any equity contribution to the extent used to repurchase or acquire shares of Capital Stock of the Company pursuant to clause (2)(iii) of the next succeeding paragraph); plus (x) to the extent that any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) that was made after January 21, 1998 is sold or otherwise liquidated or repaid, the lesser of (A) the cash and the fair market value of property or assets (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive) received with respect to such sale, liquidation or repayment of such Investment (less the cost of such sale, liquidation or repayment, if any) and (B) the initial amount of such Investment; plus (y) the net cash proceeds and the fair market value of property or assets (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be conclusive) received from the sale of Capital Stock in an Unrestricted Subsidiary (other than to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); plus (z) the aggregate amount equal to the net reduction in Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries resulting from (A) dividends, distributions, interest payments, return of capital, repayments of Investments or other transfers of assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, or (B) the redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”), not to exceed in this clause (z) in the case of any such Unrestricted Subsidiary the aggregate amount of Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date. Any net cash proceeds included in the foregoing clause (iii)(v) or (iii)(w) shall not be included in clause (x)(A) or clause (x)(B) of the definition of “Permitted Investments” to the extent actually utilized to make a Restricted Payment under this paragraph.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions set forth in the preceding paragraph do not prohibit: (1) the payment of any dividend or the consummation of any irrevocable redemption within 60 days after the date of declaration of such dividend or notice of such redemption if the dividend or payment of the redemption price, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of declaration or notice; (2) if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing as a consequence thereof, the acquisition of any shares of capital stock of the Company (i) solely in exchange for shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, (ii) through the application of net proceeds of a substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of shares of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company, or (iii) through the application of net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent equity contribution received by the Company from a holder of its Capital Stock; (3) payments for the purpose of and in an amount equal to the amount required to permit the Company to redeem or repurchase shares of its capital stock or options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof, in each case in connection with the repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management employees; provided that such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to this clause (3) shall not exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate after the Issue Date (which amount shall be increased by the amount of any cash proceeds to the Company from (x) sales of its Capital Stock or any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof to management employees subsequent to the Issue Date and (y) any “key

-43-


 

man” life insurance policies which are used to make such redemptions or repurchases); (4) the payment of fees and compensation as permitted under clause (i) of Section 4.7(b); (5) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, payments not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate, to enable the Company to make payments to holders of its capital stock in lieu of issuance of fractional shares of its capital stock; (6) repurchases of capital stock deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options if such capital stock represents a portion of the exercise price thereof; (7) the Apogent Transactions; (8) the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from making payments in respect of any redemption, repurchase, acquisition, cancellation or other retirement for value of shares of capital stock of the Company or options, stock appreciation or similar securities, in each case held by then current or former officers, directors or employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates) or by an employee benefit plan, upon death, disability, retirement or termination of employment, not to exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate after the Issue Date; (9) other Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $150,000,000 (net of repayments of any such loans or advances). In determining the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made subsequent to the Issue Date in accordance with clause (iii) of the immediately preceding paragraph, (a) the net amounts expended (to the extent such expenditure is in the form of cash or other property other than Qualified Capital Stock) pursuant to clauses (1), (3), (8) and (9) of this paragraph shall be included in such calculation, provided that such expenditures pursuant to clause (3) shall not be included to the extent of cash proceeds received by the Company from any “key man” life insurance policies, and (b) the net amounts expended pursuant to clauses (2), (4), (5), (6) and (7) shall be excluded from such calculation.

          SECTION 4.5. Limitation on Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries. The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on or in respect of its Capital Stock; (b) make loans or advances or to pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or (c) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: (1) applicable law; (2) this Indenture; (3) any restriction or encumbrance (A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract, (B) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, (C) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (D) pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property or assets so acquired, (E) on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course

-44-


 

of business, (F) pursuant to customary provisions contained in agreements and instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business (including but not limited to leases and joint venture and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business), (G) that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any manner material to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or (H) pursuant to Currency Agreements or Interest Swap Obligations; (4) any agreement or instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger or consolidation); provided that for purposes of this clause (4), if another Person is the successor company in such acquisition, merger or consolidation, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, when such Person becomes the successor company; (5) agreements existing on the Issue Date (including, without limitation, the Credit Facility and any instrument governing the Existing Senior Notes or the Existing Senior Subordinated Notes or any Acquired Indebtedness acquired as part of the Apogent Transactions); (6) restrictions on the transfer of assets subject to any Lien permitted under this Indenture imposed by the holder of such Lien; (7) restrictions imposed by any agreement to sell assets permitted under this Indenture to any Person pending the closing of such sale; (8) any agreement or instrument governing Capital Stock of any Person that is acquired after the Issue Date; (9) Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a Receivables Entity in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Receivables Entity and such Restricted Subsidiary is engaged in the Qualified Receivables Transaction; (10) any agreement or instrument (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise extends, renews, refunds, refinances or replaces, an agreement or instrument referred to in clause (2), (4) or (5) of this Section 4.5 or this clause (10) (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an Initial Agreement (an “Amendment”); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Securities taken as a whole than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Company); or (11) any agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.3 (A) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Securities than the encumbrances and restrictions (as determined in good faith by the Company) contained in the Initial Agreements (other than Initial Agreements contemplated by clause (4) above), or (B) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of

-45-


 

the Securities than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and the Company determines that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Securities.

          SECTION 4.6. Limitation on Asset Sales. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless (i) the Company or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold or otherwise disposed of (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive); (ii) in the case of any Asset Sale (or series of Asset Sales) having a fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive) of $25,000,000 or more, at least 75% of the consideration received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, from such Asset Sale shall be cash or Cash Equivalents and is received at the time of such disposition; provided that the amount of (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet or in the notes thereto) of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary (other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Securities) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets and from which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are unconditionally released, (B) any notes or other obligations received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary within 180 days of such receipt into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received), (C) any assumption of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale, (D) any Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as a result of such Asset Sale, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company are released from any guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Sale, and (E) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from such transferee having an aggregate fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive), taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (E) then outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $50,000,000 and 2.5% of Consolidated Total Assets at the time of receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) shall be deemed to be cash for purposes of this provision; and (iii) upon the consummation of an Asset Sale, the Company shall apply, or cause such Restricted Subsidiary to apply, the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale within 365 days of receipt thereof either (A) to prepay Senior Indebtedness and, in the case of any Senior Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility, effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility, (B) to reinvest in Productive Assets, or (C) a combination of prepayment and investment permitted by

-46-


 

the foregoing clauses (iii)(A) and (iii)(B). On the 366th day after an Asset Sale or such earlier date, if any, as the Board of Directors of the Company or of such Restricted Subsidiary determines not to apply the Net Cash Proceeds relating to such Asset Sale as set forth in clauses (iii)(A), (iii)(B) and (iii)(C) of the immediately preceding sentence (each, a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”), such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds which have not been applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date as permitted in clauses (iii)(A), (iii)(B) and (iii)(C) of the immediately preceding sentence (each a “Net Proceeds Offer Amount”) shall be applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase for cash (the “Net Proceeds Offer”) on a date (the “Net Proceeds Offer Payment Date”) not less than 30 nor more than 45 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, from all Holders on a pro rata basis at least that amount of Securities equal to the Note Offer Amount at a price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase; provided, however, that if at any time any non-cash consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, in connection with any Asset Sale is converted into or sold or otherwise disposed of for cash (other than interest received with respect to any such non-cash consideration), then such conversion or disposition shall be deemed to constitute an Asset Sale hereunder and the Net Cash Proceeds thereof shall be applied in accordance with this Section 4.6. Any offer to purchase with respect to Other Debt shall be made and consummated concurrently with any Net Proceeds Offer.

          “Other Debt” shall mean other Indebtedness of the Company that ranks pari passu with the Securities and requires that an offer to purchase such Other Debt be made upon consummation of an Asset Sale.

          “Note Offer Amount” means (i) if an offer to purchase Other Debt is not being made, the amount of the Net Proceeds Offer Amount and (ii) if an offer to purchase Other Debt is being made, an amount equal to the product of (x) the Net Proceeds Offer Amount and (y) a fraction the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of Securities tendered pursuant to such offer to purchase and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Securities and Other Debt tendered pursuant to such offer to purchase.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Net Proceeds Offer Amount is less than $25,000,000, the application of the Net Cash Proceeds constituting such Net Proceeds Offer Amount to a Net Proceeds Offer may be deferred until such time as such Net Proceeds Offer Amount plus the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds Offer Amounts arising subsequent to the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date relating to such initial Net Proceeds Offer Amount from all Asset Sales by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries aggregates at least $25,000,000, at which time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall apply all Net Cash Proceeds constituting all Net Proceeds Offer Amounts that have been so deferred to make a Net Proceeds Offer (the first date on which the aggregate of all such deferred Net Proceeds Offer Amounts is equal to $25,000,000 or more shall be deemed to be a “Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date”).

-47-


 

          Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this Section 4.6(a), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will be permitted to consummate an Asset Sale without complying with such paragraphs to the extent (i) at least 75% of the consideration for such Asset Sale constitutes Productive Assets and (ii) such Asset Sale is for at least fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive); provided that any consideration not constituting Productive Assets received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any Asset Sale permitted to be consummated under this paragraph shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds and shall be subject to the provisions of the preceding paragraphs; provided, that at the time of entering into such transaction or immediately after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof.

          (b) Each Net Proceeds Offer will be mailed to the record Holders as shown on the register of Holders within 25 days following the Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date, with a copy to the Trustee, and shall comply with the procedures set forth in this Indenture. Upon receiving notice of the Net Proceeds Offer, Holders may elect to tender their Securities in whole or in part in integral multiples of $1,000 in exchange for cash. To the extent Holders properly tender securities in an amount exceeding the Note Offer Amount, Securities of tendering Holders will be purchased on a pro rata basis (based on amounts tendered). A Net Proceeds Offer shall remain open for a period of 20 Business Days or such longer period as may be required by law; provided, such period shall not be less than the period with respect to any offer to purchase Other Debt being made concurrently with such Net Proceeds Offer or terminate prior to any such period. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Securities tendered pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer is less than the Net Proceeds Offer Amount, the Company may use any remaining Net Proceeds Offer Amount for general corporate purposes. Upon completion of any such Net Proceeds Offer, the Net Proceeds Offer Amount shall be reset at zero.

          (c) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to a Net Proceeds Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.6, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.6 by virtue thereof.

          SECTION 4.7. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any of its Affiliates (an “Affiliate Transaction”), other than (x) Affiliate Transactions permitted under paragraph (b) below and (y) Affiliate Transactions entered into on terms that are fair and reasonable to, and in the best interests of, the Company or such Restricted

-48-


 

Subsidiary, as the case may be, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors; provided, however, that for a transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate value of $5,000,000 or more, at the Company’s option (i) such determination shall be made in good faith by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of the Directors of the Company or (ii) the Board of Directors of the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary party to such Affiliate Transaction shall have received a favorable opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking firm that such Affiliate Transaction is fair from a financial point of view to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, that for a transaction or series of related transactions with an aggregate value of $25,000,000 or more, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have received a favorable opinion from a nationally recognized investment banking firm that such Affiliate Transaction is fair from a financial point of view to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.

          (b) The foregoing restrictions shall not apply to (i) reasonable fees and compensation paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors; (ii) transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or exclusively between or among such Restricted Subsidiaries, provided such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture; (iii) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction; (iv) any agreement as in effect as of the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby (including pursuant to any amendment thereto) in any replacement agreement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement is not more disadvantageous to the Holders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date; (v) Restricted Payments permitted by this Indenture; (vi) any Permitted Investment; (vii) transactions permitted by, and complying with, the provisions of Section 5.1; (viii) any payment, issuance of securities or other payments, awards or grants, in cash or otherwise, pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements and Plans approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; (ix) the grant of stock options or similar rights to employees and directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries pursuant to Plans and employment contracts approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; (x) loans or advances to officers, directors or employees of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries not in excess of $5,000,000 at any one time outstanding; (xi) the granting or performance of registration rights under a written registration rights agreement approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; (xii) transactions with Persons solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, where such Persons are treated no more favorably than holders of Indebtedness or Capital Stock of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary generally; (xiii) transactions effected as part of the Apogent Transactions; and (xiv) any agreement to do any of the foregoing.

          SECTION 4.8. Change of Control. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, each Holder will have the right to require that the Company purchase for cash all or a portion of such Holder’s Securities pursuant to the offer described below (the

-49-


 

“Change of Control Offer”), at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of purchase, provided that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase the Securities pursuant to this Section 4.8 in the event that the Company has exercised the right to redeem all of the Securities as described in paragraph 5 of the Securities. In the event that, at the time of such Change of Control Triggering Event, the terms of the Bank Indebtedness restrict or prohibit the repurchase of the Securities pursuant to this Section 4.8, prior to the mailing of the notice referred to below, but in any event within 30 days following the date the Company obtains actual knowledge of any Change of Control Triggering Event (unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all the Securities as described in paragraph 5 of the Securities), the Company shall (a) repay in full and terminate all commitments under the Bank Indebtedness or offer to repay in full and terminate all commitments under all Bank Indebtedness and to repay the Bank Indebtedness owed to each holder of Bank Indebtedness which has accepted such offer or (b) obtain the requisite consents under the Credit Facility to permit the repurchase of the Securities as provided below. The Company shall first comply with the covenant in the immediately preceding sentence before it shall be required to repurchase Securities pursuant to the provisions described below. The Company’s failure to comply with this Section 4.8 shall constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.1(4) and not under 6.1(2).

          (b) The Company shall disclose the occurrence of any Change of Control Triggering Event by issuing a press release and filing a Form 8-K with the Commission. Within 30 days following the date the Company obtains actual knowledge that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred, the Company must send, by first class mail, a notice to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, stating: (1) that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred or may occur and that such Holder has, or upon such occurrence will have, the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s Securities at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); (2) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event; (3) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed) (the “Change of Control Payment Date”); (4) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 4.8, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Securities purchased; and (5) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, that such offer is conditioned on the occurrence of such Change of Control Triggering Event. Holders of the Securities electing to have a Security purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer are required to surrender the Security, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Security completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third business day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date.

-50-


 

          (c) The Company will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of Securities pursuant to a Change of Control Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with this Section 4.8, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.8 by virtue thereof.

          SECTION 4.9. Prohibition on Incurrence of Senior Subordinated Debt. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor will incur or suffer to exist Indebtedness that is senior in right of payment to the Securities or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee and subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be.

          SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Preferred Stock of Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Stock (other than to the Company or to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) or permit any Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company) to own any Preferred Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company.

          SECTION 4.11. Limitation on Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to guarantee the payment of any Indebtedness of the Company, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Credit Facility (but only if such guarantees are permitted by clause (ii) of Section 4.3 or constitute Permitted Indebtedness), unless such Restricted Subsidiary, the Company and the Trustee execute and deliver a supplemental indenture evidencing such Restricted Subsidiary’s guarantee of the Securities (a “Guarantee”), such Guarantee to be a senior subordinated unsecured obligation of such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if (w) any Subsidiary Guarantor is released from its guarantee with respect to Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Facility or other Indebtedness the guarantee of which gave rise to the obligation to enter into its Guarantee; (x) the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells or otherwise disposes (by merger or otherwise) of any Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with this Indenture, following which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, (y) any Subsidiary Guarantor merges or consolidates with and into the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor that is the surviving Person of such merger or consolidation, or (z) any Subsidiary Guarantor becomes an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations as a Subsidiary Guarantor. Neither the Company nor any such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Securities to reflect any such Guarantee. Nothing in this Section 4.11 shall be construed to permit any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to incur Indebtedness otherwise prohibited by Section 4.3.

-51-


 

          The supplemental indenture evidencing each Guarantee will provide that the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee will be limited to the maximum amount, as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law, or being void or unenforceable under any law relating to insolvency of debtors.

          SECTION 4.12. Conduct of Business. The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries will not engage in any businesses which are not the same as, or similar, related or ancillary to, the businesses in which the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries are engaged on the Issue Date.

          SECTION 4.13. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company shall maintain the office or agency required under Section 2.3. The Company shall give prior written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 13.2.

          SECTION 4.14. Corporate Existence. Except as otherwise permitted by Article V, the Company shall do or cause to be done, at its own cost and expense, all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate existence of each of its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents of each such Restricted Subsidiary and the material rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the Company and each such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve, with respect to itself, any material right or franchise and, with respect to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, any such existence, material right or franchise, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine in good faith that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          SECTION 4.15. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. The Company shall pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges (including withholding taxes and any penalties, interest and additions to taxes) levied or imposed upon it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or properties of it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (ii) any lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies that, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings properly instituted and diligently conducted for which adequate reserves, to the extent required under GAAP, have been taken.

-52-


 

          SECTION 4.16. Maintenance of Properties and Insurance. (a) The Company shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain its material properties in good working order and condition (subject to ordinary wear and tear) and make all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, additions, betterments and improvements thereto and actively conduct and carry on its business; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 4.16 shall prevent the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its properties, if such discontinuance is, in the good faith judgment of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, desirable in the conduct of their respective businesses and is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

          (b) The Company shall provide or cause to be provided, for itself and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, insurance (including appropriate self-insurance) against loss or damage of the kinds that, in the good faith judgment of the Company, are adequate and appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Company and such Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company in a prudent manner, with reputable insurers or with the government of the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof, in such amounts, with such deductibles, and by such methods as shall be customary, in the good faith judgment of the Company, for companies similarly situated in the industry.

          SECTION 4.17. Compliance With Laws. The Company shall comply, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations, orders and restrictions of the United States of America, all states and municipalities thereof, and of any governmental department, commission, board, regulatory authority, bureau, agency and instrumentality of the foregoing, in respect of the conduct of their respective businesses and the ownership of their respective properties, except for such noncompliances as are not in the aggregate reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          SECTION 4.18. Additional Information. The Company will deliver to the Trustee within 15 days after the filing of the same with the Commission, copies of the quarterly and annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports, if any, which the Company is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding that the Company may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will file with the Commission, to the extent permitted, and provide the Trustee and Holders with such annual reports and such information, documents and other reports specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Company will also comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a).

          Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein,

-53-


 

including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to conclusively rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

          SECTION 4.19. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

          SECTION 4.20. Effect of Credit Rating on Certain Covenants. The Company’s obligation to comply with the covenants set forth in Sections 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 and Section 5.1(a)(ii) hereof shall be suspended (and the failure of the Company to comply with such covenants shall not constitute an Event of Default pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof) at any time when, but only for so long as, the Company has a Minimum Rating from either S&P or Moody’s. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the suspended covenants have not been terminated and the Company’s credit rating has been downgraded from a Minimum Rating, the suspended covenants shall be reinstated in full force and effect. On the first date on which the Company has a Minimum Rating from both S&P and Moody’s, the covenants of the Company set forth in Sections 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12 and Section 5.1(a)(ii) hereof shall cease to apply to the Company as of and at all times after such date, regardless of whether the Company fails to maintain a Minimum Rating from either S&P or Moody’s thereafter.

ARTICLE V

SUCCESSOR COMPANY

          SECTION 5.1. When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets. (a) The Company will not, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, another Person or Persons unless:

     (i) either (A) the Company shall be the survivor of such merger or consolidation or (B) the surviving Person is a corporation existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and such surviving Person shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the Securities and this Indenture;

     (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (on a pro forma basis, including any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with such transaction and the other adjustments referred to in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”), either (A) the Company or the surviving Person is able to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness) in compliance with Section 4.3 or (B) the Consolidated Fixed Coverage Ratio would be greater than it was immediately prior to such transaction;

-54-


 

     (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (including any Indebtedness incurred or anticipated to be incurred in connection with the transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

     (iv) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with this Indenture, that the surviving Person agrees to be bound thereby and by the Securities, and that all conditions precedent in this Indenture relating to such transaction have been satisfied.

For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise, in a single transaction or series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of the Company, the Capital Stock of which constitutes all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) above, (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company may consolidate with, merge into or transfer all or part of its properties and assets to the Company and (b) the Company may merge with an Affiliate that is (x) a corporation that has no material assets or liabilities and which was incorporated solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company so long as all assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction are owned by such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after the consummation thereof.

            (b) Upon any consolidation, combination or merger or any transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with the foregoing, the surviving entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture and the Securities with the same effect as if such surviving entity had been named as such.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

            SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. An “Event of Default” occurs if:

     (1) the Company defaults in any payment of interest (including liquidated damages, if any, under the Registration Rights Agreement) on any Security when the same becomes due and payable, whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article X, and such default continues for a period of 30 days;

     (2) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of any Security when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon redemption or

-55-


 

otherwise (including the failure to make a payment to purchase Securities tendered, pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or a Net Proceeds Offer), whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article X;

     (3) the Company defaults in the observance or performance of the covenant set forth in Section 5.1;

     (4) the Company defaults in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in this Indenture, which default continues for a period of 30 days after the Company receives written notice specifying the default (and demanding that such default be remedied) from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Securities;

     (5) the Company fails to pay at final maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace periods and any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) of the Company, or the acceleration of the final stated maturity of any such Indebtedness if the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness in default or failure to pay principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, aggregates $40,000,000 or more at any time;

     (6) one or more judgments in an aggregate amount in excess of $40,000,000 shall have been rendered against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries and such judgments remain undischarged, unpaid or unstayed for a period of 60 days after such judgment or judgments become final and non-appealable, and in the event such judgment is covered by insurance, an enforcement proceeding has been commenced by any creditor upon such judgment which is not promptly stayed;

     (7) the Company or a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

     (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding;

     (B) consents to the entry of judgment, decree or order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding;

     (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property;

     (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

     (E) consents to or acquiesces in the institution of a bankruptcy or an insolvency proceeding against it; or

-56-


 

     (F) takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing;

or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to insolvency; or

     (8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

     (A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

     (B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or

     (C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary;

or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order, decree or relief remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days.

            The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant any judgment, decree or order of any to court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

            The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

            The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any Event of Default.

            SECTION 6.2. Acceleration. (a) If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in 6.1(7) or (8) with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Securities may declare the principal of and accrued interest on all the Securities to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that it is a “notice of acceleration”, and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

            (b) If an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.1(7) and (8) with respect to the Company occurs and is continuing, then the principal of and accrued interest on all the Securities shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any holder of Securities.

-57-


 

            (c) At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Securities as described in Section 6.2(a) or (b) above, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences (i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree, (ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration, (iii) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid, (iv) if the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its expenses, disbursements and advances and (v) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.1(6), (7) or (8), the Trustee shall have received an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

            SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.

            The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative.

            SECTION 6.4. Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Sections 6.7 and 9.2, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may waive any existing Default or Event of Default under this Indenture, and its consequences, except (i) a default in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Securities or (ii) a Default or Event of Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.2 cannot be amended without the consent of each Securityholder affected. When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any consequent right. This paragraph of this Section 6.4 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Securities, as permitted by the TIA.

            Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred for every purpose of this Indenture and the Securities, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

            SECTION 6.5. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for

-58-


 

any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.1, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Securityholders or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. This Section 6.5 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA, and such § 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Securities, as permitted by the TIA.

            SECTION 6.6. Limitation on Suits. A Securityholder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities unless:

     (1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an Event of Default is continuing;

     (2) the Holders of at least 25%; in outstanding principal amount of the Securities make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

     (3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

     (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 45 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

     (5) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such 45-day period.

            A Securityholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Securityholder.

            SECTION 6.7. Rights of Holders to Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Securities held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Securities, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

            SECTION 6.8. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 7.7.

-59-


 

            SECTION 6.9. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Securityholders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective creditors or properties and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.

            SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

            FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.7;

            SECOND: to holders of Senior Indebtedness to the extent required by Article X;

            THIRD: to Securityholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities far principal and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and

            FOURTH: to the Company or any other obligors on the Securities as their interests may appear, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

            The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Securityholders pursuant to this Section. At least 15 days before such record date, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder and the Company a notice that states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

            SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in outstanding principal amount of the Securities.

-60-


 

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

            SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

            (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default (other than in the case of clause (2) below the Events of Default specified therein):

     (1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

     (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture, including any such certificates or opinions furnished in connection with an Event of Default under Section 6.1(3), (4) or (6). However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

            (c) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

            (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

            (e) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

            (f) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

            (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.

-61-


 

            SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

            (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

            (c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

            (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

            (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the Securities shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

            (f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture.

            (g) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

            (h) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

            SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

-62-


 

            SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for the Company’s authorization to issue the Securities, or any statement of the Company in this Indenture, the Offering Memorandum or in any document issued in connection with the sale of the Securities or in the Securities other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

            SECTION 7.5. Notice of Defaults. If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder notice of the Default or Event of Default within 30 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Security (including payments pursuant to the optional redemption or required repurchase provisions of such Security, if any), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as its board of directors, the Executive Committee of its board of directors or a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Securityholders.

            SECTION 7.6. Reports by Trustee to Holders. As promptly as practicable after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and in any event prior to July 15 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder a brief report dated as of such May 15 that complies with TIA Section 313(a) if such a report is required by that section. The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports required by TIA Section 313(c).

            A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Securityholders shall be filed with the Commission if required by law and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Securities are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

            SECTION 7.7. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation for its services as the parties shall agree in writing from time to time. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, costs of preparing and reviewing reports, certificates and other documents, costs of preparation and mailing-of notices to Securityholders and reasonable costs of counsel retained by the Trustee in connection with the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel or otherwise, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee’s agents, counsel, accountants and experts. The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder, including the costs and expenses of

-63-


 

enforcing this Indenture (including this Section 7.7) and of defending itself against any claims (whether asserted by any Securityholder, the Company or otherwise). The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

            To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Securities. The Trustee’s right to receive payment of any amounts due under this Section 7.7 shall not be subordinate to any other liability or indebtedness of the Company.

            The Company’s payment obligations pursuant to this Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.1(7) or (8) with respect to the Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

            SECTION 7.8. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the securities may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall remove the Trustee if:

     (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

     (2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

     (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

     (4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

            If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company or by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities and such Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

            A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and

-64-


 

duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Securityholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7.

            If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

            If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Securityholder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

            Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

            SECTION 7.9. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

            In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion, consolidation or transfer to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture, any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated, an successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of an predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

            SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA Section 310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 310(b); provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met.

            SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding an creditor relationship listed in TIA

-65-


 

Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

ARTICLE VIII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

            SECTION 8.1. Discharge of Liability on Securities. (a) The Company may terminate its obligations under the Securities and this Indenture, except those obligations referred to in Section 8.1(b), if all Securities previously authenticated and delivered (other than destroyed, lost or stolen Securities which have been replaced or paid or Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company, as provided in Section 8.5) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation and the Company has paid all sums payable by it hereunder, or if:

     (i) either (A) pursuant to Article III, the Company shall have given notice to the Trustee and mailed a notice of redemption to each Holder of the redemption of all of the Securities under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of such notice or (B) all Securities have otherwise become due and payable hereunder or (C) all Securities will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company;

     (ii) the Company shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee or a trustee satisfactory to the Trustee, under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders for that purpose, money in such amount as is sufficient without consideration of reinvestment of such money, to pay principal of, premium on, if any, and interest on the outstanding Securities to maturity or redemption, as the case may be; provided that the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money to the payment of said principal, premium, if any, and interest with respect to the Securities and, provided, further, that from and after the time of deposit, the money deposited shall not be subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of Article X;

     (iii) no Default or Event of Default with respect to this Indenture or the Securities shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other material instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

-66-


 

     (iv) the Company shall have paid all other sums payable by it hereunder; and

     (v) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent providing for the termination of the Company’s obligations under the Securities and this Indenture have been satisfied. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also state that such satisfaction and discharge does not result in a default under the Credit Facility (if then in effect) or any other material agreement or instrument then known to such counsel that binds or affects the Company.

            (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.2, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 4.1, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.17, 7.7, 8.4, 8.5 and 8.6 shall survive until the Securities are no longer outstanding pursuant to the last paragraph of Section 2.8. After the Securities are no longer outstanding, the Company’s obligations in Sections 7.7, 8.4, 8.5 and 8.6 shall survive.

            After such delivery or irrevocable deposit, the Trustee upon request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under the Securities and this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.

            SECTION 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. (a) The Company may, at its option by Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, at any time, elect to have either paragraph (b) or (c) below be applied to all outstanding Securities upon compliance with the conditions set forth in Section 8.3.

            (b) Upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (b), the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.3, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Securities on the date the conditions-set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Securities, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.4 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (i) through (iv) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), and the following provisions shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (i) the rights of Holders of outstanding Securities to receive solely from the trust fund described in Sections 8.3 and 8.4 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Sections, payments in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any, on) and interest on such Securities when such payments are due, (ii) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Securities under Article II and Section 4.13 hereof, (iii) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith and (iv) this Article VIII. The Holders of the Securities and any amounts deposited under Section 8.3

-67-


 

hereof shall cease to be subject to any obligations to, or the rights of, any holder of Senior Indebtedness or Guarantor Senior Indebtedness under Article X or otherwise. Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Company may exercise its option under this paragraph (b) notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under paragraph (c) hereof.

            (c) Upon the Company’s exercise under paragraph (a) hereof of the option applicable to this paragraph (c), the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in section 8.3 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.2 through 4.12 and Article V hereof with respect to the outstanding Securities on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Securities shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Securities shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes) and Holders of the Securities and any amounts deposited under Sections 8.3 and 8.4 hereof shall cease to be subject to any obligations to, or the rights of, any holder of Senior Indebtedness under Article X or otherwise. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Securities, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or any reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1(3) hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities shall be unaffected thereby.

            SECTION 8.3. Conditions to Defeasance. The Company may exercise its Legal Defeasance option or its Covenant Defeasance option only if:

     (1) the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the holders of the Securities cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be; provided that the Trustee shall have received an irrevocable written order from the Company instructing the Trustee to apply such cash in U.S. dollars or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to said payments with respect to the Securities;

     (2) in the case of a Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the

-68-


 

Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Securityholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

     (3) in the case of a Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Securityholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

     (4) no Default or Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a Default or an Event of Default with respect to the Securities shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default with respect to this Indenture resulting from the incurrence of Indebtedness, all or a portion of which will be used to defease the Securities concurrently with such incurrence) or insofar as Sections 6.1(7) and 6.1(8) hereof are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit;

     (5) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

     (6) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Company or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Company or others;

     (7) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the defeasance and discharge of the Securities and this Indenture as contemplated by this Article VIII have been complied with;

     (8) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that (A) the trust funds will not be subject to any rights of holders of Indebtedness of the Company other than the Securities and (B) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following the deposit and that no Holder is an insider of the Company, after the 91st day following the

-69-


 

deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of an applicable bankruptcy insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; and

     (9) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

            Before or after a deposit, the Company may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Securities at a future date in accordance with Article III.

            SECTION 8.4. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee or Paying Agent shall hold in trust U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this Article VIII, and shall apply the deposited U.S. Legal Tender and the money from U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities. The Trustee shall be under no Obligation to invest said U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government obligations except as it may agree with the Company.

            The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.3 hereof or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Securities.

            Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the Company’s request any U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.3 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

            SECTION 8.5. Repayment to Company. Subject to this Article VIII, the Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company, upon request any excess U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations held by them at any time and thereupon shall be relieved from all liability with respect to such money. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years; provided that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any payment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once in a newspaper of general circulation in the City of New York or mail to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such publication or mailing any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment

-70-


 

to the Company, Holders entitled to such money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable law designates another Person.

            SECTION 8.6. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this Article VIII; provided that if the Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment from the U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

            SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders. The Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities without notice to or consent of any Securityholder:

     (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; provided that such amendment does not in the opinion of the Trustee, adversely affect the rights of any Holder in any material respect;

     (2) to comply with Article V or to provide for the assumption by a successor of the obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor;

     (3) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or in place of certificated Securities; provided, however, that the uncertificated Securities are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code or in a manner such that the uncertificated Securities are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

     (4) to make any change in Article X that would limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior Indebtedness (or Representatives therefor) under Article X;

     (5) to add Guarantees with respect to the Securities or to secure the Securities;

     (6) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the Company;

-71-


 

     (7) to comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with qualifying this Indenture under the TIA;

     (8) to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder;

     (9) to provide for the issuance of the Exchange Securities, which will have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the Initial Securities (except that the transfer restrictions contained in the Initial Securities and provisions relating to an increase in interest rates in the event the Securities are not registered under the Securities Act will be modified or eliminated, as appropriate), and which will be treated together with any outstanding Initial Securities, as a single issue of securities;

     (10) to secure the Securities pursuant to the requirements of Section 4.2 or otherwise;

     (11) to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Securities when such release, termination or discharge is provided for under this Indenture;

     (12) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes (subject to compliance with Section 4.3); or

     (13) to provide that any Indebtedness that becomes or will become an obligation of a successor company or a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to a transaction governed by the provisions of Section 5.1 (and that is not a Subordinated Obligation) is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness for purposes of this Indenture;

provided, however, that the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment or supplement complies with the provisions of this Section 9.1.

            SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders. Subject to Section 6.7, the Company, when authorized by a resolution of its Board of Directors, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities. Subject to Section 6.7, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities may waive compliance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities. However, without the consent of the Holder of each Security affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 6.4, may not:

     (1) reduce the amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

-72-


 

     (2) reduce the rate of or change or have the effect of changing the time for payment of interest, including defaulted interest, on any Security;

     (3) reduce the principal of or change or have the effect of changing the Stated Maturity of any Security, or change the date on which any Securities may be subject to redemption or repurchase, or reduce the redemption or repurchase price therefor;

     (4) make any Security payable in money other than that stated in the Security;

     (5) make an change in provisions of this Indenture protecting the right of each Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Security on or after the due date thereof or to bring suit to enforce such payment or permitting holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities to waive Defaults or Events of Default (other than Defaults or Events of Default with respect to the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Securities);

     (6) amend, change or modify in any material respect the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer or make and consummate a Net Proceeds Offer with respect to any Asset Sale that has been consummated or modify any of the provisions or definitions with respect thereto; or

     (7) modify Article X or the definitions used in Article X of this Indenture to adversely affect the Holders in any material respect.

            It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

            An amendment under this Section may not make any change that adversely affects the rights under Article X of any holder of Senior Indebtedness then outstanding unless the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent to such change.

            After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Securityholders a notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section.

            SECTION 9.3. Compliance With Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment to this Indenture or the Securities shall comply with the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended as then in effect.

-73-


 

            SECTION 9.4. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers. A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder’s Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Securityholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (1) through (7) of Section 9.2, in which case, the amendment or waiver shall bind only each Securityholder who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder; provided that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on a Security, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Security, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates without the consent of such Holder.

            The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Securityholders entitled to give their consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Securityholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall become valid or effective more than 120 days after such record date.

            SECTION 9.5. Notation or Exchange of Securities. If an amendment changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the validity of such amendment.

            SECTION 9.6. Trustee to Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

-74-


 

ARTICLE X

SUBORDINATION

            SECTION 10.1. Agreement to Subordinate. The Company agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article X, to the prior payment of all Senior Indebtedness and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of Senior Indebtedness. The Securities will also be effectively subordinated to any Secured Indebtedness of the Company to the extent of the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness, and to all existing and future obligations of the Company’s Subsidiaries. The Securities shall in all respects rank pari passu with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company and only Indebtedness of the Company which is Senior Indebtedness will rank senior to the Securities in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article X shall be subject to Section 10.12.

            SECTION 10.2. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon any payment or distribution of the assets or securities of the Company to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization or similar proceeding of the Company or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its properties, or in an assignment for the benefit of creditors or any marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary:

     (1) holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of all Senior Indebtedness before Securityholders shall be entitled to receive any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on or other amounts with respect to the Securities; and

     (2) until the Senior Indebtedness is paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution to which Securityholders would be entitled but for this Article X shall be made to holders of Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear.

            SECTION 10.3. Default on Senior Indebtedness. The Company may not pay principal of, premium (if any) or interest on, or any other amount in respect of, the Securities or make any deposit pursuant to Article VIII and may not otherwise purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Securities (collectively, “pay the Securities”) if any amount due in respect of any Senior Indebtedness (including, without limitation any amount due as a result of acceleration of the maturity thereof by reason of default or otherwise) has not been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents unless the default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents. However, the Company may pay the Securities without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative of the

-75-


 

holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the events set forth in the immediately preceding sentence have occurred and are continuing.

            In addition, during the continuance of any default (other than a payment default described in the first sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Company may not pay the Securities for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Company) of written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such default from the Representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter (or earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice, (ii) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice and all other defaults with respect to such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall have been cured or shall have ceased to exist or (iii) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents).

            Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding paragraph, unless any payment default described in the first sentence of the second immediately preceding paragraph has occurred and is then continuing, the Company may resume payments on the Securities after the end of such Payment Blockage Period, including any missed payments. Not more than one Blockage Notice may be given in any consecutive 360-day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period. However, if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness other than the Bank Indebtedness, a Representative of holders of Bank Indebtedness may give another Blockage Notice within such period. In no event, however, may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any 360 consecutive day period, and there must be a 181 consecutive day period during any 360 consecutive day period which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect.

            SECTION 10.4. Acceleration of Payment of Securities. If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders of the acceleration and provide copies of such notices to the Trustee.

            If any Designated Senior Indebtedness is outstanding at the time of such acceleration, the Company may not pay the Securities until the earlier of five Business Days after the holder or Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receives notice of such acceleration or the date of acceleration of such Designated Senior Indebtedness and, thereafter, may pay the Securities only if this Article X otherwise permits payments at that time.

-76-


 

            SECTION 10.5. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If a payment or distribution is made to Securityholders that because of this Article X should not have been made to them, the Securityholders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of Senior Indebtedness and promptly pay it over to them as their respective interests may appear.

            SECTION 10.6. Subrogation. After all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full in cash and until the Securities are paid in full, Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article X to holders of Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Securityholders is not, as between the Company and Securityholders, a payment by the Company of Senior Indebtedness.

            SECTION 10.7. Relative Rights. This Article X defines the relative rights of Securityholders and holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

     (1) impair, as between the Company and Securityholders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Securities in accordance with their terms; or

     (2) prevent the Trustee or any Securityholder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions otherwise payable to Securityholders.

            SECTION 10.8. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company. No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or by the failure of the Company to comply with this Indenture.

            SECTION 10.9. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. Notwithstanding Section 10.3, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Securities and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives written notice satisfactory to it specifically stating that payments may not be made under this Article X. The Company, the Registrar or co-registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness may give the notice.

            The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Indebtedness with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and co-registrar and the Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article X with respect to any Senior Indebtedness which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article VII shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article X shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.7.

-77-


 

            SECTION 10.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any).

            SECTION 10.11. Article X Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate. The failure to make a payment in respect of the Securities by reason of any provision in this Article X shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default. Nothing in this Article X shall have an effect on the right of the Securityholders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Securities.

            SECTION 10.12. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Legal Tender or U.S. Government Obligations held in trust under Article VIII by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article X, and none of the Securityholders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Company, any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any other creditor of the Company.

            SECTION 10.13. Trustee Entitled to Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article X, the Trustee and the Securityholders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 10.2 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Securityholders or (iii) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Indebtedness for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article X. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article X, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article X, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.1 and 7.2 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article X.

            SECTION 10.14. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the

-78-


 

Securityholders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness as provided in this Article X and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

            SECTION 10.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Securityholders or the Company or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article X or otherwise.

            SECTION 10.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Securities, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.

ARTICLE XI

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE XII

[RESERVED]

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

            SECTION 13.1. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control.

            SECTION 13.2. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as follows:

-79-


 

if to the Company:

Fisher Scientific International Inc.
Liberty Lane
Hampton, NH 03842

Attention of General Counsel

if to the Trustee:

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street, 8 West
New York, New York 10286

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

          The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

          Any notice or communication mailed to a Securityholder shall be mailed to the Securityholder at the Securityholder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

          Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Securityholders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

          SECTION 13.3. Communication by Holders With Other Holders. Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

          SECTION 13.4. Certificate and Opinion As To Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company, upon request, shall furnish to the Trustee:

     (1) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with, provided that such Officers’ Certificate shall not be given in connection with the issuance of the Initial Notes; and

-80-


 

     (2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with, provided that such Opinion of Counsel shall not be given in connection with the issuance of the Initial Notes.

          SECTION 13.5. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

     (1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

     (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

     (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

     (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.

          SECTION 13.6. When Securities Disregarded. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at the time shall be considered in any such determination.

          SECTION 13.7. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar. The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Securityholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

          SECTION 13.8. Legal Holidays. A “Legal Holiday” is a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the State of New York or in the state in which the corporate trust office of the Trustee is located. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.

-81-


 

          SECTION 13.9. Governing Law. This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

          SECTION 13.10. No Recourse Against Others. A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have a liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each Securityholder shall waive and release all such liability. The waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

          SECTION 13.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

          SECTION 13.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

          SECTION 13.13. Variable Provisions. The company initially appoints the Trustee as Paying Agent and Registrar and custodian with respect to any Global Securities.

          SECTION 13.14. Qualification Of Indenture. The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Registration Rights Agreement and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees for the Company, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Securities and printing this Indenture and the Securities. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

          SECTION 13.15. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

-82-


 

[SIGNATURE PAGE]

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

             
    FISHER SCIENTIFIC INTERNATIONAL INC.
 
           
  By:   /s/ KEVIN P. CLARK    
     
 
   
      Name: Kevin P. Clark    
      Title: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    
 
           
    THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
 
           
  By:   /s/ VAN K. BROWN    
     
 
   
      Name: Van K. Brown    
      Title: Vice President    

 


 

EXHIBIT A

[FORM OF FACE OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITY]

[Global Securities Legend]

          UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

          TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

[Restricted Securities Legend]

          THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE REOFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, REGISTRATION AND SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS.

          THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS TWO YEARS (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD THAT MAY HEREAFTER BE PROVIDED UNDER RULE 144(K) (OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREOF) AS PERMITTING THE RESALE BY NON-AFFILIATES OF RESTRICTED SECURITIES WITHOUT RESTRICTION) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE COMPANY, ANY GUARANTOR OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS

A-1


 

SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” (“IAI”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF SUBPARAGRAPH (A) (1), (2), (3) OR (7) OF RULE 501 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF SUCH AN IAI, IN EACH CASE, IN A TRANSACTION INVOLVING A MINIMUM PURCHASE PRICE OF $250,000 FOR SUCH SECURITIES, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHERWISE IN COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATIONS AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF A HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

[Regulation S Securities Legend]a

          [UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(2) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS SECURITY MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED THROUGH EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.A., AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM, OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING, SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD.]


a   To be included on each Security certificate evidencing Securities sold in offshore transactions to non-U.S. persons in reliance on Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act until the 40th day after the Issue Date.

A-2


 

FISHER SCIENTIFIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

     
No.
  Principal Amount $                      

CUSIP NO.

6 ¾% Senior Subordinated Note due 2014

          Fisher Scientific International Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of $    on August 15, 2014.

          Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15.

          Record Dates: February 1 and August 1.

          Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

A-3


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be affixed hereto and imprinted hereon.

             
Dated:   FISHER SCIENTIFIC INTERNATIONAL INC.
 
           
  By:        
     
 
   
      Name:    
      Title:    

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

as Trustee, certifies
that this is one of
the Securities referred
to in the Indenture.

         
By:
       
 
   
  Authorized Signatory    

A-4


 

(Reverse of Security)

6 ¾% Senior Subordinated Note due 2014

1. Interest

          Fisher Scientific International Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above.

          The Company will pay interest semiannually on        and        of each year, commencing           . Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Securities or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any, and interest at the rate borne by the Securities to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

2. Method of Payment

          By at least 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of or interest on any Security is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Company will pay interest (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Securities at the close of business on the February 15 and August 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are canceled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may pay principal and interest by check payable in such money. It may mail an interest check to a Holder’s registered address.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

          Initially, The Bank of New York, a banking corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Securityholder. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4. Indenture

          The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of August 20, 2003 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms

A-5


 

thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Act”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

          The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and any Additional Securities are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the payment of dividends and other distributions on the Capital Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the sale or transfer of assets and Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, the investments of the Company, its Subsidiaries and transactions with Affiliates, Liens, dividends and other payment restrictions affecting Subsidiaries, incurrence of senior subordinated Indebtedness, preferred stock of Subsidiaries and future guarantees. In addition, the Indenture limits the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to restrict distributions and dividends from Restricted Subsidiaries.

5. Optional Redemption

          (a) At any time prior to August 15, 2009, the Securities may be redeemed or purchased (by the Company or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a price (the “Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, the date of redemption or purchase (the “Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of its obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event.

          “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Security at any Redemption Date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Security and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Security on August 15, 2009 (such redemption price being that described below in clause (b)), plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Security through such date, in each case computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 75 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such Security on such Redemption Date. Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by the Company or on the Company’s behalf by such Person as the Company shall designate; provided that such calculation shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.

A-6


 

          “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to a Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to August 15, 2009; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is not equal to the constant maturity of the United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

          (b) In addition, on and after August 15, 2009, the Securities will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) if redeemed during the twelve month period commencing on August 15 of the year set forth below plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date):

         
Year
  Redemption Price
2009
    103.375 %
2010
    102.250 %
2011
    101.125 %
2012 and thereafter
    100.000 %

The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of its obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event.

          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time, or from time to time, on or prior to August 15, 2007, the Company may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of Securities originally issued at a redemption price equal to 106.75% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of redemption; provided that at least 60% of the original principal amount of Securities remains outstanding immediately after any such redemption (excluding any Securities owned by the Company). In order to effect the foregoing redemption with the proceeds of any Equity Offering, the Company must mail a notice of redemption no later than 60

A-7


 

days after the related Equity Offering and must consummate such redemption within 90 days of the closing of the Equity Offering.

6. Notice of Redemption

          Notice of redemption pursuant to the foregoing paragraph 5 will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at his registered address. If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by a method that complies with applicable legal and securities exchange requirements, if any, and that the Trustee considers fair and appropriate and in accordance with methods generally used at the time of selection by fiduciaries in similar circumstances; provided, however, that if a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of an Equity Offering, selection of the Securities or portion thereof for redemption shall be made by the Trustee only on a pro rata basis, unless such method is otherwise prohibited. Securities in denominations of principal amount larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

7. Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

          Upon a Change of Control Triggering Event, any Holder of Securities will have the right to require that the Company purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Securities pursuant to the Indenture at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

          Under certain circumstances, in the event the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from an Asset Sale are not used (a) to prepay any Senior Indebtedness and, in the case of any Senior Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility, effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility, (b) to reinvest in Productive Assets or (c) a combination of prepayment and investment permitted by the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), then such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds which have not been applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date shall be applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase on a date not less than 30 nor more than 45 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date from all Holders on a pro rata basis that amount of Securities equal to the Note Offer Amount at a price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase.

8. Subordination

          The Securities are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness must be paid before the

A-8


 

Securities may be paid. The Company agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give them effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

     9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

          The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Security for a period beginning (i) 15 Business Days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Securities and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (ii) 15 Business Days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

10. Persons Deemed Owners

          The registered holder of this Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

11. Unclaimed Money

          If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

12. Defeasance; Discharge

          Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

13. Amendment, Waiver

          Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Securities may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Securityholder, the Company, and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Securities to, among other things set forth in the Indenture, cure any ambiguity,

A-9


 

omission, defect or inconsistency, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder, or to provide for the issuance of Exchange Securities.

14. Defaults and Remedies

          Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Securities; (ii) default in payment of principal on the Securities at maturity, upon redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with other agreements in the Indenture or the Securities, in certain cases subject to notice and lapse of time; (iv) failure to pay at final maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace period and any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) of the Company, or the acceleration of the final maturity of any such Indebtedness, if the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any such other Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, aggregates $40,000,000 or more at any time; (v) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; and (vi) certain final, non-appealable judgments or decrees for the payment of money in excess of $40,000,000 against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Securities may declare all the Securities to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the Securities being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

          Securityholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Securityholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

15. Trustee Dealings with the Company

          Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

16. No Recourse Against Others

          A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting

A-10


 

a Security, each Securityholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

17. Authentication

          This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

18. Abbreviations

          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Securityholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

19. CUSIP Numbers

          Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

     20. [Registration Rights.

          Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement by and among the Company and certain initial purchasers of the Securities evidenced by this Security, the Company will be obligated to consummate an exchange offer pursuant to which the Holder of this Security shall have, subject to the conditions set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement, the right to exchange this Security for another series of 6¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of the Company (herein called the “Exchange Securities”), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in like principal amount and having identical terms as the Securities (other than as set forth in this paragraph). The Holders of Securities shall be entitled to receive certain additional interest payments in the event such exchange offer is not consummated and upon certain other conditions, all pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.]a


a   To be included in certificates evidencing the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date. Additional Securities issued as Transfer Restricted Securities may have a comparable provision inserted here.

A-11


 

21. Governing Law

          This Security shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

          The Company will furnish to any Securityholder upon written request and without charge to the Securityholder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Security in larger type. Requests may be made to: Fisher Scientific International Inc., One Liberty Lane, Hampton, New Hampshire 03842, Attention: General Counsel.

22. Mandatory Redemption

          [The Securities are subject to special redemption on October 10, 2004 at a redemption price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption if the Company has not consummated the Apogent Merger on or prior to September 30, 2004. The Company’s failure to comply with this paragraph shall constitute an Event of Default under Section 6.1(2) of the Indenture.a


a   To be included in certificates evidencing the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date.

A-12


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

          To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

          I or we assign and transfer this Security to






(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)


(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

          and irrevocably appoint      agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.


Date:                         Your Signature:                                           

Signature Guarantee:


     (Signature must be guaranteed)

     


Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

In connection with any transfer or exchange of any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the date that is two years after the later of the date of original issuance of such Securities and the last date, if any, on which such Securities were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Securities are being:

     CHECK ONE BOX BELOW:

     
o
  acquired for the undersigned’s own account, without transfer (in satisfaction of Section 2.6(a)(ii)(A) or Section 2.6(b)(ii) of the Indenture); or
 
   
o
  transferred to the Company; or
 
   
o
  transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
 
   
o
  transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; or

A-13


 

     
o
  transferred pursuant to and in compliance with Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933; or
 
   
o
  transferred to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933), that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter containing certain representations and agreements (the form of which letter appears as Exhibit C to the Indenture); or
 
   
o
  transferred pursuant to another available exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided, however, that if box (5), (6) or (7) is checked, the Trustee or the Company may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Securities, in their sole discretion, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Trustee or the Company may reasonably request to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, such as the exemption provided by Rule 144 under such Act.

     
 
 
Signature Guarantee:
  Signature
 
   

 
 
 
(Signature must be guaranteed)
  Signature

A-14


 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been made:

                 
          Principal Amount of this Global   Signature of authorized officer
Date of
  Amount of decrease in Principal   Amount of increase in Principal   Security following such   of Trustee or Securities
Exchange
  Amount of this Global Security   Amount of this Global Security   decrease or increase   Custodian

A-15


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

          If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.6 or 4.8 of the Indenture, check the box:

o

          If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.6 or 4.8 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be integral multiple of $1,000): $

     
Date:                     Your Signature
 
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Security)
     
Signature Guarantee:
 
  (Signature must be guaranteed)

A-16


 

EXHIBIT B

[FORM OF FACE OF REGISTERED SECURITY]

[Global Securities Legend]

          UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

          TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

B-1


 

FISHER SCIENTIFIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

     
No.    
  Principal Amount $                      

CUSIP NO.

6¾% Senior Subordinated Note due 2014

           Fisher Scientific International Inc., a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to Cede & Co., or registered assigns, the principal sum of $ Dollars on August 15, 2014.

          Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15.

          Record Dates: February 1 and August 1.

          Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other side of this Security.

B-2


 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Security to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers and a facsimile of its corporate seal to be affixed hereto and imprinted hereon.

             
Dated:   FISHER SCIENTIFIC INTERNATIONAL INC.
 
           
  By:        
     
 
   
      Name:    
      Title:    

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

as Trustee, certifies that this is one of the Securities referred to in the Indenture.

         
By:
       
 
   
  Authorized Signatory    

B-3


 

(Reverse of Security)

6¾% Senior Subordinated Note due 2014

1. Interest

          Fisher Scientific International Inc., a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein called the “Company”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above.

          The Company will pay interest semiannually on       and        of each year, commencing [   ]. Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Securities or, if no interest has been paid, from the earlier of the most recent date on which interest was paid on the Initial Securities or, if no such interest has been paid, from the date of issuance of the Initial Securities. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal or premium, if any, and interest at the rate borne by the Securities to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

2. Method of Payment

          By at least 10:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the date on which any principal of or interest on any Security is due and payable, the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay such principal, premium, if any, and/or interest. The Company will pay interest (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Securities at the close of business on the February 15 and August 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date even if Securities are canceled, repurchased or redeemed after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However, the Company may pay principal and interest by check payable in such money. It may mail an interest check to a Holder’s registered address.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar

          Initially, The Bank of New York, a banking corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York (the “Trustee”), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice to any Securityholder. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

B-4


 

4. Indenture

          The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of August 20, 2003 (as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Indenture”), among the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the “Act”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all such terms, and Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and the Act for a statement of those terms.

          The Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities and any Additional Securities are treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the incurrence of Indebtedness by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the payment of dividends and other distributions on the Capital Stock of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the sale or transfer of assets and Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries, the investments of the Company, its Subsidiaries and transactions with Affiliates, Liens, dividends and other payment restrictions affecting Subsidiaries, incurrence of senior subordinated Indebtedness, preferred stock of Subsidiaries and future guarantees. In addition, the Indenture limits the ability of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to restrict distributions and dividends from Restricted Subsidiaries.

5. Optional Redemption

          (a) At any time prior to August 15, 2009, the Securities may be redeemed or purchased (by the Company or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a price (the “Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, the date of redemption or purchase (the “Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of its obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event.

          “Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Security at any Redemption Date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Security and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Security on August 15, 2009 (such redemption price being that described below in clause (b)), plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Security through such date, in each case computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such Security on such Redemption Date. Calculation of the

B-5


 

Applicable Premium will be made by the Company or on the Company’s behalf by such Person as the Company shall designate; provided that such calculation shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.

          “Treasury Rate” means, with respect to a Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to August 15, 2009; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is not equal to the constant maturity of the United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

          (b) In addition, on and after August 15, 2009, the Securities will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at the following redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) if redeemed during the twelve month period commencing on August 15 of the year set forth below plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date):

         
Year
  Redemption Price
2009
    103.375 %
2010
    102.250 %
2011
    101.125 %
2012 and thereafter
    100.000 %

The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of its obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event.

          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time, or from time to time, on or prior to August 15, 2007, the Company may, at its option, use the net cash proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of Securities originally issued at a redemption price equal to 106.75% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of redemption; provided that at least 60% of the original principal

B-6


 

amount of Securities remains outstanding immediately after any such redemption (excluding any Securities owned by the Company). In order to effect the foregoing redemption with the proceeds of any Equity Offering, the Company must mail a notice of redemption no later than 60 days after the related Equity Offering and must consummate such redemption within 90 days of the closing of the Equity Offering.

6. Notice of Redemption

          Notice of redemption pursuant to the foregoing paragraph 5 will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at his registered address. If fewer than all the Securities are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed pro rata or by lot or by a method that complies with applicable legal and securities exchange requirements, if any, and that the Trustee considers fair and appropriate and in accordance with methods generally used at the time of selection by fiduciaries in similar circumstances; provided, however, that if a partial redemption is made with the proceeds of an Equity Offering, selection of the Securities or portion thereof for redemption shall be made by the Trustee only on a pro rata basis, unless such method is otherwise prohibited. Securities in denominations of principal amount larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called for redemption.

7. Option of Holder to Elect Purchase

          Upon a Change of Control Triggering Event, any Holder of Securities will have the right to require that the Company purchase all or a portion of such Holder’s Securities pursuant to the Indenture at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest to the date of repurchase as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the Indenture.

          Under certain circumstances, in the event the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary from an Asset Sale are not used (a) to prepay any Senior Indebtedness and, in the case of any Senior Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility, effect a permanent reduction in the availability under such revolving credit facility, (b) to reinvest in Productive Assets or (c) a combination of prepayment and investment permitted by the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), then such aggregate amount of Net Cash Proceeds which have not been applied on or before such Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date shall be applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to make an offer to purchase on a date not less than 30 nor more than 45 days following the applicable Net Proceeds Offer Trigger Date from all Holders on a pro rata basis that amount of Securities equal to the Note Offer Amount at a price equal in cash to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities to be purchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase.

B-7


 

8. Subordination

          The Securities are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness must be paid before the Securities may be paid. The Company agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give them effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

9. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange

          The Securities are in registered form without coupons in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange of any Security for a period beginning (i) 15 Business Days before the mailing of a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Securities and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing or (ii) 15 Business Days before an interest payment date and ending on such interest payment date.

10. Persons Deemed Owners

          The registered holder of this Security may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes.

11. Unclaimed Money

          If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

12. Defeasance; Discharge

          Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Securities to redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

13. Amendment, Waiver

          Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the Indenture or the Securities may be amended with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Securities and (ii) any default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal

B-8


 

amount of the outstanding Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the consent of any Securityholder, the Company, and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Securities to, among other things set forth in the Indenture, cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, or to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder, or to provide for the issuance of Exchange Securities.

14. Defaults and Remedies

          Under the Indenture, Events of Default include (i) default for 30 days in payment of interest on the Securities; (ii) default in payment of principal on the Securities at maturity, upon redemption pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities, upon required repurchase, upon declaration or otherwise; (iii) failure by the Company to comply with other agreements in the Indenture or the Securities, in certain cases subject to notice and lapse of time; (iv) failure to pay at final maturity (giving effect to any applicable grace period and any extensions thereof) the principal amount of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Entity) of the Company, or the acceleration of the final maturity of any such Indebtedness, if the aggregate principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any such other Indebtedness in default for failure to pay principal at final maturity or which has been accelerated, aggregates $40,000,000 or more at any time; (v) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; and (vi) certain final, non-appealable judgments or decrees for the payment of money in excess of $40,000,000 against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Securities may declare all the Securities to be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the Securities being due and payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

          Securityholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Securityholders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

15. Trustee Dealings with the Company

          Subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

B-9


 

16. No Recourse Against Others

          A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a Security, each Securityholder waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Securities.

17. Authentication

          This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent acting on its behalf) manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Security.

18. Abbreviations

          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Securityholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the entirety), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian) and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).

19. CUSIP Numbers

          Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

20. Governing Law

          This Security shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

          The Company will furnish to any Securityholder upon written request and without charge to the Securityholder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the text of this Security in larger type. Requests may be made to: Fisher Scientific International Inc., One Liberty Lane, Hampton, New Hampshire 03842, Attention: General Counsel.

B-10


 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

          To assign this Security, fill in the form below:

          I or we assign and transfer this Security to






(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)


(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

          and irrevocably appoint      agent to transfer this Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.


Date:                         Your Signature:                                           

Signature Guarantee:


     (Signature must be guaranteed)

     


Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.

B-11


 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY

The following increases or decreases in this Global Security have been made:

                 
          Principal Amount of this Global   Signature of authorized officer
Date of
  Amount of decrease in Principal   Amount of increase in Principal   Security following such   of Trustee or Securities
Exchange
  Amount of this Global Security   Amount of this Global Security   decrease or increase   Custodian

B-12


 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

          If you want to elect to have this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.6 or 4.8 of the Indenture, check the box:

o

          If you want to elect to have only part of this Security purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.6 or 4.8 of the Indenture, state the amount in principal amount (must be integral multiple of $1,000): $

     
Date:                     Your Signature
 
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of the Security)
     
Signature Guarantee:
 
  (Signature must be guaranteed)

B-13


 

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING

INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTORS

______________________,_______

The Bank of New York
101 Barclay Street, 8 West
New York, New York 10286

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

     
Re:
  Fisher Scientific International Inc. (the “Company”) 6¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”)

Dear Sirs:

          In connection with our proposed purchase of Notes of the Company, we confirm that:

          1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture dated as of August 3, 2004 relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”) and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

          2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law, and that the Notes may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should offer, sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any Notes within two years after the original issuance of the Notes, we will do so only (A) to the Company, (B) inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (C) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes to you a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter, (D) outside the United States to a foreign person in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), (F) in accordance with another exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, or (G) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person

C-1


 

purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein and in the Indenture.

          3. We understand that, on any proposed transfer of any Notes prior to the later of the original issue date of the Notes and the last date the Notes were held by an affiliate of the Company pursuant to paragraphs 2(C), 2(D) and 2(E) above, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed transfer complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

          4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are acquiring the Notes for investment purposes and not with a view to, or offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, and we are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

          5. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

          You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

             
    Very truly yours,
 
           
    (Name of Transferee)
 
           
  By:        
     
 
   
      Authorized Signature    

C-2

EX-4.16 3 y10712exv4w16.htm EX-4.16 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT EXHIBIT 4.16
 

EXHIBIT 4.16

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

Fisher Scientific International Inc.

and

Banc of America Securities LLC

Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Deutsche Bank Securities
Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Lazard Frères & Co. LLC

Dated as of August 3, 2004

 


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

               This Registration Rights Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into this 3rd day of August, 2004, among Fisher Scientific International Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and Smith Incorporated and Lazard Frères & Co. LLC (the “Initial Purchasers”).

               This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated July 22, 2004, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers (the “Purchase Agreement”), which provides for, among other things, the sale by the Company to the Initial Purchasers of an aggregate of $300,000,000 principal amount of the Company’s 6¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Securities”). In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company has agreed to provide to the Initial Purchasers and their direct and indirect transferees the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution of this Agreement is a condition to the closing under the Purchase Agreement.

               In consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

               1. Definitions.

               As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the following meanings:

     “1933 Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.

     “1934 Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of l934, as amended from time to time.

     “Affiliated Market Maker” shall mean any Initial Purchaser who is required to by applicable law to deliver a prospectus in connection with sales or market making activities with respect to the Exchange Securities.

     “Apogent” shall mean Apogent Technologies Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

     “Apogent Merger” shall mean the merger of Fox Merger Corporation, a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Fisher formed for the purposes of the merger, with and into Apogent Technologies Inc., pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 17, 2004, as amended on April 16, 2004.

     “Closing Date” shall mean the Closing Time as defined in the Purchase Agreement.

     “Company” see the preamble hereto and shall also include the Company’s successors.

     “Depositary” shall mean The Depository Trust Company, or any other depositary appointed by the Company, provided, however, that such depositary must have an address in the Borough of Manhattan, in the City of New York.

     “Effectiveness Period” see Section 2.2(b).

     “Exchange Offer” shall mean the exchange offer by the Company of Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

 


 

     “Exchange Offer Registration” shall mean a registration under the 1933 Act effected pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

     “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall mean an exchange offer registration statement on Form S-4 (or, if applicable, on another appropriate form), and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all documents incorporated by reference therein.

     “Exchange Period” see Section 2.1 hereof.

     “Exchange Securities” shall mean the 6¾% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 to be issued by the Company under the Indenture containing terms identical to the Securities in all material respects (except that (i) interest thereon shall accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the Securities or, if no such interest has been paid, from August 3, 2004 and (ii) the transfer restrictions thereon shall be eliminated), to be offered to Holders of Securities in exchange for Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

     “Filing Date” shall mean the earlier of (x) the 120th day following the consummation of the Apogent Merger or (y) the day the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is filed with the Commission.

     “Holder” shall mean an Initial Purchaser, for so long as it owns any Registrable Securities, and each of its successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become registered owners of Registrable Securities under the Indenture and each Participating Broker-Dealer that holds Exchange Securities for so long as such Participating Broker-Dealer is required to deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities.

     “Indenture” shall mean the Indenture relating to the Securities, dated as of August 3, 2004, between the Company and Bank of New York, as trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

     “Initial Purchaser” or “Initial Purchasers” see the preamble hereto.

     “Majority Holders” shall mean the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding (as defined in the Indenture) Registrable Securities; provided that whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of Registrable Securities is required hereunder, Registrable Securities held by the Company and other obligors on the Securities or any Affiliate (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company shall be disregarded in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage amount.

     “Participating Broker-Dealer” shall mean Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and Smith Incorporated and Lazard Frères & Co. LLC, and any other broker-dealer that holds Registrable Securities acquired for its own account as a result of market making activities in the Securities and that will be the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act) of Exchange Securities to be received by such broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer.

-2-


 

     “Person” shall mean an individual, partnership (general or limited), corporation, limited liability company, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

     “Private Exchange” see Section 2.1 hereof.

     “Private Exchange Securities” see Section 2.1 hereof.

     “Prospectus” shall mean the prospectus included in a Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any such prospectus as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement, including any such prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of the Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement, and by all other amendments and supplements to a prospectus, including post-effective amendments, and in each case including all material incorporated by reference therein.

     “Purchase Agreement” see the preamble hereto.

     “Registration Default” see Section 2.5.

     “Registrable Securities” shall mean the Securities and, if issued, the Private Exchange Securities; provided, however, the Securities and, if issued, the Private Exchange Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a Registration Statement with respect to such Securities or Private Exchange Securities for the exchange or resale thereof, as the case may be, shall have been declared effective under the 1933 Act and such Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, shall have been disposed of pursuant to such Registration Statement, (ii) such Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule l44 (or any similar provision then in force, but not Rule 144A) under the 1933 Act, (iii) such Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, shall have ceased to be Outstanding (as defined in the Indenture) or (iv) with respect to the Securities, the Exchange Offer is consummated (except in the case of Securities purchased from the Company and continued to be held by the Initial Purchasers and except with respect to any Securities as to which clause (iv) of Section 2.2 is applicable).

     “Registration Expenses” shall mean any and all expenses incident to performance of or compliance by the Company with this Agreement, including without limitation: (i) all SEC or National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “NASD”) registration and filing fees, including, if applicable, the reasonable fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” (and its counsel) that is required to be retained by any holder of Registrable Securities in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with compliance with state securities or blue sky laws and compliance with the rules of the NASD (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for any underwriters or Holders in connection with blue sky qualification of any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities and any filings with the NASD), (iii) all expenses of any Persons in preparing or assisting in preparing, word processing, printing and distributing any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendments or supplements thereto, any underwriting agreements, securities sales agreements and other documents relating to the performance of and compliance with this Agreement, (iv) all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing, if any, of any of the Registrable Securities on any securities exchange or exchanges, (v) all rating agency fees, (vi) the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of the independent public accountants of the Company, including the expenses of any special audits or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, (vii) the fees and expenses of the Trustee, and any exchange agent or custodian, (viii) the reasonable fees and expenses of the Initial Purchasers in

-3-


 

connection with the Exchange Offer, except for legal expenses which are separately provided for in clause (ix) hereof, (ix) the reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of Sullivan & Cromwell LLP (or such other counsel in lieu thereof reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Holders and the Company) as special counsel to the Initial Purchasers in the Exchange Offer and as special counsel representing the Holders of Registrable Securities and (x) any fees and disbursements of the underwriters customarily required to be paid by issuers or sellers of securities and the reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in connection with any Registration Statement, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of Registrable Securities by a Holder.

     “Registration Statement” shall mean any registration statement of the Company which covers any of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, and all amendments and supplements to any such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

     “SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency or government body performing the functions currently performed by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

     “Securities” see the preamble hereto.

     “Shelf Registration” shall mean a registration effected pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof.

     “Shelf Registration Event” see Section 2.2 hereof.

     “Shelf Registration Event Date” see Section 2.2 hereof.

     “Shelf Registration Statement” shall mean a “shelf” registration statement of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2 of this Agreement which covers all of the Registrable Securities or all of the Private Exchange Securities on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the SEC, and all amendments and supplements to such registration statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference therein.

     “TIA” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended from time to time.

     “Trustee” shall mean the trustee with respect to the Securities under the Indenture.

            2. Registration Under the 1933 Act.

            2.1. Exchange Offer. To the extent not prohibited by any applicable law or interpretation of the staff of the SEC, the Company shall, for the benefit of the Holders, at the Company’s cost, use its best efforts to (A) prepare and, as soon as practicable but not later than the Filing Date, file with the SEC an Exchange Offer Registration Statement on an appropriate form under the 1933 Act with respect to a proposed Exchange Offer and the issuance and delivery to the Holders, in exchange for the Registrable Securities, a like principal amount of Exchange Securities (other than Private Exchange Securities), (B) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared effective under the 1933 Act within 210 days after the Filing Date, (C) keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective until the closing of the Exchange Offer and (D) cause the Exchange Offer to be consummated within 45 days following the Exchange Offer Registration Statement being declared effective. Upon the effectiveness of

-4-


 

the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly commence the Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Exchange Offer to enable each Holder eligible and electing to exchange Registrable Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder (a) is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act, (b) is not a broker-dealer tendering Registrable Securities acquired directly from the Company for its own account, (c) acquired the Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder’s business and (d) has no arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Securities) to transfer such Exchange Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions under the 1933 Act and under state securities or blue sky laws.

            In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

     (a) mail as promptly as practicable to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter of transmittal and related documents;

     (b) keep the Exchange Offer open for acceptance for a period of not less than 30 calendar days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the Holders (or longer if required by applicable law) (such period referred to herein as the “Exchange Period”);

     (c) utilize the services of the Depositary for the Exchange Offer;

     (d) permit Holders to withdraw tendered Registrable Securities at any time prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York City Time), on the last business day of the Exchange Period, by sending to the institution specified in the notice, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of such Holder, the principal amount of Registrable Securities delivered for exchange, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Securities exchanged;

     (e) notify each Holder that any Registrable Security not tendered will remain outstanding and continue to accrue interest, but will not retain any rights under this Agreement (except in the case of the Initial Purchasers and Participating Broker-Dealers as provided herein); and

     (f) otherwise comply in all respects with all applicable laws relating to the Exchange Offer.

            If any Initial Purchaser determines upon the advice of its outside counsel that it is not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment in the initial distribution, as soon as practicable upon receipt by the Company of a written request from such Initial Purchaser, the Company shall, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer, issue and deliver to such Initial Purchaser in exchange (the “Private Exchange”) for the Securities held by such Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the Company on a senior subordinated basis, that are identical (except that such securities shall bear appropriate transfer restrictions) to the Exchange Securities (the “Private Exchange Securities”).

            The Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities shall be issued under (i) the Indenture or (ii) an indenture identical in all material respects to the Indenture and which, in either case, has been qualified under the TIA, or is exempt from such qualification and shall provide that the Exchange Securities shall not be subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture but that the Private Exchange Securities shall be subject to such transfer restrictions. The Indenture or such indenture

-5-


 

shall provide that the Exchange Securities, the Private Exchange Securities and the Securities shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that none of the Exchange Securities, the Private Exchange Securities or the Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a separate class on any matter. The Private Exchange Securities shall be of the same series as and the Company will seek to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP numbers for the Private Exchange Securities as for the Exchange Securities issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

               As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

     (i) accept for exchange all Registrable Securities duly tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange;

     (ii) deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Trustee for cancellation all Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange by the Company; and

     (iii) issue, and cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, to each Holder of Registrable Securities so accepted for exchange in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Registrable Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

               Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security will accrue from the last date on which interest was paid on the Registrable Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on the Registrable Securities, from the date of original issuance. The Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange shall not be subject to any conditions, other than (i) that the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange, or the making of any exchange by a Holder, does not violate applicable law or any applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC, (ii) the due tendering of Registrable Securities in accordance with the Exchange Offer and the Private Exchange, (iii) that each Holder of Registrable Securities exchanged in the Exchange Offer shall have represented that it is not an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act or, if it is an affiliate, that such holder will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the 1933 Act to the extent applicable, that all Exchange Securities to be received by it shall be acquired in the ordinary course of its business and that at the time of the consummation of the Exchange Offer it shall have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the 1933 Act) of the Exchange Securities and shall have made such other representations as may be customary or reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations or interpretations to render the use of Form S-4 or other appropriate form under the 1933 Act available and (iv) that no action or proceeding shall have been instituted or threatened in any court or by or before any governmental agency with respect to the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange which, in the Company’s judgment, would reasonably be expected to impair the ability of the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer or the Private Exchange. The Company shall inform the Initial Purchasers of the names and addresses of the Holders to whom the Exchange Offer is made, and the Initial Purchasers shall have the right to contact such Holders and otherwise facilitate the tender of Registrable Securities in the Exchange Offer.

               Upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in accordance with this Section 2.1, the provisions of this Agreement shall continue to apply, modified as necessary, solely with respect to Registrable Securities that are Private Exchange Securities, Registrable Securities of the type described in clause (iv) of Section 2.2 and Exchange Securities held by Participating Broker-Dealers, and the Company shall have no further obligation to register Registrable Securities (other than Private Exchange Securities and Securities of the type described in clause (iv) of Section 2.2) pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Agreement.

               2.2. Shelf Registration. In the event that (i) because of any changes in law, SEC rules or regulations or applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the SEC, the Company reasonably de-

-6-


 

termines that it is not permitted to effect the Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2.1 hereof, (ii) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared effective within 210 days after the Filing Date or the Exchange Offer is not consummated within 45 days after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement being declared effective, (iii) upon the request of any of the Initial Purchasers with respect to any Registrable Securities which it acquired directly from the Company and, with respect to other Registrable Securities held by it, if such Initial Purchaser is not permitted, in the opinion of counsel to such Initial Purchaser, pursuant to applicable law or applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, to participate in the Exchange Offer and thereby receive securities that are freely tradeable without restriction under the 1933 Act and applicable blue sky or state securities laws or (iv) if a Holder is not permitted by applicable law to participate in the Exchange Offer based upon advice of counsel to the effect that such Holder may not be legally able to participate in the Exchange Offer or does not receive fully tradeable Exchange Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer (any of the events specified in (i)-(iv) being a “Shelf Registration Event” and the date of occurrence thereof, the “Shelf Registration Event Date”), then the Company shall, at its cost:

     (a) Cause to be filed as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such Shelf Registration Event Date (or, in the case of a request by any Initial Purchaser, within 30 days of such request, which shall be no earlier than the Filing Date), and thereafter shall use its best efforts to cause to be declared effective as promptly as practicable but no later than 210 days after the date the Shelf Registration Statement was first filed, a Shelf Registration Statement relating to the offer and sale of the Registrable Securities by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution elected by the Majority Holders participating in the Shelf Registration and set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement.

     (b) Use its best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the Prospectus forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period of two years (or one year in the case of a request solely by an Initial Purchaser) from the date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, or for such shorter period that will terminate when all Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement or cease to be outstanding or otherwise to be Registrable Securities (the “Effectiveness Period”); provided, however, that the Effectiveness Period in respect of the Shelf Registration Statement shall be extended to the extent required to permit dealers to comply with the applicable prospectus delivery requirements of Rule 174 under the 1933 Act and as otherwise provided herein.

     (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, use its best efforts to ensure that (i) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any Prospectus forming part of any Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such Prospectus (as amended or supplemented from time to time), does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

               The Company shall not permit any securities other than Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement. The Company further agrees, if necessary, to supplement or amend the Shelf Registration Statement, as required by Section 3(b) below, and to furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any such supplement or amendment promptly after its being used or filed with the SEC.

-7-


 

               2.3. Expenses. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with the registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.2. Each Holder shall pay all expenses of its counsel (other than to the extent a Registration Expense), underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, relating to the sale or disposition of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement.

               2.4. Effectiveness. An Exchange Offer Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof or a Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof will not be deemed to have become effective unless it has been declared effective by the SEC; provided, however, that if, after it has been declared effective, the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement is interfered with by any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court, such Registration Statement will be deemed not to have become effective during the period of such interference, until the offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement may legally resume.

               2.5. Liquidated Damages. In the event that (a) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the Filing Date (or, if a Shelf Registration Statement is required to be filed because of the request of any Initial Purchaser, such Shelf Registration Statement is not filed with the Commission on or prior to the 30th calendar day following the request by any such Initial Purchasers that the Company file the Shelf Registration Statement), (b) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has not been declared effective on or prior to the 210th calendar day following the Filing Date or a Shelf Registration Statement is not declared effective on or prior to the 210th calendar day following the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement or (c) the Exchange Offer is not consummated on or prior to the 45th calendar day following the Exchange Offer Registration Statement being declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (a) through (c) above, a “Registration Default”), the Company will pay liquidated damages to each Holder of Registrable Securities as to which such Registration Default applies, during the period of such Registration Default, in an amount equal to $0.192 per week per $1,000 amount of such Registrable Securities held by such Holder until the applicable Registration Statement is filed or declared effective, the Exchange Offer is consummated or the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective, as the case may be. All accrued liquidated damages shall be paid to Holders in the same manner as interest payments on the Securities on semi-annual payment dates which correspond to interest payment dates for the Securities. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of liquidated damages will cease.

               3. Registration Procedures.

               In connection with the obligations of the Company with respect to Registration Statements pursuant to Sections 2.1 and 2.2 hereof, the Company shall:

     (a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement, within the relevant time period specified in Section 2, on the appropriate form under the 1933 Act, which form (i) shall be selected by the Company, (ii) shall, in the case of a Shelf Registration, be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities by the selling Holders named therein and by any Affiliated Market Maker, (iii) shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include or incorporate by reference all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein, and (iv) shall comply in all respects with the requirements of Regulation S-T under the 1933 Act, and use its best efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective and remain effective in accordance with Section 2 hereof;

     (b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and post-effective amendments to each Registration Statement as may be necessary under applicable law to keep such Registra-

-8-


 

tion Statement effective for the applicable period; and cause each Prospectus to be supplemented if so determined by the Company or requested by the SEC, by any required prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (or any similar provision then in force) under the 1933 Act and comply with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to them with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by each Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the selling Holders thereof described in this Agreement (including sales by any Participating Broker-Dealer);

     (c) in the case of a Shelf Registration, (i) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities and each Affiliate Market Maker, at least five business days prior to filing, that a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to the Registrable Securities is being filed and advising such Holders that the distribution of Registrable Securities will be made in accordance with the method selected by the Majority Holders participating in the Shelf Registration; (ii) furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities and each Affiliated Market Maker and to each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any, without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus, including each preliminary Prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto and such other documents as such Holder or Affiliated Market Maker or underwriter may reasonably request, including financial statements and schedules and, if so requested, all exhibits in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities; and (iii) hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto and by each Affiliated Market Maker in connection with sales or market making activities;

     (d) in the case of a Shelf Registration, to register or qualify the Registrable Securities under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by a Registration Statement and each underwriter of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities shall reasonably request by the time the applicable Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Holder and underwriter to consummate the disposition in each such jurisdiction of such Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 3(d), or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or taxation in any such jurisdiction where it is not then so subject;

     (e) notify promptly each Holder of Registrable Securities under a Shelf Registration, each Affiliated Market Maker and any Participating Broker-Dealer who has notified the Company that it is utilizing the Exchange Offer Registration Statement as provided in paragraph (f) below and, if requested by such Holder or Affiliated Market Maker or Participating Broker-Dealer, confirm such advice in writing promptly (i) when a Registration Statement has become effective and when any post-effective amendments and supplements thereto become effective, (ii) of any request by the SEC or any state securities authority for post-effective amendments and supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information after the Registration Statement has become effective, (iii) of the issuance by the SEC or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (iv) in the case of a Shelf Registration, if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (v) of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts

-9-


 

during the period a Shelf Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading, (vi) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be, for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and (vii) of any determination by the Company that a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement would be appropriate;

     (f) the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (i) include in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a section entitled “Plan of Distribution” which section shall be reasonably acceptable to Banc of America Securities LLC on behalf of the Participating Broker-Dealers, and which shall contain a summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff of the SEC with respect to the potential “underwriter” status of any broker-dealer that holds Registrable Securities acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and that will be the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of Exchange Securities to be received by such broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer, whether such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff of the SEC or such positions or policies, in the reasonable judgment of the Initial Purchasers and their counsel, represent the prevailing views of the staff of the SEC, including a statement that any such broker-dealer who receives Exchange Securities for Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be deemed a statutory underwriter and must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the 1933 Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities, (ii) furnish to each Participating Broker-Dealer who has delivered to the Company the notice referred to in Section 3(e), without charge, as many copies of each Prospectus included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, including any preliminary prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, as such Participating Broker-Dealer may reasonably request, (iii) hereby consent to the use of the Prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto, by any person subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the SEC, including all Participating Broker-Dealers, in connection with the sale or transfer of the Exchange Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, for a period not to exceed 180 days, and (iv) include in the transmittal letter or similar documentation to be executed by an exchange offeree in order to participate in the Exchange Offer (x) the following provision:

“If the exchange offeree is a broker-dealer holding Registrable Securities acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 in connection with any resale of Exchange Securities received in respect of such Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer;” and

(y) a statement to the effect that by a broker-dealer making the acknowledgment described in clause (x) and by delivering a Prospectus in connection with the exchange of Registrable Securities, the broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an underwriter within the meaning of the 1933 Act; and

     (A) in the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the Company agrees, if requested by the Initial Purchasers, to deliver to the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Participating Broker-Dealers upon consummation of the Exchange Offer (i) an opinion of counsel or opinions of counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Initial Purchasers covering the matters customarily covered in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested (it being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion may be sub-

-10-


 

ject to customary qualifications and exceptions), (ii) an officers’ certificate containing certifications substantially similar to those set forth in Section 5(c) of the Purchase Agreement and such other certifications as are customarily delivered in a public offering of debt securities and (iii) as well as upon effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a comfort letter or comfort letters, in customary form if permitted by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (or if such a comfort letter is not permitted, an agreed upon procedures letter in customary form) from the Company’s independent certified public accountants (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement);

     (g) (i) in the case of an Exchange Offer, furnish counsel for the Initial Purchasers and (ii) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish counsel for the Holders of Registrable Securities copies of any comment letters received from the SEC or any other request by the SEC or any state securities authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement and Prospectus or for additional information;

     (h) make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement at the earliest possible moment;

     (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, furnish to each Holder of Registrable Securities and each Affiliated Market Maker included within the coverage of such Shelf Registration Statement, and each underwriter, if any, without charge, at least one conformed copy of each Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules (without documents incorporated therein by reference and all exhibits thereto, unless requested);

     (j) in the case of a Shelf Registration, cooperate with the selling Holders of Registrable Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Registrable Securities to be in such denominations (consistent with the provisions of the Indenture) and registered in such names as the selling Holders or the underwriters, if any, may reasonably request at least two business days prior to the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement;

     (k) in the case of a Shelf Registration, upon the occurrence of any circumstance contemplated by Sections 3(e)(v) and 3(e)(vi) hereof as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such event, use its best efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities or Participating Broker-Dealers or Affiliated Market Makers, such Prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or will remain so qualified. At such time as such public disclosure is otherwise made or the Company determines that such disclosure is not necessary, in each case, to correct any misstatement of a material fact or to include any omitted material fact, the Company agrees promptly to notify each Holder of such determination and to furnish each Holder such number of copies of the Prospectus as amended or supplemented, as such Holder may reasonably request;

     (l) in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Registration Statement, any Prospectus, any amendment to a Registration Statement or supple-

-11-


 

ment to a Prospectus or any document which is to be incorporated by reference into a Registration Statement or Prospectus after initial filing of a Registration Statement, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders and to each Affiliated Market Maker; and make representatives of the Company as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Registrable Securities, or the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, or Affiliated Market Makers available for discussion of such document;

     (m) obtain a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities, Private Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, not later than the effective date of a Registration Statement, and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for the Exchange Securities, Private Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, in a form eligible for deposit with the Depositary;

     (n) (i) cause the Indenture or an indenture to be qualified under the TIA in connection with the registration of the Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities, as the case may be, (ii) cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for the Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the TIA and (iii) execute, and use its best efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents as may be required to effect such changes, and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the SEC to enable the Indenture or an indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner;

     (o) in the case of a Shelf Registration, enter into agreements (including underwriting agreements) and take all other customary and appropriate actions as are reasonably requested in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, and in such connection whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into and whether or not the registration is an underwritten registration, if requested by (x) any Initial Purchaser, in the case where an Initial Purchasers holds Securities acquired by it as part of its initial distribution and (y) other Holders of Securities covered thereby:

     (i) make such representations and warranties to the Holders of such Registrable Securities and the underwriters, if any, as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings;

     (ii) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to the managing underwriters, if any, and the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold) addressed to each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders and underwriters (it being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion may be subject to customary qualifications and exceptions);

     (iii) obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the Company’s independent certified public accountants (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) addressed to the underwriters, with copies to each of the selling Holders of Registrable Securities, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters to underwriters in connection with similar underwritten offerings in accordance with Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72 of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants;

-12-


 

     (iv) enter into a securities sales agreement with the Holders and an agent of the Holders providing for, among other things, the appointment of such agent for the selling Holders for the purpose of soliciting purchases of Registrable Securities, which agreement shall be in form, substance and scope customary for similar offerings;

     (v) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to set forth indemnification provisions and procedures substantially equivalent to the indemnification provisions and procedures set forth in Section 4 hereof with respect to the underwriters and all other parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section or, at the request of any underwriters, in the form customarily provided to such underwriters in similar types of transactions; and

     (vi) deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested and as are customarily delivered in similar offerings to the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Registrable Securities being sold and the managing underwriters, if any.

The above shall be done at each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement or as and to the extent required thereunder.

     (p) in the case of a Shelf Registration or if a Prospectus is required to be delivered by any Participating Broker-Dealer in the case of an Exchange Offer, make reasonably available for inspection by representatives of the Holders of the Registrable Securities, any underwriters participating in any disposition pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, any Participating Broker-Dealer and any counsel or accountant retained by any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Inspectors”), at the offices where normally kept, during reasonable business hours, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “Records”) reasonably necessary to enable such persons to exercise any applicable due diligence responsibilities, and cause the respective officers, directors, employees, and any other agents of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, special counsel or accountant in connection with a Registration Statement, and make such representatives of the Company available for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Initial Purchasers by Banc of America Securities LLC and on behalf of the other parties, by one counsel designated by the holders of a Majority of the Registrable Securities. Records which the Company determines, in good faith, to be confidential and any records which it notifies the Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors unless (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a material misstatement or omission in such Registration Statement or is otherwise required by law, (ii) the release of such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court of competent jurisdiction or is necessary in connection with any action, suit or proceeding or (iii) the information in such Records has been made generally available to the public. Each selling Holder of such Registrable Securities and each such Participating Broker-Dealer will be required to agree in writing that information obtained by it as a result of such inspections shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it as the basis for any market transactions in the securities of the Company unless and until such is made generally available to the public. Each selling Holder of such Registrable Securities and each such Participating Broker-Dealer will be required to further agree in writing that it will, upon learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent jurisdiction, give notice to the Company and allow the Company at its expense to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the Records deemed confidential;

-13-


 

     (q) (i) in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement a reasonable time prior to the filing of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers or counsel to the Holders of Registrable Securities and make such changes in any such document prior to the filing thereof as the Initial Purchasers to counsel to the Holders of Registrable Securities and may reasonably request and, except as otherwise required by applicable law, nor file any such document in a form to which the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Holders of Registrable Securities and counsel to Holders of Registrable Securities shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy of or to which the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Holders of Registrable Securities shall reasonably object and make the representatives of the Company available for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Initial Purchasers, and

               (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration, a reasonable time prior to filing any Shelf Registration Statement, any Prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement or amendment or supplement to such Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Holders of Registrable Securities, to the Initial Purchasers, to counsel on behalf of the Holders and to the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any, make such changes in any such document prior to the filing thereof as the Initial Purchasers, the counsel to the Holders or the underwriter or underwriters reasonably request and not file any such document in a form to which the Majority Holders, the Initial Purchasers on behalf of the Holders of the Registrable Securities, counsel to the Holders of Registrable Securities or any underwriter shall reasonably object, and make the representatives of the Company available for discussion of such document as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders of Registrable Securities, the Initial Purchasers on behalf of such Holders, or any underwriter;

     (r) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities to be listed on any securities exchange on which similar debt securities issued by the Company are then listed if requested by the Majority Holders, or if requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any;

     (s) in the case of a Shelf Registration, use its best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities to be rerated by the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Majority Holders, or if requested by the underwriter or underwriters of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, if any;

     (t) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC so long as any provision of this Agreement shall be applicable and make available to its security holders an earning statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act and Rule 158 thereunder (or any similar rule promulgated under the 1933 Act) no later than the end of any 12-month period (or 90 days after the end of any 12-month period if such period is a fiscal year) (i) commencing at the end of any fiscal quarter in which Registrable Securities are sold to underwriters in a firm commitment or best efforts underwritten offering and (ii) if not sold to underwriters in such an offering, commencing on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of the Company after the effective date of a Registration Statement, which statement shall cover said 12-month periods;

     (u) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the NASD and, in the case of a Shelf Registration, in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter” that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD); and

-14-


 

     (v) upon consummation of an Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange, if requested by the Trustee, obtain a customary opinion of counsel to the Company addressed to the Trustee for the benefit of all Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the Exchange Offer or Private Exchange, and which includes an opinion that (i) the Company has duly authorized, executed and delivered the Exchange Securities and/or Private Exchange Securities, as applicable and the related indenture, and (ii) each of the Exchange Securities and related indenture constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its respective terms (in each case with customary exceptions).

               The Company may (as a condition to such Holder’s participation in the Shelf Registration) require each Holder of Registrable Securities to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by such Holder of such Registrable Securities for inclusion in any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus included therein as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing. The Company shall have no obligation to register under the 1933 Act the Registrable Securities of a seller who so fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration is being effected agrees to furnish to the Company all information with respect to such Holder necessary to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.

               In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder and each Affiliated Market Maker agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the occurrence of a circumstance contemplated by Sections 3(e)(v) and 3(e)(vi) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 3(k) hereof, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder will deliver to the Company (at its expense) all copies in such Person’s possession of the Prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

               If any of the Registrable Securities covered by any Shelf Registration Statement are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the underwriter or underwriters and manager or managers that will manage such offering will be selected by the Majority Holders of such Registrable Securities included in such offering and shall be acceptable to the Company. No Holder of Registrable Securities may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Registrable Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

                4. Indemnification; Contribution.

               (a) In connection with any Registration Statement, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Initial Purchasers, each Holder, each Participating Broker-Dealer, each person who participates as an underwriter (any such person being an “Underwriter”) and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder or Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

     (i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) pursuant to which Exchange Securities or Registrable Securities were registered under the 1933 Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material

-15-


 

fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

     (ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided, that (subject to Section 4(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and

     (iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

provided, however, that the indemnity agreement of this Section 4 shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Holder or Underwriter expressly for use in a Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided, further, that the Company shall not be liable to any such Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or controlling person, with respect to any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission in any preliminary Prospectus to the extent that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense of any Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or controlling person results from the fact that such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer sold Securities to a person to whom there was not sent or given, at or prior to the written confirmation of such sale, a copy of the final Prospectus as then amended or supplemented if the Company had previously furnished copies thereof to such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer and the loss, liability, claim, damage or expense of such Holder, Participating Broker-Dealer or controlling person results from an untrue statement or omission of a material fact contained in the preliminary Prospectus which was corrected in the final Prospectus. Any amounts advanced by the Company to an indemnified party pursuant to this Section 4 as a result of such losses shall be returned to the Company if it shall be finally determined by such a court in a judgment not subject to appeal or final review that such indemnified party was not entitled to indemnification by the Company.

               (b) Each Holder severally, but not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Initial Purchasers, each Underwriter and the other selling Holders, and each of their respective directors and officers, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company, the Initial Purchasers, each Underwriter or any other selling Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 4(a) hereof, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any Prospectus included therein (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Holder furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in the Shelf Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided, however, that no such Holder shall be liable for any claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement.

-16-


 

               (c) Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of the indemnity agreement of this Section 4. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such action. If an indemnifying party so elects within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, an indemnifying party, severally or jointly with any other indemnifying parties receiving such notice, may assume the defense of such action with counsel chosen by it and reasonably acceptable to the indemnified parties defendant (or target of) in such action, provided, however, that if (i) representation of such indemnified party by the same counsel would present a conflict of interest or (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and any such indemnified party reasonably determines that there may be legal defenses available to such indemnified party which are different from or in addition to those available to such indemnifying party, then in the case of clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 4(c) such indemnifying party and counsel for each indemnifying party or parties shall not be entitled to assume such defense. If an indemnifying party is not entitled to assume the defense of such action as a result of the proviso to the preceding sentence, counsel for each indemnified party or parties shall be entitled to conduct the defense of such indemnified party or parties. If an indemnifying party assumes the defense of such action, in accordance with and as permitted by the provisions of this paragraph, such indemnifying parties shall not be liable for any fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified parties incurred thereafter in connection with such action. In no event shall the indemnifying party or parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 4 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

               (d) If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 4(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, an indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 4(a)(ii) effected without its consent if such indemnifying party (i) reimburses such indemnified party in accordance with such request to the extent it considers such request to be reasonable and (ii) provides written notice to the indemnified party substantiating the unpaid balance as unreasonable, in each case prior to the date of such settlement.

               (e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4 is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, dam-

-17-


 

ages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand, and the Holders and the Initial Purchasers on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

               The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holders and the Initial Purchasers on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the Holders or the Initial Purchasers and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

               The Company, the Holders and the Initial Purchasers agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Initial Purchasers were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 4(e). The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 4(e) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

               Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4(e), no Initial Purchaser shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities sold by it were offered exceeds the amount of any damages which such Initial Purchaser has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

               No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

               For purposes of this Section 4(e), each Person, if any, who controls an Initial Purchaser or Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Initial Purchaser or Holder, and each director of the Company and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

               5. Additional Agreements with Respect to Affiliated Market Makers.

               5.1. From and after the effectiveness of any Registration Statement, the Company shall, for so long as any Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities are outstanding and any Affiliated Market Maker is required by applicable law in the judgment of counsel to the Initial Purchasers, after consultation with counsel to the Company to deliver a prospectus in connection with sales or market making activities, periodically amend each Registration Statement or amend each Prospectus covering Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities to reflect the occurrence of any fact or information becoming known to the Company that should be set forth in an amendment to any such Registration Statement or in a supplement to any such Prospectus so that each such Prospectus, when delivered by an Affiliated Market Maker to a purchaser in connection with sales or market marking activities of such Affiliated Market Maker, will comply with applicable law.

-18-


 

               5.2. Prior to filing any amendment to any such Registration Statement or any supplement to any such Prospectus, the Company shall furnish a reasonable period of time prior to the proposed filing thereof to each Affiliated Market Maker and their counsel copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to review. The Company shall provide to each Affiliated Market Maker and such counsel such reasonable number of copies of each filed amendment or supplement as shall be requested and hereby consents to the use of such Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each Affiliated Market Maker in connection with sales or market making activities with respect to the Securities, Exchange Securities or Private Exchange Securities.

               5.3. In connection with any such sales or market making activities as contemplated by this Section 5, the Company agrees to indemnify each Affiliated Market Maker, and if applicable to contribute to such Affiliated Market Maker and such Affiliated Market Maker agrees to indemnify the Company, and if applicable to contribute to the Company, in each case in a manner substantially identical to that specified in Section 4 hereof.

               5.4. In the case of a Registration Statement, each Affiliated Market Maker agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the occurrence of a circumstance contemplated by the following:

     (i) the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts during the period a Registration Statement is effective which makes any statement made in such Registration Statement or the related Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in such Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading; or

     (ii) the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities, for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, such Affiliated Market Maker will forthwith discontinue disposition of such Exchange Securities, pursuant to a Registration Statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus in accordance with the following:

     (iii) that as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of an event contemplated by (i) and (ii) of this Section 5.4, the Company shall use its best efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Exchange Securities, such Prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading or will remain so qualified.

               Further, if so directed by the Company, such Affiliated Market Maker will deliver to the Company (at its expense) all copies in such Person’s possession of the Prospectus covering such Exchange Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

               6. Miscellaneous.

               6.1. Rule 144 and Rule 144A. For so long as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15 of the 1934 Act and any Registrable Securities remain outstanding, the Company will file the reports required to be filed by it under the 1933 Act and Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the SEC thereunder. If the Company ceases to be so required to file such reports, the Company covenants that it will upon the request of any Holder of

-19-


 

Registrable Securities (a) make publicly available such information as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, (b) deliver such information to a prospective purchaser as is necessary to permit sales pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and it will take such further action as any Holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, and (c) take such further action that is reasonable in the circumstances, in each case, to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell its Registrable Securities without registration under the 1933 Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by (i) Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, (ii) Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (iii) any similar rules or regulations hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder of Registrable Securities, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

               6.2. No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not entered into and the Company will not after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s other issued and outstanding securities under any such agreements.

               6.3. Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Registrable Securities affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or departure.

               6.4. Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, registered first-class mail, telex, telecopier, or any courier guaranteeing overnight delivery (a) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4, which address initially shall be the address set forth in Section 12 of the Purchase Agreement with respect to the Initial Purchasers; and (b) if to the Company, initially at the Company’s address set forth in Section 12 of the Purchase Agreement, and thereafter at such other address of which notice is given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.4.

               All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next business day if timely delivered to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery.

               Copies of all such notices, demands, or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the person giving the same to the Trustee under the Indenture, at the address specified in such Indenture.

               6.5. Successor and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors, assigns and transferees of each of the parties, including, without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders; provided that nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Registrable Securities in violation of the terms of the Purchase Agreement or the Indenture. If any transferee of any Holder shall acquire Registrable Securities, in any manner, whether by operation of law or otherwise, such Registrable Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such person shall be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by and to perform all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including the restrictions on resale set forth in this Agreement

-20-


 

and, if applicable, the Purchase Agreement, and such person shall be entitled to receive the benefits hereof.

               6.6. Third Party Beneficiaries. The Initial Purchasers (even if the Initial Purchasers are not Holders of Registrable Securities) shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect their rights or the rights of Holders hereunder. Each Holder of Registrable Securities shall be a third party beneficiary to the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand and the Initial Purchasers on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent it deems such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect its rights hereunder.

               6.7. Specific Enforcement. Without limiting the remedies available to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders, the Company acknowledges that any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 2.1 through 2.4 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it would not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company’s obligations under Section 2.1 through 2.4 hereof.

               6.8. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

               6.9. Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

               6.10. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS THEREOF.

               6.11. Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

-21-


 

               IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

         
    FISHER SCIENTIFIC INTERNATIONAL INC.
 
       
  By:   /s/ KEVIN P. CLARK
     
 
      Name: Kevin P. Clark
      Title: Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Confirmed and accepted as of
the date first above written:

BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON LLC
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED
LAZARD FRÈRES & CO. LLC

     
BY: BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC
 
   
By:
  /s/ LEX MAULTSBY
 
 
  Authorized Signatory

 

EX-5.01 4 y10712exv5w01.htm EX-5.01 OPINION OF SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP EXHIBIT 5.01
 

EXHIBIT 5.01

November 30 , 2004

Fisher Scientific International Inc.
One Liberty Lane
Hampton, NH 03842

Re:  Fisher Scientific International Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-4

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as special counsel to Fisher Scientific International Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the public offering of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Exchange Notes”) of the Company. The Exchange Notes are to be issued pursuant to an exchange offer (the “Exchange Offer”) in exchange for a like principal amount of the issued and outstanding 6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of the Company (the “Original Notes”) under the Indenture, dated as of August 3, 2004 (the “Indenture”), by and between the Company and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 3, 2004 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), by and among the Company, Banc of America Securities LLC, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Deutsche Bank Securities, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Lazard Frères & Co., LLC.

     This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).

     In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of:

  (i)   the Registration Statement on Form S-4, relating to the Exchange Notes (the “Registration Statement”), filed on November 29, 2004 by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”);
 
  (ii)   an executed copy of the Registration Rights Agreement;
 
  (iii)   an executed copy of the Indenture;
 
  (iv)   the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as currently in effect;

 


 

  (v)   the By-Laws of the Company, as currently in effect;
 
  (vi)   certain resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company relating to the Exchange Offer, the issuance of the Exchange Notes, the Indenture, and related matters;
 
  (vii)   the Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, of the Trustee, filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement; and
 
  (viii)   the form of the Exchange Notes.

     We have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records of the Company and such agreements, certificates of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Company and others, and such other documents, certificates and records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion set forth herein.

     In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as facsimile, electronic, certified, conformed or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. In making our examination of documents executed or to be executed, we have assumed that the parties thereto, other than the Company, had or will have the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect thereof on such parties. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein that we have not independently established or verified, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others and of public officials.

     Our opinion set forth herein is limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the laws of the State of New York that, in our experience, are normally applicable to transactions of the type contemplated by the Exchange Offer and, to the extent that judicial or regulatory orders or decrees or consents, approvals, licenses, authorizations, validations, filings, recordings or registrations with governmental authorities are relevant, to those required under such laws (all of the foregoing being referred to as “Opined on Law”). We do not express any opinion with respect to the law of any jurisdiction other than Opined on Law or as to the effect of any such non-opined-on law on the opinions herein stated.

     The opinion set forth below is subject to the following qualifications, further assumptions and limitations:

 


 

     (a) the validity or enforcement of any agreements or instruments may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and

     (b) we do not express any opinion as to the applicability or effect of any fraudulent transfer, preference or similar law on the Indenture or any transaction contemplated thereby.

     Based upon and subject to the foregoing, and the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that when the Registration Statement becomes effective and the Exchange Notes (in the form examined by us) have been duly executed and authenticated in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and have been issued and delivered upon consummation of the Exchange Offer against receipt of Original Notes surrendered in exchange therefor in accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer, the Exchange Notes will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.

     In rendering the opinion set forth above, we have assumed that the execution and delivery by the Company of the Indenture, the consummation by the Company of the Exchange Offer and the performance by the Company of its obligations under the Exchange Notes do not and will not violate, conflict with or constitute a default under any agreement or instrument to which the Company or its properties are subject, except that we do not make this assumption for those agreements and instruments which have been identified to us by the Company as being material to it and which are listed as exhibits in Part II of the Registration Statement or the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.

     We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

Very truly yours,
/s/ Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

 

EX-12.01 5 y10712exv12w01.htm EX-12.01 STATEMENT RE COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES EXHIBIT 12.01
 

Exhibit 12.01

Fisher Scientific International Inc.
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
(In millions, except ratio amounts)

                                                         
    Nine months ended September 30,
          Year Ended December 31,
   
    2004
  2003
  2003
  2002
  2001
  2000
  1999
Pre-tax income from continuing operations before adjustment for loss from equity investees
  $ 117.0     $ 75.1     $ 96.8     $ 142.6     $ 36.3     $ 38.8     $ 57.8  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Fixed Charges:
                                                       
Interest expense and amortization of debt discount and premium on all indebtedness
  $ 74.6     $ 62.3     $ 84.8     $ 91.3     $ 99.5     $ 99.1     $ 104.2  
20% of rental expense
    3.5       3.5       4.7       4.6       4.1       3.5       3.7  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Total fixed charges
  $ 78.1     $ 65.8     $ 89.5     $ 95.9     $ 103.6     $ 102.6     $ 107.9  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Pre-tax income from continuing operations before adjustment for loss from equity investees plus fixed charges
  $ 195.1     $ 140.9     $ 186.3     $ 238.5     $ 139.9     $ 141.4     $ 165.7  
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (A)
    2.50       2.14       2.08       2.49       1.35       1.38       1.54  

(A)   For the purpose of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before provision for income taxes and before adjustment for loss from equity investees plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest charges, amortization of debt discount or premium related to indebtedness, whether expensed or capitalized, and that portion of rental expense we believe to be representative of interest.

EX-23.01 6 y10712exv23w01.htm EX-23.01 CONSENT OF DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP EXHIBIT 23.01
 

EXHIBIT 23.01

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

     We consent to the incorporation by reference in this Registration Statement of Fisher Scientific International Inc. on Form S-4 of our report dated March 2, 2004 (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to a change in method of accounting for goodwill and intangible assets in 2002), appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Fisher Scientific International Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2003, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

November 29, 2004
New York, New York

EX-23.02 7 y10712exv23w02.htm EX-23.02 CONSENT OF KPMG LLP EXHIBIT 23.02
 

Exhibit 23.02

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors
Apogent Technologies Inc. and subsidiaries:

     We consent to the use of our reports dated November 10, 2003, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Apogent Technologies Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 30, 2003 and 2002 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows and the related financial statement schedule for each of the years in the three-year period ended September 30, 2003, incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-4 for the 6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the related prospectus.

     Our reports refer to the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

/s/ KPMG LLP

November 29, 2004
KPMG LLP
Boston, Massachusetts

EX-25.01 8 y10712exv25w01.htm EX-25.01 STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY ON FORM T-1 EXHIBIT 25.01
 

Exhibit 25.01

 


FORM T-1

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE
ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO
SECTION 305(b)(2)       o


THE BANK OF NEW YORK

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

     
New York
(State of incorporation
if not a U.S. national bank)
  13-5160382
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
     
One Wall Street, New York, N.Y.
(Address of principal executive offices)
  10286
(Zip code)


FISHER SCIENTIFIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  02-0451017
(I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
     
One Liberty Lane
Hampton, New Hampshire
(Address of principal executive offices)
  03842
(Zip code)


6-3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014
(Title of the indenture securities)



 


 

1.   General information. Furnish the following information as to the Trustee:

  (a)   Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

     

 
Name
  Address

 
Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York
  2 Rector Street, New York, N.Y.
10006, and Albany, N.Y. 12203
 
   
Federal Reserve Bank of New York
  33 Liberty Plaza, New York, N.Y. 10045
 
   
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
  Washington, D.C. 20429
 
   
New York Clearing House Association
  New York, New York 10005

  (b)   Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

         Yes.

2.   Affiliations with Obligor.
 
    If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.
 
    None.
 
16.   List of Exhibits.
 
    Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

  1.   A copy of the Organization Certificate of The Bank of New York (formerly Irving Trust Company) as now in effect, which contains the authority to commence business and a grant of powers to exercise corporate trust powers. (Exhibit 1 to Amendment No. 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-6215, Exhibits 1a and 1b to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-21672 and Exhibit 1 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-29637.)
 
  4.   A copy of the existing By-laws of the Trustee. (Exhibit 4 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-31019.)
 
  6.   The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act. (Exhibit 6 to Form T-1 filed with Registration Statement No. 33-44051.)
 
  7.   A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

-2-


 

SIGNATURE

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Act, the Trustee, The Bank of New York, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of New York, and State of New York, on the 24th day of November, 2004.

         
    THE BANK OF NEW YORK
 
       
  By:   /S/ VAN K. BROWN
     
 
      Name:   VAN K. BROWN
Title:     VICE PRESIDENT

-3-


 

EXHIBIT 7

Consolidated Report of Condition of

THE BANK OF NEW YORK

of One Wall Street, New York, N.Y. 10286
And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

a member of the Federal Reserve System, at the close of business September 30, 2004, published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Reserve Bank of this District pursuant to the provisions of the Federal Reserve Act.
         
    Dollar Amounts
    In Thousands
ASSETS
       
Cash and balances due from depository institutions:
       
Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin
  $ 3,036,306  
Interest-bearing balances
    9,034,655  
Securities:
       
Held-to-maturity securities
    1,693,598  
Available-for-sale securities
    20,325,634  
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell
       
Federal funds sold in domestic offices
    19,100  
Securities purchased under agreements to resell
    4,324,992  
Loans and lease financing receivables:
       
Loans and leases held for sale
    6,685  
Loans and leases, net of unearned income
    37,402,355  
LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses
    594,211  
Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance
    36,808,144  
Trading Assets
    3,420,107  
Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)
    969,419  
Other real estate owned
    1,253  
Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies
    253,729  
Customers’ liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding.
    166,157  
Intangible assets
       
Goodwill
    2,708,882  
Other intangible assets
    748,171  

 


 

         
Other assets
    6,998,625  
 
   
 
 
Total assets
  $ 90,515,457  
 
   
 
 
LIABILITIES
       
Deposits:
       
In domestic offices
  $ 40,236,165  
Noninterest-bearing
    15,201,748  
Interest-bearing
    25,034,417  
In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs
    24,110,224  
Noninterest-bearing
    300,559  
Interest-bearing
    23,809,665  
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
       
Federal funds purchased in domestic offices
    717,565  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    812,853  
Trading liabilities
    2,598,442  
Other borrowed money:
       
(includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)
    4,158,526  
Not applicable
    167,267  
Bank’s liability on acceptances executed and outstanding
    167,267  
Subordinated notes and debentures
    2,389,088  
Other liabilities
    6,730,454  
 
   
 
 
Total liabilities
  $ 81,920,584  
 
   
 
 
Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries
    142,058  
EQUITY CAPITAL
       
Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus
    0  
Common stock
    1,135,284  
Surplus
    2,087,205  
Retained earnings
    5,213,125  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    17,201  
Other equity capital components
    0  
 
   
 
 
Total equity capital
    8,452,815  
 
   
 
 
Total liabilities, minority interest, and equity capital
  $ 90,515,457  
 
   
 
 

 


 

     I, Thomas J. Mastro, Senior Vice President and Comptroller of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition is true and correct to the best of my knowledge and belief.

Thomas J. Mastro,
Senior Vice President and Comptroller

     We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this statement of resources and liabilities. We declare that it has been examined by us, and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions and is true and correct.

     
Thomas A. Renyi
   
Gerald L. Hassell
  Directors
Alan R. Griffith
   

 

EX-99.01 9 y10712exv99w01.htm EX-99.01 FORM OF LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL EXHIBIT 99.01
 

EXHIBIT 99.01

LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

FISHER SCIENTIFIC INTERNATIONAL INC.
OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING
$300,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
6 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014
(CUSIPS 338032 AY1 AND U33778 AG3)
IN EXCHANGE FOR
$300,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
6 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014 (CUSIP 338032 AZ8)
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS, DATED                         , 2004

THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                         , 2004 UNLESS EXTENDED (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). TENDERS MAY BE WITHDRAWN PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

Delivery To:

THE BANK OF NEW YORK, Exchange Agent

         
By Overnight Courier and Hand
Delivery after 4:30 p.m. on Expiration Date:

The Bank of New York





Attention:
 

By Hand Delivery to 4:30 p.m.:
The Bank of New York





Attention:
 

By Registered or Certified Mail:

The Bank of New York





Attention:

For Information Call:               

By Facsimile Transmission:                                      
Confirm By Telephone:                 

      DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

      The undersigned acknowledges that he or she has received and reviewed the Prospectus, dated                    , 2004 (the “Prospectus”), of Fisher Scientific International Inc., a Delaware corporation, (the “Company”), and this Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter”), which together constitute the Company’s offer (the “Exchange Offer”) to exchange an aggregate principal amount of up to $300,000,000 of the Company’s 6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Exchange Notes”) which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for a like principal amount of the Company’s issued and outstanding 6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Original Notes”) from the registered holders thereof (the “Holders”).


 

      For each Original Note accepted for exchange, the Holder of such Original Note will receive an Exchange Note having a principal amount equal to that of the surrendered Original Note. The Exchange Notes will bear interest from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Original Notes or, if no interest has been paid on the Original Notes, from the issue date of the Original Notes. Accordingly, registered Holders of Exchange Notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the consummation of the Exchange Offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from August 3, 2004. Original Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue interest from and after the date of consummation of the Exchange Offer. Holders of Original Notes whose Original Notes are accepted for exchange will not receive any payment in respect of accrued interest on such Original Notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date the record date for which occurs on or after consummation of the Exchange Offer.

      This Letter is to be completed by a holder of Original Notes either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if a tender of certificates for Original Notes, if available, is to be made by book-entry transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository Trust Company (the “Book-Entry Transfer Facility”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer — Book-Entry Transfer” section of the Prospectus and an Agent’s Message is not delivered. Tenders by book-entry transfer may also be made by delivering an Agent’s Message in lieu of this Letter. The term “Agent’s Message” means a message, transmitted by the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to, and received by, the Exchange Agent and forming a part of a Book-Entry Confirmation (as defined below), which states that the Book-Entry Transfer Facility has received an express acknowledgment from the tendering participant, which acknowledgment states that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by this Letter and that the Company may enforce this Letter against such participant. Holders of Original Notes whose certificates are not immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their certificates or confirmation of the book-entry tender of their Original Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility (a “Book-Entry Confirmation”) and all other documents required by this Letter to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, must tender their Original Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” section of the Prospectus. See Instruction 1.

      Delivery of documents to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.

      The undersigned has completed the appropriate boxes below and signed this Letter to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect to the Exchange Offer.

      List below the Original Notes to which this Letter relates. If the space provided below is inadequate, the certificate numbers and principal amount of Original Notes should be listed on a separate signed schedule affixed hereto.

             

DESCRIPTION OF ORIGINAL NOTES 1 2 3

Aggregate
Principal Principal
Name(s) and Address(es) of Holder(s) Certificate Amount of Amount
(Please fill in, if blank) Number(s)* Original Note(s) Tendered**

 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
         Total        

  * Need not be completed if Original Notes are being tendered by book-entry transfer.
 ** Unless otherwise indicated in this column, a holder will be deemed to have tendered ALL of the Original Notes represented by the Original Notes indicated in column 2. See Instruction 2. Original Notes tendered hereby must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. See Instruction 1.

2


 

o  CHECK HERE IF TENDERED ORIGINAL NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name of Tendering Institution 

Account Number 
 Transaction Code Number 

      By crediting the Original Notes to the Exchange Agent’s account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility’s Automated Tender Offer Program (“ATOP”) and by complying with applicable ATOP procedures with respect to the Exchange Offer, including transmitting to the Exchange Agent a computer-generated Agent’s Message in which the Holder of the Original Notes acknowledges and agrees to be bound by the terms of, and makes the representations and warranties contained in, this Letter, the participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility confirms on behalf of itself and the beneficial owners of such Original Notes all provisions of this Letter (including all representations and warranties) applicable to it and such beneficial owner as fully as if it had completed the information required herein and executed and transmitted this Letter to the Exchange Agent.

o  CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY PREVIOUSLY SENT TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:

Name(s) of Holder(s) 

Window Ticket Number (if any) 

Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery 

Name of Institution Which Guaranteed Delivery 

If Delivered by Book-Entry Transfer, Complete the Following: 
Account Number 
 Transaction Code Number 

o  CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER ENTITLED, PURSUANT TO THE TERMS OF THE REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT REFERRED TO IN THE PROSPECTUS, TO RECEIVE, AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

Name: 

Address: 

      If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes, it acknowledges and represents that the Original Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction, including the delivery of a prospectus that contains information with respect to any selling holder required by the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering such a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes, it represents that the Original Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. In addition, such broker-dealer represents that it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations.

3


 

PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange Offer, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes indicated above. Subject to, and effective upon, the acceptance for exchange of the Original Notes tendered hereby, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company all right, title and interest in and to such Original Notes as are being tendered hereby.

      The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange Agent as the undersigned’s true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact with respect to such tendered Original Notes, with full power of substitution, among other things, to cause the Original Notes to be assigned, transferred and exchanged. The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to tender, sell, assign and transfer the Original Notes, and to acquire Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Original Notes, and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, the Company will acquire good and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim when the same are accepted by the Company. The undersigned hereby further represents that any Exchange Notes acquired in exchange for Original Notes tendered hereby will have been acquired in the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes, whether or not such person is the undersigned, that neither the Holder of such Original Notes nor any such other person is participating in, intends to participate in or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes and that neither the Holder of such Original Notes nor any such other person is an “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, of the Company and that neither the Holder of such Original Notes nor such other person is acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully make the foregoing representations and warranties.

      The undersigned acknowledges that this Exchange Offer is being made in reliance on interpretations by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as set forth in no-action letters issued to third parties, that the Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Original Notes may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise transferred by Holders thereof (other than any such Holder that is an “affiliate” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such Holders’ business and such Holders have no arrangement with any person to participate in the distribution of such Exchange Notes. However, the SEC has not considered the Exchange Offer in the context of a no-action letter and there can be no assurance that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as in other circumstances. If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange Notes and has no arrangement or understanding to participate in a distribution of Exchange Notes. If any Holder is engaged in or intends to engage in or has any arrangement or understanding with respect to the distribution of the Exchange Notes to be acquired pursuant to the Exchange Offer, such Holder (i) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC and (ii) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Original Notes, it represents that the Original Notes to be exchanged for the Exchange Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

      The SEC has taken the position that such broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the Exchange Notes (other than a resale of Exchange Notes received in exchange for an unsold allotment from the original sale of the Original Notes) with the Prospectus. The Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by certain broker-dealers (as specified in the Registration Rights Agreement referenced in the Prospectus) (“Participating Broker-Dealers”) for a period of time, starting on the Expiration Date and ending on the close of business 90 days after the Expiration Date in connection with the sale or transfer of such Exchange Notes. The Company has agreed that, for such period of time, it will make the Prospectus (as it may be amended or supplemented) available to such a broker-dealer which elects to exchange Original Notes, acquired for its own account as a result of

4


 

market making or other trading activities, for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer for use in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. By accepting the Exchange Offer, each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer acknowledges and agrees to notify the Company prior to using the Prospectus in connection with the sale or transfer of Exchange Notes and that, upon receipt of notice from the Company of the happening in any event which makes any statement in the Prospectus untrue in any material respect or which requires the making of any changes in the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein (in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading, such broker-dealer will suspend use of the Prospectus until (i) the Company has amended or supplemented the Prospectus to correct such misstatement or omission and (ii) either the Company has furnished copies of the amended or supplemented Prospectus to such broker-dealer or, if the Company has not otherwise agreed to furnish such copies and declines to do so after such broker-dealer so requests, such broker-dealer has obtained a copy of such amended or supplemented Prospectus as filed with the SEC. Except as described above, the Prospectus may not be used for or in connection with an offer to resell, a resale or any other retransfer of Exchange Notes. A broker-dealer that acquired Original Notes in a transaction other than as part of its market-making activities or other trading activities will not be able to participate in the Exchange Offer.

      The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the Company to be necessary or desirable to complete the sale, assignment and transfer of the Original Notes tendered hereby. All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred in this Letter and every obligation of the undersigned hereunder shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, trustees in bankruptcy and legal representatives of the undersigned and shall not be affected by, and shall survive, the death or incapacity of the undersigned. This tender may be withdrawn only in accordance with the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer — Withdrawal Rights” section of the Prospectus.

      Unless otherwise indicated herein in the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” below, please deliver the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing Original Notes for any Original Notes not exchanged) in the name of the undersigned or, in the case of a book-entry delivery of Original Notes, please credit the account indicated above maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under the box entitled “Special Delivery Instructions” below, please send the Exchange Notes (and, if applicable, substitute certificates representing Original Notes for any Original Notes not exchanged) to the undersigned at the address shown above in the box entitled “Description of Original Notes.”

      THE UNDERSIGNED, BY COMPLETING THE BOX ENTITLED “DESCRIPTION OF ORIGINAL NOTES” ABOVE AND SIGNING THIS LETTER, WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE TENDERED THE ORIGINAL NOTES AS SET FORTH IN SUCH BOX ABOVE.

5


 

SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 3 and 4)

   To be completed ONLY if certificates for Original Notes not exchanged and/or Exchange Notes are to be issued in the name of and sent to someone other than the person or persons whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter above, or if Original Notes delivered by book-entry transfer which are not accepted for exchange are to be returned by credit to an account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility other than the account indicated above.

Issue Exchange Notes and/or Original Notes to:

Name(s)


(Please Type or Print)


(Please Type or Print)

Address



(Zip Code)

(Complete Substitute Form W-9)

o  Credit unexchanged Original Notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the Book-Entry Transfer Facility account set forth below.


(Book-Entry Transfer Facility
Account Number, if applicable)

SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS

(See Instructions 3 and 4)

   To be completed ONLY if certificates for Original Notes not exchanged and/or Exchange Notes are to be sent to someone other than the person or persons whose signature(s) appear(s) on this Letter above or to such person or persons at an address other than shown in the box entitled “Description of Original Notes” on this Letter above.

Mail Exchange Notes and/or Original Notes to:

Name(s)


(Please Type or Print)


(Please Type or Print)

Address



(Zip Code)

6


 

     IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OR A FACSIMILE HEREOF OR AN AGENT’S MESSAGE IN LIEU THEREOF (TOGETHER WITH THE CERTIFICATES FOR ORIGINAL NOTES OR A BOOK-ENTRY CONFIRMATION AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED DOCUMENTS OR THE NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON THE EXPIRATION DATE.

PLEASE READ THIS ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL

CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING ANY BOX ABOVE.

PLEASE SIGN HERE

(TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL TENDERING HOLDERS)

Dated: ______________________________ , 2004

     
X   , 2004

 
 
X   , 2004

 
(Signature(s) of Owner)   (Date)

Area Code and Telephone Number


If a holder is tendering any Original Notes, this Letter must be signed by the registered holder(s) as the name(s) appear(s) on the certificate(s) for the Original Notes or by any person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsements and documents transmitted herewith. If signature is by a person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, please set forth full title. See Instruction 3.

Name(s):


(Please Type or Print)

Capacity:


Address:



(Including Zip Code)

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

(If required by Instruction 3)

Signature(s) Guaranteed by

an Eligible Institution:

(Authorized Signature)


(Title)


(Name and Firm)

Dated: ______________________________ , 2004

7


 

INSTRUCTIONS

Forming Part of the Terms and Conditions of the Exchange Offer for the

6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of Fisher Scientific International Inc.
in Exchange for the
6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of Fisher Scientific International Inc.
Which Have Been Registered Under the
Securities Act of 1933, as Amended
 
1. Delivery of this Letter and Notes; Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.

      This Letter is to be completed by holders of Original Notes either if certificates are to be forwarded herewith or if tenders are to be made pursuant to the procedures for delivery by book-entry transfer set forth in “The Exchange Offer — Book-Entry Transfer” section of the Prospectus and an Agent’s Message is not delivered. Tenders by book-entry transfer may also be made by delivering an Agent’s Message in lieu of this Letter. The term “Agent’s Message” means a message, transmitted by the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to and received by the Exchange Agent and forming a part of a Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that the Book-Entry Transfer Facility has received an express acknowledgment from the tendering participant, which acknowledgment states that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the Letter of Transmittal and that the Company may enforce the Letter of Transmittal against such participant. Certificates for all physically tendered Original Notes, or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, as well as a properly completed and duly executed Letter (or manually signed facsimile hereof or Agent’s Message in lieu thereof) and any other documents required by this Letter, must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth herein on or prior to the Expiration Date, or the tendering holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth below. Original Notes tendered hereby must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

      Holders whose certificates for Original Notes are not immediately available or who cannot deliver their certificates and all other required documents to the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, may tender their Original Notes pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” section of the Prospectus. Pursuant to such procedures, (i) such tender must be made through an Eligible Institution, (ii) prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent (as defined below) must receive from such Eligible Institution a properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, substantially in the form provided by the Company (by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery), setting forth the name and address of the holder of Original Notes and the amount of Original Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that within three New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery, the certificates for all physically tendered Original Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter (or facsimile thereof or Agent’s Message in lieu thereof) with any required signature guarantees and any other documents required by this Letter will be deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent, and (iii) the certificates for all physically tendered Original Notes, in proper form for transfer, or a Book-Entry Confirmation, as the case may be, together with a properly completed and duly executed Letter (or facsimile thereof or Agent’s Message in lieu thereof) with any required signature guarantees and all other documents required by this Letter, are received by the Exchange Agent within three NYSE trading days after the date of execution of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery.

      The method of delivery of this Letter, the Original Notes and all other required documents is at the election and risk of the tendering holders, but the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent. If Original Notes are sent by mail, it is suggested that the mailing be registered mail, properly insured, with return receipt requested, made sufficiently in advance of the Expiration Date to permit delivery to the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

      See “The Exchange Offer” section of the Prospectus.

 
2. Partial Tenders (not applicable to noteholders who tender by book-entry transfer).

      If less than all of the Original Notes evidenced by a submitted certificate are to be tendered, the tendering holder(s) should fill in the aggregate principal amount of Original Notes to be tendered in the box above entitled “Description of

8


 

Original Notes — Principal Amount Tendered.” A reissued certificate representing the balance of nontendered Original Notes will be sent to such tendering holder, unless otherwise provided in the appropriate box on this Letter, promptly after the Expiration Date. All of the Original Notes delivered to the Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.
 
3. Signatures on this Letter; Bond Powers and Endorsements; Guarantee of Signatures.

      If this Letter is signed by the registered holder of the Original Notes tendered hereby, the signature must correspond exactly with the name as written on the face of the certificates without any change whatsoever.

      If any tendered Original Notes are owned of record by two or more joint owners, all of such owners must sign this Letter.

      If any tendered Original Notes are registered in different names on several certificates, it will be necessary to complete, sign and submit as many separate copies of this Letter as there are different registrations of certificates.

      When this Letter is signed by the registered holder or holders of the Original Notes specified herein and tendered hereby, no endorsements of certificates or separate bond powers are required. If, however, the Exchange Notes are to be issued, or any untendered Original Notes are to be reissued, to a person other than the registered holder, then endorsements of any certificates transmitted hereby or separate bond powers are required. Signatures on such certificate(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

      If this Letter is signed by a person other than the registered holder or holders of any certificate(s) specified herein, such certificate(s) must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in either case signed exactly as the name or names of the registered holder or holders appear(s) on the certificate(s) and signatures on such certificate(s) must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.

      If this Letter or any certificates or bond powers are signed by a person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and, unless waived by the Company, proper evidence satisfactory to the Company of their authority to so act must be submitted.

      Endorsements on certificates for Original Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this Instruction 3 must be guaranteed by a firm that is a financial institution (including most banks, savings and loan associations and brokerage houses) that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the NYSE Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (each an “Eligible Institution”).

      Signatures on this Letter need not be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution, provided the Original Notes are tendered: (i) by a registered holder of Original Notes (which term, for purposes of the Exchange Offer, includes any participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility system whose name appears on a security position listing as the holder of such Original Notes) who has not completed the box entitled “Special Issuance Instructions” or “Special Delivery Instructions” on this Letter, or (ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution.

 
4. Special Issuance and Delivery Instructions.

      Tendering holders of Original Notes should indicate in the applicable box the name and address to which Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer and or substitute certificates evidencing Original Notes not exchanged are to be issued or sent, if different from the name or address of the person signing this Letter. In the case of issuance in a different name, the employer identification or social security number of the person named must also be indicated. Noteholders tendering Original Notes by book-entry transfer may request that Original Notes not exchanged be credited to such account maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility as such noteholder may designate hereon. If no such instructions are given, such Original Notes not exchanged will be returned to the name and address of the person signing this Letter.

 
5. Transfer Taxes.

      The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the transfer of Original Notes to them or their order pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, Exchange Notes and/or substitute Original Notes not exchanged are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Original

9


 

Notes tendered hereby, or if tendered Original Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the person signing this Letter, or if a transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the transfer of Original Notes to the Company or their order pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not submitted herewith, the amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.

      Except as provided in this Instruction 5, it will not be necessary for transfer tax stamps to be affixed to the Original Notes specified in this letter.

 
6. Waiver of Conditions.

      The Company reserves the absolute right to waive satisfaction of any or all conditions enumerated in the Prospectus.

 
7. No Conditional Tenders.

      No alternative, conditional, irregular or contingent tenders will be accepted. All tendering holders of Original Notes, by execution of this Letter, shall waive any right to receive notice of the acceptance of their Original Notes for exchange.

      Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any other person is obligated to give notice of any defect or irregularity with respect to any tender of Original Notes nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give any such notice.

 
8. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Original Notes.

      Any holder whose Original Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions.

 
9. Withdrawal Rights.

      Tenders of Original Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

      For a withdrawal of a tender of Original Notes to be effective, a written notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth above prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person having tendered the Original Notes to be withdrawn (the “Depositor”), (ii) identify the Original Notes to be withdrawn (including certificate number or numbers and the principal amount of such Original Notes), (iii) contain a statement that such holder is withdrawing his election to have such Original Notes exchanged, (iv) be signed by the holder in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter by which such Original Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer to have the Trustee with respect to the Original Notes register the transfer of such Original Notes in the name of the person withdrawing the tender and (v) specify the name in which such Original Notes are registered, if different from that of the Depositor. If Original Notes have been tendered pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer set forth in “The Exchange Offer — Book-Entry Transfer” section of the Prospectus, any notice of withdrawal must specify the name and number of the account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility to be credited with the withdrawn Original Notes and otherwise comply with the procedures of such facility. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will be determined by the Company, whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Original Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no Exchange Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless the Original Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any Original Notes that have been tendered for exchange but which are not exchanged for any reason will be returned to the Holder thereof without cost to such Holder (or, in the case of Original Notes tendered by book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent’s account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer — Book-Entry Transfer” section of the Prospectus, such Original Notes will be credited to an account maintained with the Book-Entry Transfer Facility for the Original Notes) promptly after withdrawal, rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Original Notes

10


 

may be retendered by following the procedures described above at any time on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.
 
10. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies.

      Questions relating to the procedure for tendering, as well as requests for additional copies of the Prospectus and this Letter, and requests for Notices of Guaranteed Delivery and other related documents may be directed to the Exchange Agent, at the address and telephone number indicated above.

11 EX-99.02 10 y10712exv99w02.htm EX-99.02 FORM OF NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY EXHIBIT 99.02

 

EXHIBIT 99.02

NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

OF

FISHER SCIENTIFIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

FOR THE TENDER OF

6 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014
(INCLUDING THOSE IN BOOK-ENTRY FORM)
(CUSIPS 338032 AY1 AND U33778 AG3)

       This form or one substantially equivalent hereto must be used to accept the Exchange Offer of Fisher Scientific International Inc. (the “Company”) made pursuant to the Prospectus, dated                     (the “Prospectus”), if certificates for the outstanding 6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of the Company (the “Original Notes”) are not immediately available or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis or time will not permit all required documents to reach The Bank of New York, as exchange agent (the “Exchange Agent”) prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date of the Exchange Offer. Such form may be delivered or transmitted by facsimile transmission, mail or hand delivery to the Exchange Agent as set forth below. In addition, in order to utilize the guaranteed delivery procedure to tender Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, a completed, signed and dated Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof or Agent’s Message in lieu thereof) must also be received by the Exchange Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. Any Original Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer maybe withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date. Where the Expiration Date has been extended, tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer as of the previously scheduled Expiration Date may not be withdrawn after the date of the previously scheduled Expiration Date. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

Delivery To: THE BANK OF NEW YORK, Exchange Agent

         
By Overnight Courier and Hand
Delivery after 4:30 p.m. on Expiration Date:

The Bank of New York





Attention:
 

By Hand Delivery to 4:30 p.m.:
The Bank of New York





Attention:
 

By Registered or Certified Mail:

The Bank of New York





Attention:

For Information Call:               

By Facsimile Transmission:                                      
Confirm By Telephone:                 

      DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, OR TRANSMISSION OF THIS INSTRUMENT VIA FACSIMILE OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE, WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY.

      THIS INSTRUMENT IS NOT TO BE USED TO GUARANTEE SIGNATURES. IF A SIGNATURE ON A LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS REQUIRED TO BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN THE PROSPECTUS), SUCH SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MUST APPEAR IN THE APPLICABLE SPACE PROVIDED ON THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL FOR GUARANTEE OF SIGNATURES.


 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

      Upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby tenders to the Company the principal amount of Original Notes set forth below pursuant to the guaranteed delivery procedure described in “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” section of the Prospectus.

Principal Amount of Original Notes Tendered:*

          $


*Must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

Certificate Nos. (if available) 


If Original Notes will be delivered by book-entry

transfer to The Depository Trust Company,
provide account number:

Account Number 


Total Principal Amount Represented by

Original Notes Certificate(s):

          $


2


 

PLEASE SIGN HERE

     
   

   
 

 
Signature(s) of Holder(s)
or Authorized Signatory
  Date

Area Code and Telephone Number:


Must be signed by the holder(s) of Original Notes as their name(s) appear(s) on certificates for Original Notes or on a security position listing, or by person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by endorsement and documents transmitted with this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If signature is by a person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person must set forth his or her full title below. If Original Notes will be delivered by book-entry transfer to The Depository Trust Company, provide account number.

Please Print Name(s) and Address(es)

Name(s): 


Capacity: 


Address(es): 


Account: 


      ALL AUTHORITY HEREIN CONFERRED OR AGREED TO BE CONFERRED SHALL SURVIVE THE DEATH OR INCAPACITY OF THE UNDERSIGNED AND EVERY OBLIGATION OF THE UNDERSIGNED HEREUNDER SHALL BE BINDING UPON THE HEIRS, PERSONAL REPRESENTATIVES, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS OF THE UNDERSIGNED.

3


 

GUARANTEE

(NOT TO BE USED FOR SIGNATURE GUARANTEES)

      The undersigned, a financial institution (including most banks, savings and loan associations and brokerage houses) that is a participant in the Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program, the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program or the Stock Exchanges Medallion Program, hereby guarantees that the certificates representing the principal amount of Original Notes tendered hereby in proper form for transfer, or timely confirmation of the book-entry transfer of such Original Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company pursuant to the procedures set forth in “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures” section of the Prospectus, together with one or more properly and duly executed Letters of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof or Agent’s Message in lieu thereof) and any required signature guarantee and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be received by the Exchange Agent at the address set forth above, no later than three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the Expiration Date.

     

Name of Firm
 
Authorized Signature
 

Address
 
Title

Zip Code
  Name: 
(Please Type or Print)

Area Code and Tel. No.
  Dated: 

NOTE: DO NOT SEND THE ORIGINAL NOTES WITH THIS FORM. ORIGINAL NOTES SHOULD BE SENT ONLY WITH A COPY OF YOUR PREVIOUSLY EXECUTED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

4


 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR NOTICE OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY

      1.     Delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. A properly completed and duly executed copy of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other documents required by this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery and any other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of the Holder and the delivery will be deemed made only when actually received by the Exchange Agent. If delivery is by mail, registered or certified mail properly insured, with return receipt requested, is recommended. In all cases sufficient time should be allowed to assure timely delivery. For a description of the guaranteed delivery procedure, see Instruction 1 of the Letter of Transmittal.

      2.     Signatures of this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by the registered Holder(s) of the Original Notes referred to herein, the signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the face of the Original Notes without alteration, enlargement, or any change whatsoever. If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a participant of the Book-Entry Transfer Facility whose name appears on a security position listing as the owner of Original Notes, the signature must correspond with the name shown on the security position listing as the owner of the Original Notes.

      If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a person other than the registered Holder(s) of any Original Notes listed or a participant of the Book-Entry Transfer Facility, this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery must be accompanied by appropriate bond powers, signed as the name of the registered Holder(s) appears on the Original Notes or signed as the name of the participant shown on the Book-Entry Transfer Facility’s security position listing.

      If this Notice of Guaranteed Delivery is signed by a trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a corporation, or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity, such person should so indicate when signing.

      3.     Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Questions and requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of the Prospectus may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address specified in the Prospectus. Holders may also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company, or other nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.

5 EX-99.03 11 y10712exv99w03.htm EX-99.03 FORM OF LETTER TO CLIENTS EXHIBIT 99.03

 

EXHIBIT 99.03

FISHER SCIENTIFIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING

$300,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
6 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014
(CUSIPS 338032 AY1 AND U33778 AG3)
IN EXCHANGE FOR
$300,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
6 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014 (CUSIP 338032 AZ8)
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS, DATED                         , 2004

To Our Clients:

      Enclosed for your consideration is a Prospectus, dated                     , 2004 (the “Prospectus”), and the related Letter of Transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) of Fisher Scientific International Inc. (the “Company”) to exchange their 6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for their outstanding 6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Original Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in the Prospectus and the Letter of Transmittal. The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights Agreement dated August 3, 2004, by and between the Company and the initial purchaser referred to therein.

      This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Original Notes held by us for your account but not registered in your name. A TENDER OF SUCH ORIGINAL NOTES MAY ONLY BE MADE BY US AS THE HOLDER OF RECORD AND PURSUANT TO YOUR INSTRUCTIONS.

      Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender on your behalf the Original Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus and Letter of Transmittal.

      Your instructions should be forwarded to us as promptly as possible in order to permit us to tender the Original Notes on your behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2004, unless extended by the Company. Any Original Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date.

      Your attention is directed to the following:

      1.     The Exchange Offer is for any and all Original Notes.

      2.     The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions set forth in the Prospectus in the section captioned “The Exchange Offer — Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

      3.     Any transfer taxes incident to the transfer of Original Notes from the holder to the Company will be paid by the Company, except as otherwise provided in the Instructions in the Letter of Transmittal.

      4.     The Exchange Offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2004 unless extended by the Company.

      If you wish to have us tender your Original Notes, please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form on the back of this letter. THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS FURNISHED TO YOU FOR INFORMATION ONLY AND MAY NOT BE USED DIRECTLY BY YOU TO TENDER ORIGINAL NOTES.

INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

      The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed material referred to therein relating to the Exchange Offer made by Fisher Scientific International Inc. with respect to their Original Notes.


 

      This will instruct you to tender the Original Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus and the related Letter of Transmittal.

      The undersigned expressly agrees to be bound by the enclosed Letter of Transmittal and that such Letter of Transmittal may be enforced against the undersigned.

  o  Please tender the Original Notes held by you for my account as indicated below:

6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014


(Aggregate Principal Amount of Original Notes)

  o  Please do not tender any Original Notes held by you for my account.

Dated: ______________________________, 2004
Signature(s):
Print Name(s) here:
Print Address(es):
Area Code and Telephone Number(s):
Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s):

      None of the Original Notes held by us for your account will be tendered unless we receive written instructions from you to do so. Unless a specific contrary instruction is given in the space provided, your signature(s) hereon shall constitute an instruction to us to tender all the Original Notes held by us for your account.

2 EX-99.04 12 y10712exv99w04.htm EX-99.04 FORM OF LETTER TO BROKERS, DEALERS EXHIBIT 99.04

 

EXHIBIT 99.04

FISHER SCIENTIFIC INTERNATIONAL INC.

OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING

$300,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
6 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014
(CUSIPS 338032 AY1 AND U33778 AG3)
IN EXCHANGE FOR
$300,000,000 AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
6 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014 (CUSIP 338032 AZ8)
WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
PURSUANT TO THE PROSPECTUS, DATED                         , 2004

To: Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,

Trust Companies and Other Nominees

      Fisher Scientific International Inc. (the “Company”) is offering, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus, dated                     , 2004 (the “Prospectus”), and the enclosed letter of transmittal (the “Letter of Transmittal”), to exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) their 6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for their outstanding 6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Original Notes”). The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 3, 2004 (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), by and between the Company and the initial purchasers referred to therein.

      We are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold Original Notes regarding the Exchange Offer. For your information and for forwarding to your clients for whom you hold Original Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, or who hold Original Notes registered in their own names, we are enclosing the following documents:

      1.     Prospectus dated                    , 2004;

      2.     The Letter of Transmittal for your use and for the information of your clients;

      3.     A Notice of Guaranteed Delivery to be used to accept the Exchange Offer if certificates for Original Notes are not immediately available or time will not permit all required documents to reach the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date (as defined below) or if the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis;

      4.     A form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold Original Notes registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such clients’ instructions with regard to the Exchange Offer; and

      YOUR PROMPT ACTION IS REQUESTED. THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME, ON                     , 2004, UNLESS EXTENDED BY THE COMPANY (THE “EXPIRATION DATE”). ORIGINAL NOTES TENDERED PURSUANT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN AT ANY TIME BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE.

      To participate in the Exchange Offer, a duly executed and properly completed Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile thereof or Agent’s Message in lieu thereof), with any required signature guarantees and any other required documents, should be sent to the Exchange Agent, and certificates representing the Original Notes should be delivered to the Exchange Agent, all in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Letter of Transmittal and the Prospectus.

      If a registered holder of Original Notes desires to tender Original Notes, but such Original Notes are not immediately available, or time will not permit such holder’s Original Notes or other required documents to reach the Exchange Agent before the Expiration Date, or the procedure for book-entry transfer cannot be completed on a timely basis, a tender may be effected by following the guaranteed delivery procedures described in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer — Guaranteed Delivery Procedures.”


 

      The Company will, upon request, reimburse brokers, dealers, commercial banks and trust companies for reasonable and necessary costs and expenses incurred by them in forwarding the Prospectus and the related documents to the beneficial owners of Original Notes held by them as nominee or in a fiduciary capacity. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all stock transfer taxes applicable to the exchange of Original Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer, except as set forth in Instruction 5 of the Letter of Transmittal.

      Any inquiries you may have with respect to Exchange Offer, or requests for additional copies of the enclosed materials, should be directed to The Bank of New York, the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer, at its address and telephone number set forth on the front of the Letter of Transmittal.

  Very truly yours,
 
  Fisher Scientific International Inc.

      NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THE PROSPECTUS OR THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL.

Enclosures

2 -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----